initial commit of ebook 26602HEADmain

200 files changed, 12072 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/26602-8.txt b/26602-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78e9505
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3526 @@
+Project Gutenberg's An Account of the Conquest of Peru, by Pedro Sancho
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: An Account of the Conquest of Peru
+
+Author: Pedro Sancho
+
+Translator: Philip Ainsworth Means
+
+Release Date: September 12, 2008 [EBook #26602]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN ACCOUNT OF THE CONQUEST OF PERU ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Stephen Blundell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/Canadian Libraries)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ DOCUMENTS AND NARRATIVES
+      CONCERNING THE
+  DISCOVERY AND CONQUEST
+     OF LATIN AMERICA
+
+
+       PUBLISHED BY
+    THE CORTES SOCIETY
+         NEW YORK
+
+
+        NUMBER TWO
+
+
+
+
+    _Edition limited to 250 copies
+ of which ten are on Kelmscott paper_
+
+        _This copy is Number_
+
+                 85
+
+
+
+
+              AN ACCOUNT
+                OF THE
+           CONQUEST OF PERU
+
+
+              WRITTEN BY
+             PEDRO SANCHO
+
+         SECRETARY TO PIZARRO
+       AND SCRIVENER TO HIS ARMY
+
+
+ TRANSLATED INTO ENGLISH AND ANNOTATED
+                  BY
+        PHILIP AINSWORTH MEANS
+
+
+          THE CORTES SOCIETY
+               NEW YORK
+                 1917
+
+
+
+
+COCKAYNE, BOSTON
+
+
+
+
+TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE
+
+
+The work of Pedro Sancho is one of the most valuable accounts of the
+Spanish conquest of Peru that we possess. Nor is its value purely
+historical. The "Relación" of Sancho gives much interesting ethnological
+information relative to the Inca dominion at the time of its demolition.
+Errors Pedro Sancho has in plenty; but the editor has striven to
+counteract them by footnotes.
+
+In every instance the translator has preserved Pedro Sancho's spelling
+of proper names, calling attention to the modern equivalent on the first
+occurrence of each name. In a few instances, where the text was
+unusually obscure, close translation has not been adhered to.
+
+The virtues, as well as the shortcomings of this account, are so obvious
+that an extended reference to them here is superfluous. It must always
+be borne in mind that this document partook of the nature of an
+"_apologia pro vita sua_" and that it was directly inspired by Pizarro
+himself with the purpose of restoring himself to the Emperor's favor.
+Its main purpose was to nullify whatever charges Pizarro's enemies may
+have been making to the sovereign. Consequently there are numerous
+violations of the truth, all of which are, for us, easy to recognize.
+
+A word as to the previous editions of Pedro Sancho may not be out of
+place here. The original manuscript is lost. An Italian translation of
+it appears in the "Viaggi" of Giovanni Battista or Giambattista Ramusio,
+published in Venice about 1550. The numerous editions of Ramusio's great
+work do not need to be listed here. Occasionally the translator has
+referred to that of 1563, a copy of which is in his possession. The
+edition which has served as a text for the present translation is that
+issued and edited by Don Joaquin García Icazbalceta, Mexico, 1849. This
+edition, like all of Icazbalceta's work, is painstaking. Professor
+Marshall Saville has been good enough to lend me his copy of this
+edition, which is very rare, in order that I might have it to work with.
+Finally, a small portion of Pedro Sancho's narrative was issued by the
+Hakluyt Society of London. The editor, Sir Clements Markham, included it
+in the same volume with the reports of Xeres, Miguel de Estete, Hernando
+Pizarro. The volume, entitled "Reports on the Discovery of Peru," was
+issued by the Hakluyt Society in 1872.
+
+                                                  PHILIP AINSWORTH MEANS
+ BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS
+    October 9, 1916
+
+
+
+
+RELATION
+
+
+Of the events that took place during the conquest and pacification of
+these provinces of New Castile, and of the quality of the land, and of
+the manner in which the Captain Hernando Pizarro afterward departed to
+bear to His Majesty the account of the victory of Caxamalca[1] and of
+the capture of the Cacique Atabalipa.[2]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+    Concerning the great quantity of silver and gold which was brought
+    from Cuzco, and of the portion thereof which was sent to H. M. the
+    emperor as the royal fifth: How the imprisoned Cacique Atabalipa
+    declared himself free of his promise which he had made to the
+    Spaniards to fill a house with gold for ransom: And of the treason
+    which the said Atabalipa meditated against the Spaniards, for which
+    betrayal they made him die.
+
+
+The Captain Hernando Pizarro had departed with the hundred thousand
+pesos of gold and the five thousand marks of silver which were sent to
+His Majesty as his royal fifth; after that event, some ten or twelve
+days, the two Spaniards who were bringing gold from Cuzco arrived, and
+part of the gold was melted at once because it was in very small pieces;
+it equalled the sum of[3] ... five hundred-odd plates of gold torn from
+some house-walls in Cuzco; and even the smallest plates weighed four or
+five pounds apiece; other, larger ones, weighed ten or twelve pounds,
+and with plates of this sort all the walls of that temple were covered.
+They brought also a seat of very fine gold, worked into the form of a
+foot-stool, which weighed eighteen thousand _pesos_.[4] Likewise, they
+brought a fountain all of gold and very subtilely worked which was very
+fair to see as much for the skill of the work as for the shape which it
+had been given; and there were many other pieces such as vases, jars,
+and plates which they also brought. All this gold gave a quantity which
+came to two millions and a half [_pesos_], which, on being refined to
+pure gold, came to one million, three hundred and twenty-odd thousand
+pesos, from which was subtracted the fifth of His Majesty, or, two
+hundred and seventy-odd thousand pesos. Fifty thousand marks of silver
+were found, of which ten thousand were set aside for H. M. One hundred
+and seventy thousand pesos and five thousand marks were handed over to
+the treasurer of H. M. The remaining hundred thousand pesos and five
+marks were taken, as has been said, by Hernando Pizarro to help meet
+the expenses which His Caesarian Majesty was encountering in the war
+against the Turks, enemies of our Holy Faith, as they say. All that
+remained, beyond the royal fifth, was divided among the soldiers and
+companions of the Governor. He gave to each one what he conscientiously
+thought he justly merited, taking into consideration the trials each man
+had passed through and the quality of his person, all of which he did
+with the greatest diligence and speed possible in order that they might
+set out from that place and go to the city of Xauxa.[5]
+
+And because there were among those soldiers some who were old and more
+fit for rest than for fatigues, and who in that war had fought and
+served much, he gave them leave to return to Spain. He procured their
+good will so that, on returning, these men would give fairer accounts of
+the greatness and wealth of that land so that a sufficient number of
+people would come thither to populate and advance it. For, in truth,
+the land being very large and very full of natives, the Spaniards who
+were in it then were all too few for conquering it, holding it and
+settling it, and, although they had already done great things in
+conquering it, it was owing more to the aid of God who, in every place
+and occasion, gave them the victory, than to any strength and means
+which they had for succeeding, with that further aid they were confident
+He would sustain them in the future.
+
+That melting of the metals completed, the Governor commanded the notary
+to draw up a document in which it said that the cacique Atabalipa was
+free and absolved from the promise and word which he had given to the
+Spaniards, who were to take the house full of gold in ransom for
+himself. This document the Governor caused to be proclaimed publicly and
+to the sound of trumpets in the plaza of that city of Caxamalca, making
+it known, at the same time, to the said Atabalipa by means of an
+interpreter, and also he [the Governor] declared in the same
+proclamation, that, because it suited the service of H. M. and the
+security of the land, he wished to maintain the cacique as a prisoner
+with good guard, until more Spaniards should arrive who should give
+added security; for, the cacique being free, he being so great a lord
+and having so many soldiers who feared and obeyed him, prisoner though
+he was, and three hundred leagues [from his capital], he could not well
+do less in order to free himself from all suspicion; all the more so
+because many times it had been thought almost certain that he had given
+orders for warriors to assemble to attack the Spaniards. This, as a
+matter of fact, had been ordered by him, and the men were all in
+readiness with their captains, and the cacique only delayed the attack
+because of the lack of freedom in his own person and in that of his
+general Chilichuchima,[6] who was also a prisoner. After some days had
+passed, and when the Spaniards were on the point of embarking in order
+to return to Spain, and the Governor was making the rest ready for
+setting out for Xauxa, God Our Lord, who with his infinite goodness was
+guiding affairs toward all that was best for his service, as will be
+[seen], having already in this land Spaniards who were to inhabit it and
+bring to the knowledge of _the true God_ the natives of the said land so
+that Our Lord might always be praised and known by these barbarians and
+so that his Holy Faith might be extolled, permitted the discovery and
+chastisement of the evil plans which this proud tyrant had in mind as a
+return for the many good works and kind treatment which he had always
+received from the governor and from each one of the Spaniards of his
+company; which recompense, according to his intention, was to have been
+of the sort he was wont to give to the caciques and lords of the land,
+ordering [his men] to kill without let or cause whatever. For it chanced
+that our discharged soldiers [were] returning to Spain, he, seeing that
+they were taking with them the gold that had been got from his land,
+and mindful of the fact that but a short while ago he had been so great
+a lord that he held all those provinces with their riches without
+dispute or question, and without considering the just causes for which
+they had despoiled him of them, had given orders that certain troops
+who, by his command, had been assembled in the land of Quito, should
+come, on a certain night at an hour agreed upon, to attack the Spaniards
+who were at Caxamalca, assaulting them from five directions as they were
+in their quarters, and setting fire wherever possible. Thirty or more
+Spanish soldiers were marching outside of Caxamalca, having been to the
+city of San Miguel in order to place the gold for H. M. on board ship,
+and [the Inca] believed that as they were so few he would be able easily
+to kill them before they could join forces with those in Caxamalca[7]
+... of which there was much information from many caciques and from
+their chiefs themselves, that all, without fear of torments or menaces,
+voluntarily confessed this plot: [telling] how fifty thousand men of
+Quito and many Caribes[8] came to the land, and that all the confines
+contained armed men in great numbers; that, not finding supplies for
+them all thus united, he had divided them into three or four divisions,
+and that, though scattered in this fashion, there were still so many
+that not finding enough to sustain themselves, they had cut down the
+still green maize and dried it so that they might not lack for food. All
+this having been learned, and being now a public matter to all, and as
+it was clear that they were saying in his [the Inca's] army that they
+were coming to kill all the Christians, and the governor seeing in how
+much peril the government and all the Spaniards were, in order to
+furnish a remedy, although it grieved him much, nevertheless, after
+seeing the information and process drawn up, assembled the officials of
+H. M. and the captains of his company and a Doctor who was then in this
+army, and the padre Fray Vicente de Valverde, a religious of the order
+of Santo Domingo sent by the Emperor our Lord for the conversion and
+instruction of the people of these realms; after there had been much
+debate and discussion over the harm and the profit that might follow
+upon the continued life or the death of Atabalipa, it was resolved that
+justice should be done upon him. And because the officials of H. M.
+asked for it and the doctor regarded the information as sufficient, he
+was finally taken from the prison in which he was, and, to the sound of
+a trumpet, his treason and perfidy were published, and he was borne to
+the middle of the plaza of the city and tied to a stake, while the
+religious was consoling him and teaching him, by means of an
+interpreter, the things of our christian faith, telling him that God
+wished him to die for the sins which he had committed in the world, and
+that he must repent of them, and that God would pardon him if he did so
+and was baptised at once. He, [the Inca] moved by this discourse, asked
+for baptism. It was at once given to him by that reverend padre who
+aided him so much with his exhortation that although he was sentenced to
+be burned alive, he was given a twist of rope around his neck, by means
+of which he was throttled instead[9] but when he saw that they were
+preparing for his death, he said that he recommended to the governor his
+little sons, so that he might take them with him, and with these last
+words, and while the Spaniards who stood around him said the creed for
+his soul, he was quickly throttled. May God take him to his holy glory,
+for he died repentant of his sins with the true faith of a Christian.
+After he was thus hung, in fulfilment of the sentence, fire was cast
+upon him so that a part of his clothes and flesh was burnt. That night
+[because he had died in the late afternoon] his body remained in the
+plaza in order that all might learn of his death, and on the next day
+the Governor ordered that all the Spaniards should be present at his
+interment, and, with the cross and other religious paraphernalia, he
+was borne to the church and buried with as much solemnity as if he had
+been the chief Spaniard of our camp. Because of this all the principal
+lords and caciques who served him received great pleasure, considering
+as great the honour which was done them, and knowing that, because he
+was a christian, he was not burned alive, and he was interred in church
+as if he were a Spaniard.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+    They choose as lord of the state of Atabalipa his brother
+    Atabalipa[10] in whose coronation they observed ceremonies in
+    accordance with the usage of the caciques of those provinces. Of the
+    vassalage and obedience which Atabalipa and many other caciques
+    offered to the Emperor.
+
+
+This done, the governor commanded the immediate assembling in the chief
+plaza of that city of all the caciques and principal lords who were then
+living there in company with the dead lord; they were many, and from
+distant lands, and his intention was to give them another lord who
+should govern them in the name of H. M., for, as they were accustomed to
+give always their obedience and tribute to a sole lord, great confusion
+would result if it were not thus, for each of them would rise up with
+his own lordship, and it would cost much toil to bring them into
+friendship with the Spaniards and into the service of H. M. For this and
+many other reasons the Governor made them assemble, and finding among
+them a son of Gucunacaba[11] called Atabalipa, a brother of Atabalipa to
+whom by law the realm belonged, he said to all that now that they saw
+how Atabalipa was dead because of the treason he had plotted against him
+[the Governor], and because they were all left without a lord who should
+govern them and whom they should obey, he wished to give them a lord who
+would please them all, and that he [the lord] was Atabalipa who was
+there present, to whom that kingdom legitimately belonged as he was the
+son of that Gucunacaba whom they had loved so much. He [Atabalipa] was a
+young man who would treat them with much love and who had enough
+prudence to govern that land. He [the Governor] urged them,
+nevertheless, to look well to it that they wished him for a lord, for if
+not, they were to name another, and if he were capable, the governor
+would give him to them as lord. They replied that since Atabalipa was
+dead, they would obey Atabalipa or whomever else he should give them,
+and so it was arranged that they should yield obedience another day
+according to the accustomed manner. When the next day had come, once
+more they all assembled before the door of the governor where was placed
+the cacique in his chair and near him all the other lords and chiefs,
+each in his proper position. And due ceremonies having been held, each
+one came to offer him a white plume as a sign of vassalage and tribute,
+which is an ancient custom dating from the time that this land was
+conquered by these Cuzcos.[12] This done, they sang and danced, making a
+great festivity, in which the new king neither arrayed himself in
+clothes of price nor placed the fringe upon the forehead in the manner
+in which the dead lord was wont to wear it. And when the governor asked
+him why he did so, he replied that it was the custom of his ancestors
+when they took possession of the realm to mourn the dead cacique and to
+pass three days in fasting, shut up within their house, after which they
+used to come forth with much pomp and solemnity and hold great
+festivities, for which reason he, too, would like to spend two days in
+fasting. The Governor replied that since it was an ancient custom he
+might keep it, and that soon he would give him many things which the
+Emperor our Lord sent to him, which he would give to him and to all the
+lords of those provinces. And at once the cacique was placed for his
+fast in a place apart from the assembly of the others, which was a house
+that they had built for this purpose since the day that notice was given
+by the Governor; it was near the Governor's lodging; on account of it
+the said Governor and the other Spaniards were greatly astonished,
+seeing how, in so short a time, so large and fine a house had been
+built. In it he was shut up and retired without anyone's seeing him or
+entering that place save the servants who waited on him and brought him
+food, or the Governor when he wished to send him something. When the
+fast was over, he came forth richly clad and accompanied by many troops,
+caciques and chiefs who guarded him, and all the places where he was to
+sit were adorned with costly cushions, and beneath his feet were placed
+fine cloths. Seated near him was Calichuchima, the great general of
+Atabalipa who conquered this land, as was told in the account of the
+affairs at Caxamalca, and near him was also the captain Tice, one of the
+chiefs, and on the other side were certain brothers of the lord, while
+on both hands were other caciques and captains and governors of
+provinces and other lords of great lands, and, in short, no one sat
+there who was not of quality. They all ate together on the ground, for
+they use no other table, and when they had eaten, the cacique said that
+he wished to give his obedience in the name of H. M., as his chiefs had
+given it. The Governor told him to do it in the way that seemed best,
+and soon he [the cacique] offered him [the governor] a white plume
+which had been given to him by his caciques, saying that it was given as
+a token of obedience. The Governor embraced him with much love and
+received it, saying that he wished to tell him the things which he was
+to tell in the name of the Emperor, and it was agreed between the two
+that they should meet again for this purpose the following day. When it
+had arrived, the Governor presented himself in the assembly dressed as
+well as possible in silken clothes and accompanied by the officials of
+H. M. and by some noblemen of his company who assisted well-dressed for
+the greater solemnity of this ceremony of friendship and peace, and by
+his side he stationed the ensign with the royal standard. Then the
+Governor began asking each [cacique] in turn his name and that of the
+land of which he was the lord, and he ordered that it be taken down by
+his secretary and scrivener, and there were as many as fifty caciques
+and chiefs. Then, facing all those people, he told them that D. Carlos
+our lord of whom they were servants and vassals who were in his
+company, had sent him to that land in order to give them understanding
+and to preach to them of how a sole Lord Creator of the sky and of the
+earth, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, three distinct persons in one sole
+true God, had created them and given them life and being, and had
+brought to bear the fruits of the land whereby they were sustained, and
+that to this end he would teach them what they were to do and observe in
+order to be saved. And he told them how, by the command of the
+all-powerful God, and of his vicars upon earth, because he had gone to
+heaven where he now dwells and will be eternally glorified, those lands
+were given to the Emperor in order that he might have charge of them,
+who had sent him [Pizarro] to instruct them in the christian faith and
+place them under his obedience. He added that it was all in writing and
+that they should listen to it and fulfil that which he had read to them,
+by means of an interpreter, word for word. Then he asked them if they
+had understood, and they replied that they had, and that since he had
+given them Atabalipa for a lord, they would do all that he commanded
+them to do in the name of H. M., holding as supreme lord the Emperor,
+then the Governor, then Atabalipa, in order to do as much as he
+commanded in his [H. M.'s] name. Then the Governor took in his hands the
+royal standard which he raised on high three times, and he told them
+that, as vassals of the Caesarian Majesty, they ought to do likewise,
+and the cacique took it, and afterwards the captains and the other
+chiefs, and each one raised it aloft twice; then they went to embrace
+the Governor who received them with great joy through seeing their good
+will, and with how much contentment they had heard the affairs of God
+and of our religion. The Governor wished that all this be drawn up as
+testimony in writing, and when it was over, the caciques and chiefs held
+great festivities, so much so that every day there were rejoicings such
+as games and feasts, usually held in the house of the Governor.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+    While leading a new colony of Spaniards to settle in Xauxa, they
+    receive news of the death of Guaritico,[13] brother of Atahualpa.
+    Afterwards they passed through the land of Guamachucho,[14]
+    Adalmach,[15] Guaiglia,[16] Puerto Nevado, and Capo Tombo,[17] and
+    they hear that in Tarma many Indian warriors are waiting to attack
+    them, on account of which they take Calichuchima prisoner, and then
+    proceed intrepidly on their journey to Cachamarca,[18] where they
+    find much gold.
+
+
+At this time he [the Governor] had just finished distributing the gold
+and silver which were in that house among the Spaniards of his company,
+and Atabalipa gave the gold belonging to the royal fifths to the
+treasurer of H. M. who took charge of it in order to carry it to the
+city of Xauxa where he [the Governor] intended to found a colony of
+Spaniards on account of the reports he had of the good surrounding
+provinces and of the many cities which there were about it. To this
+end, he had the Spaniards arranged in order and provided with arms and
+other things for the journey, and when the time for departure came, he
+gave them Indians to carry their gold and burdens. Before setting out,
+having heard how few soldiers there were in San Miguel[19] for the
+purpose of holding it, he took, from among those Spaniards whom he was
+to take with him, ten cavalrymen and a captain, a person of great
+cautiousness, whom he ordered to go to that city where he was to
+maintain himself until ships should arrive with troops who might guard
+it, after which he was to go to Xauxa where he himself was about to
+found a village of Spaniards and melt the gold which he bore, promising
+that he would give them all the gold that was due them with as much
+punctuality as if they were actually present, because his [the
+captain's] return [to San Miguel] was very necessary, that being the
+first city to be settled and colonized for the Caesarian Majesty as
+well as the chief one because in it they would have to wait there to
+receive the ships which should come from Spain, to that land.[20]
+
+In this manner they set out with the instructions which the Governor
+gave them as to what they were to do in the pacification of the people
+of that region. The Governor set out one Monday morning, and on that day
+travelled three leagues, sleeping by the shore of a river where the news
+reached him that a brother of Atabalipa called Guaritico had been killed
+by some captains of Atabalipa at his command. This Guaritico was a very
+important person and a friend of the Spaniards, and he had been sent by
+the Governor from Caxamalca to repair the bridges and bad spots in the
+road. The cacique pretended to feel great heaviness because of his
+death, and the Governor himself regretted it because he liked him, and
+because he was very useful to the Christians. The next day the Governor
+set out from that place, and, by his marches, arrived in the land of
+Guamachucho, eighteen leagues from Caxamalca. Having rested there two
+days, he set out for Caxamalca[21] nine leagues ahead, and arrived there
+in three days, and rested four in order that his troops might have
+repose and opportunity to collect supplies for the march to Guaiglia,
+twenty leagues from there. Having left this village, he came in three
+days to the Puerto de Nevado, and a morning's march brought him within a
+day's journey of Guaiglia; and the governor commanded a captain of his,
+who was the Marshal D. Diego de Almagro, to go with troops and take a
+bridge two leagues from Guaiglia, which bridge was built in a manner
+that will soon be related. This captain captured the bridge, which is
+near a strong mountain that dominated that land. The Governor did not
+delay in arriving at the bridge with the rest of his men, and having
+crossed it, he went on, in another morning, which was Sunday, to
+Guaiglia. Arrived there, they soon heard mass and afterwards entered
+certain good rooms; having rested there eight days, he set forth with
+the soldiers, and the next day crossed another bridge of osiers,[22]
+which was above the said river which here passes through a very
+delectable valley. They journeyed thirty leagues to the point where
+captain Hernando Pizarro came when he went to Pachacamac,[23] as will be
+seen in the long account which was sent to H. M. of all that was done on
+that journey to Pachacamac, from there to the city of Xauxa and back to
+Caxamalca, on the occasion on which he took with him the captain
+Chilichuchima and other matters which do not concern us here. The
+Governor changed his route, and, by forced marches, arrived at the land
+of Caxatambo.[24] From there he went on without doing more than to ask
+for some Indians who should carry the gold of H. M. and of the soldiers,
+and always using great vigilance in learning of the affairs which took
+place in the land, and always having both a vanguard and a rear-guard as
+had been done up to that time for fear that the captain Chilichuchima
+whom he had with him, would hatch some treasonable plot, all the more so
+on account of the suspicion he felt owing to the fact that neither in
+Caxatambo nor in the eighteen leagues after it had he met with any
+warriors, nor were his fears lessened during a halt in a village five
+leagues beyond because all the people had fled without leaving a living
+soul. When he had arrived there, a Spaniard's Indian servant, who was
+from that land of Pambo[25] distant from here some ten leagues, and
+twenty from Xauxa, came to him saying that he had heard that troops had
+been assembled in Xauxa to kill the Christians who were coming, and that
+they had as captains Incorabaliba, Iguaparro, Mortay[26] and another
+captain, all four being important men who had many troops with them, and
+the servant added that they had placed a part of this force in a village
+called Tarma five leagues from Xauxa in order to guard a bad pass that
+there was in a mountain and to cut and break it up in such a way that
+the Spaniards could not pass by. Informed of this, the governor gave
+orders that Chilichuchima should be made a prisoner, because it was held
+to be certain that that force had been made ready by his advice and
+command, he thinking to flee the Christians and to go to join it. Of
+these matters the cacique Atabalipa was unaware, and on this account,
+these [Spanish] troops did not permit any Indian to pass by in the
+direction of the cacique who might give notice of these affairs. The
+reason why these Indians had rebelled and were seeking war with the
+Christians was that they saw the land being conquered by the Spaniards,
+and they themselves wished to govern it.
+
+The Governor, before setting out from that place, sent a captain with
+troops to take a snowy pass three leagues ahead and then to pass the
+night in some fields near Pombo,[27] all of which the captain did, and
+he passed the pass with much snow, but without encountering any
+obstacle. And the Governor crossed it likewise, without any opposition
+save for the inconvenience caused by the snow falling upon them. They
+all spent the night in that waste without a single hut, and they lacked
+for wood and victuals. Having arrived in the land of Pombo, the Governor
+provided and commanded that the soldiers should be lodged with the best
+order and caution possible, because he had news that the enemy were
+increasing every moment, and it was held to be certain that he would
+come here to assail the Spaniards, and because of this, the Governor
+caused the patrols and sentinels to be increased, always spying upon the
+progress of the enemy. After he had waited there another day for certain
+envoys whom the cacique Atabalipa had sent to learn what was going on in
+Xauxa, one came who told how the warriors were five leagues from Xauxa
+on the road from Cuzco and were coming to burn the town so that the
+Christians should not find shelter, and that they intended afterward to
+return to Cuzco to combine under a captain named Quizquiz who was there
+with many troops who had come from Quito by command of Atabalipa for
+the security of the land. When this was learned by the Governor, he
+caused to be made ready seventy-five light horse, and with twenty peones
+who guarded Chilichuchima, and without the impediment of baggage, he set
+out for Xauxa, leaving behind the treasurer with the other troops who
+were guarding the camp baggage and the gold of H. M., and of the
+company. The day on which he set out from Pombo, he travelled some seven
+leagues, and he halted in a village called Cacamarca,[28] and here they
+found seventy thousand pesos of gold in large pieces, to guard which the
+Governor left two Christians from the cavalry in order that when the
+rear-guard should arrive, it might be conducted well guarded. Then, in
+the morning, he set forth with his men in good array, for he had word
+that three leagues from there were four thousand men. And on the march
+three or four light horsemen went ahead so that, if they should meet a
+spy of the enemy's, they might take him prisoner to prevent his giving
+warning of their coming. At the hour of noon, they arrived at that bad
+pass of Tarma where warriors were said to be waiting to defend it. The
+pass seemed to be so full of difficulties that it would be impossible to
+go up it, because there was a bad road of stone down into the gully
+where all the riders had to dismount, after which it was necessary to go
+up the heights by a slope about a league long, the greater part of which
+was steep and difficult forest, all of which was crossed without any
+Indians who were said to be armed making an appearance. And in the
+afternoon, after the hour of vespers, the Governor and his men arrived
+at that village of Tarma where, because it was a bad site and because he
+had news that Indians were coming to it to surprise the Christians, he
+did not wish to linger longer than was necessary for feeding the horses
+and allaying their own hunger and fatigue so as to enable them to go
+forth prepared from that place which had no other level spot than the
+plaza as it was on a small slope surrounded by mountains for the space
+of a league. As it was already night, he made his camp here, being
+always on the alert and having the horses saddled. And the men were
+without [proper] food and even without any comfort because there was
+neither fire-wood nor water, nor had they brought their tents with them
+to shelter them, because of which they all nearly died of cold on
+account of the fact that it rained much early in the night and then
+snowed so that the arms and clothes were drenched. But each one sought
+the best remedy he could, and so that evil and troublous night passed to
+the dawn when he commanded that all mount their horses so as to arrive
+early at Xauxa which was four leagues from there. When two had been
+crossed over, the Governor divided the seventy-five soldiers between
+three captains, giving fifteen to each, and taking with him the
+remaining twenty and the twenty peones who were guarding Chilichuchima.
+In this order they journeyed to Porsi a league from Xauxa, having given
+each captain orders as to what he was to do, and they all halted in a
+small village which they encountered. Then they all marched on in
+complete accord, and gave a look at the city. They all halted again on a
+slope within a quarter of a league of it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+    They arrive at the city of Xauxa; they leave some soldiers there to
+    guard that place, and others go against the army of the enemy with
+    which they fight. They win a victory, and return to Xauxa.
+
+
+The natives all came out along the road in order to look at the
+Christians, celebrating much their coming because they thought that,
+through it, they would issue forth from the slavery in which that
+foreign army [the Incas] held them. [The Spaniards] wished to await a
+later hour in the day at this place, but, seeing that no warriors
+appeared, they began their journey so as to enter the city. On going
+down that little slope, they saw running toward them at great speed an
+Indian with a lance erect, and when he came up to them it was found that
+he was a servant of the Christians who said that his master had sent
+him to inform them that they must hold themselves in readiness because
+their enemies were in the city, and that two Christians from the cavalry
+had been sent ahead of the rest, and that they had entered the city to
+see the buildings there, and while they were inspecting it, they saw
+some twenty Indians who came out of certain houses with their lances and
+other arms, calling to others to come forth and join with them. The two
+Christians, seeing them thus assemble, without heeding their cries and
+clamour, attacked them, killed several, and put the others to flight;
+the latter soon joined with others who came to their aid, and they
+formed a mass of some two hundred which the Spaniards again attacked, in
+a narrow street, and broke, forcing them to retreat to the bank of a
+great river which passes by that city, and then one of these Spaniards
+sent the Indian as I have said, with raised lance as a sign that there
+were armed enemies in the city. This having been heard, the Spaniards
+set spur to their horses, and, without delay, arrived at the city and
+entered it; and when they joined their companions, the latter told them
+what had occurred with those Indians. The captains, running in the
+direction in which the enemy had retreated, arrived at length at the
+bank of the river, which was then very full, and on the other shore, at
+a distance of a quarter of a league, they descried the squadrons of
+their enemies. Then, having passed the river with no little toil and
+danger, they gave chase to them. The Governor remained guarding the city
+because it was said that there were enemies hidden within it, as well.
+The Indians perceiving that the Christians had crossed the river, they
+began to retreat, drawn up in two squadrons. One of the Spanish
+captains, with his fifteen light horsemen, spurred ahead toward the
+slope of the hill for which they [the Indians] were making so that they
+could not retreat thither and fortify themselves. The other two captains
+kept right up with them, overtaking them in a field of maize near the
+river. There they put them in disorder and routed them, capturing as
+many as possible, so that of six hundred [Indians] not more than twenty
+or thirty, who took to the mountains before the other captain with his
+fifteen men could arrive, saved themselves. Most of the Indians made for
+the water, thinking to save themselves in it, but the light horsemen
+crossed the river almost by swimming after them, and they did not leave
+one alive save some few who had hidden themselves in their flight after
+their army was broken in pieces. Then the Spaniards ran through the
+country as far as a league below without finding a single Indian. Then,
+having returned, they rested themselves and their horses, which were in
+great need of it; both because of the long journey of the day before and
+on account of their having run those two leagues, they were rather
+crippled. When the truth was learned as to what troops those were [with
+whom the Spaniards had fought], it was found that the four captains and
+the main body were encamped six leagues down the river from Xauxa, and
+that, on that very day, they had sent those six hundred men to complete
+the burning of the city of Xauxa, having already burned the other half
+of it seven or eight days before, and that they had then burned a great
+edifice which was in the plaza, as well as many other things before the
+eyes of the people of that city, together with many clothes and much
+maize, so that the Spaniards should not avail themselves of them. The
+citizens were left so hostile to those other Indians that if one of the
+latter hid, they showed him to the Christians so that they would kill
+him, and they themselves aided in killing them, and they would even have
+done so with their own hands if the Christians had permitted it. The
+Spanish captains, having studied the place where these enemies were
+found as well as the road, along a part of which they journeyed, they
+determined not to shut themselves up in Xauxa, but to pass onward and
+attack the main body of the army which was four leagues off before it
+should receive news of their coming. With this intention, they
+commanded the soldiers to make ready, but their proposal did not come to
+pass because they found the horses so weary that they held it to be
+better council to retire, which they did. Arrived in Xauxa, they
+recounted to the Governor all that had happened, with which he was well
+pleased, and he received them cheerfully, thanking them all for having
+borne themselves so valorously. And he told them that by all means he
+intended to attack the camp of the enemy because, although they were
+advised of the victory, it was certain that they would be waiting. At
+once he ordered his master of the camp to lodge the men and let them
+rest during what remained of the day and through the night until
+moon-rise, and that then they should make ready to go and attack their
+enemies. At that hour fifty light horsemen were in readiness, and at the
+sound of the trumpet they presented themselves, armed and with their
+horses, at the lodging of the Governor who despatched them very soon
+upon their road. Fifteen horsemen remained with him in the city
+together with the twenty peones who made the guard all of each night
+with the horses saddled, until the captain of that sally returned, which
+was in five days. He related to the governor all that had happened from
+the time of his departure, telling how, on the night he left Xauxa, he
+journeyed some four leagues before dawn, with much eagerness to attack
+the enemy's camp before they were warned of his coming; and being now
+near [the enemy] at dawn, they saw a great mass of smoke in the place of
+their encampment, which seemed to be two leagues further on. And so he
+spurred on with his men at a great pace, thinking that the enemy, warned
+of his approach, had fled and that the buildings that there were in a
+village were burning. And so it was, because they had fled, after having
+set fire to that wretched hamlet. Arrived at that place, the Spaniards
+followed the footsteps of the warriors through a very broad valley. And
+as they overtook them they collided with the enemy who were going more
+slowly with many women and children in their rear-guard, and the
+Spaniards, leaving these behind them in order to catch up with the men,
+ran more than four leagues, and caught up with some of their squadrons.
+As some of them [the Indians] saw the Castilians from some distance,
+they had time to take shelter on a mountain and save themselves; others,
+who were few, were killed, leaving in the power of the Spaniards (who,
+because their horses were tired, did not wish to go up the mountain)
+many spoils and women and children. And as it was already night, they
+returned to sleep in a village which they had left behind. And the
+following day these Spaniards determined to follow them as they fled
+back to Cuzco so as to take from them certain bridges of net-work and to
+prevent their crossing. But, because of lack of pasturage for their
+horses, they found themselves obliged to fall back, to the
+dissatisfaction of the Governor because they had not at least followed
+and taken those bridges so as to prevent the Indians from returning to
+Cuzco; it was feared that, being strange people, they would do great
+harm to the citizens of those places.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+    They name new officials in the city of Xauxa in order to establish a
+    settlement of Spaniards, and, having had news of the death of
+    Atabalipa, with great prudence and much craftiness in order to keep
+    themselves in the good graces of the Indians, they discuss the
+    appointment of a new lord.
+
+
+And for this reason, as soon as the baggage and the rear-guard, which he
+had left at Pombo, had arrived, he [the Governor] published an edict to
+the effect that whereas he was determined to found a settlement of
+Spaniards in the name of H. M., all those who wished to settle there
+might do so. But there was not one Spaniard who wished to remain, and
+they said that so long as there were warriors all about in that land
+with arms in their hands the natives of that province would not be at
+the service and disposal of the Spaniards and in obedience to H. M. When
+this was observed by the Governor, he determined not to lose time then
+in that matter, but to go against the enemy in the direction of Cuzco in
+order to drive them from that province and rout them from all of it. In
+the meanwhile, in order to put in order the affairs of that city, he
+founded the village in the name of H. M., and created officials of
+justice for it [and for its citizens] who were eighty in number, of whom
+forty were light horsemen whom he left there as a garrison, and,
+[leaving also] the treasurer, who was to guard the gold of H. M. and to
+act in all matters as head and chief in command of the government.[29]
+While these things were being done, the cacique Atabalipa came to die,
+of his illness; because of this, the Governor and all the other
+Spaniards felt great sorrow, because it was certain that he was very
+prudent and had much love for the Spaniards. It was given out publicly
+that the captain Calichuchima had caused his death because he desired
+that the land should remain with the people of Quito and not with either
+those of Cuzco or with the Spaniards, and if that cacique ["Atabalipa"]
+had lived, he [Calichuchima] would not have been able to succeed in what
+he desired to do. At once, the Governor had Calichuchima and Tizas[30]
+and a brother of the cacique and other leading chiefs and caciques who
+had come from Caxamalca summoned to him; to them he said that they must
+know very well that he had given them Atabalipa as a lord and that, now
+that he was dead, they ought to think of whom they would like as lord in
+order that he might give him to them. There was a great difference of
+opinion between them on this subject because Calichuchima wished the son
+of Atabalipa and brother of the dead cacique Aticoc[31] as lord, and
+others, who were not of the land of Quito, wished the lord to be a
+native of Cuzco and proposed a brother of Atabalipa (as lord). The
+Governor said to those who wished as lord the brother of Atabalipa that
+they should send and have him summoned and that after he had come, if he
+found him to be a man of worth, he would appoint him. And with this
+reply that meeting came to an end. And the Governor, having called aside
+the captain Calichuchima, spoke to him in these words: "You already know
+that I loved greatly your lord Atabalipa and that I have always wished
+him to leave a son after he died, and that this son should be lord, and
+that you, who are already a prudent man, should be his captain until he
+had reached the age of governing his dominions, and for this reason I
+greatly desire that he should be called soon, because, for love of his
+father, I love him much, and you likewise. But at the same time, since
+all these caciques who are here are your friends and since you have much
+influence with the soldiers of their nation, it would be well that you
+send them word by messengers to come in peace, because I do not wish to
+be enraged against them and to kill them, as you see I am doing, when I
+wish that the affairs of these provinces should be quiet and peaceful."
+This captain had a great desire, as has been said, that the son of
+Atabalipa should be lord, and knowing this, the Governor slyly spoke
+these words to him and gave him this hope, not because he had any
+intention of carrying it out,[32] but in order that, in the meanwhile,
+that son of Atabalipa might come for this purpose (and) might cause
+those caciques who had taken up arms [also] to come to him in peace. It
+was likewise agreed that he should say to Aticoc and to the other lords
+of the province of Cuzco that he [the Governor] would give them as lord
+him whom they wished, because it was necessary that those things which
+were for the good of all should thus be governed in the state. He tried
+to give to Calichuchima words that [would enable him] to cause the
+people who were in Cuzco with arms to lay them down in order that they
+might do no harm to the people of the country, and those of Cuzco,
+because they were true friends of the Christians, gave them notice of
+all that the enemy were trying to do and of all that was going on in the
+country, and for this reason and others the Governor said this with
+great prudence. Chilichuchima, to whom he told it, showed as much
+pleasure at these words as if he had been made lord of the whole world,
+and he replied that he would do as he was ordered and that it would
+cause him much pleasure if the caciques and soldiers were to come in
+peace[33] and that he would despatch messengers to Quito in order that
+the son of Atabalipa might come. But he feared that two great captains
+who were with him would prevent it, and would not let him come.
+Nevertheless he would send such a person of importance with the embassy
+that he thought that all would conform with his wish. And soon he added,
+"Sir, since you wish me to cause these caciques to come, take off this
+chain [which I wear] for, seeing me with it, no one wishes to obey me."
+The Governor, in order that he should not suspect that he had feigned
+what he had said to him, told him that he was pleased to do so, but on
+the condition that he was to put a guard of Christians over him until
+after he had caused those soldiers who were at war to come in peace and
+until the son of Atabalipa had come.[34] He [Chalcuchima] was satisfied
+with this, and so he was released, and the Governor put him under a good
+guard, because that captain was the key [the possession of which
+ensured] having the land quiet and subjected. This precaution taken, and
+the troops who were to go with the Governor toward Cuzco being made
+ready, the number of whom was one hundred horsemen and thirty peons, he
+[the Governor] ordered a captain to go ahead with seventy horsemen and
+some peons in order to rebuild the bridges which had been burned, and
+the Governor remained behind while he was giving orders for many matters
+touching the welfare of the city and Republic which he was to leave
+already well established, and in order to await the reply of the
+Christians whom he had sent to the coast in order to examine the ports
+and set up crosses in them in case some one should come to reconnoitre
+the land.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+    Description of the bridges which the natives are wont to make in
+    order to cross the rivers; and of the toilsome journey which the
+    Spaniards had, in going to Cuzco, and of the arrival at Panarai and
+    Tarcos.
+
+
+This captain departed with those who were to follow him on Thursday, and
+the Governor with the rest of the troops, and Chilichuchima with his
+guard left the following Monday. In the morning they were all ready with
+their arms and other necessary things; the journey they were to make
+being long, they were to leave all the baggage in Xauxa, it not being
+convenient to carry it with them on that journey. The Governor journeyed
+two days down the valley along the bank of the Xauxa River, which was
+very delectable and peopled in many places, and on the third day he
+arrived at a bridge of net-work which is over the said river and which
+the Indian soldiers had burned after they crossed over, but already the
+captain who had gone ahead had made the natives rebuild it. And in the
+places where they build these bridges of net-work, where the rivers are
+swollen, this inland country far from the sea being densely populated,
+and because almost none of the Indians knows how to swim, because of
+which even though the rivers are small and might be forded, they
+nevertheless throw out these bridges, and after this fashion; If the two
+banks of the river are stony, they raise upon them large walls of stone,
+and then they place four [ropes of] pliable reeds two palms or a little
+less in thickness, and between them, after the fashion of wattle-work,
+they weave green osiers two fingers thick and well intertwined, in such
+a way that some are not left more slack than others, and all are well
+tied. And upon these they place branches crosswise in such a way that
+the water is not seen, and in this way they make the floor of the
+bridge. And in the same manner they weave a balustrade of these same
+osiers along the side of the bridge so that no one may fall into the
+water, of which, in truth, there is no danger, although to one who is
+not used to it, the matter of crossing appears a thing of danger
+because, the span being long, the bridge bends when one goes over it, so
+that one goes continually downward until the middle is reached, and from
+there he keeps going up until he has finished crossing to the other
+bank, and when the bridge is being crossed, it trembles very much, so
+that it goes to the head of him who is not accustomed to it. Ordinarily
+they make two bridges close together, so that, as they say, the lords
+may cross by one and the common people by another. They keep guards over
+them, and the lords of all the land keep them there continuously in
+order that if someone should steal gold or silver or anything else from
+him or from some other lord of the land, he would not be able to cross.
+And those who guard these bridges have their houses nearby, and they
+always have in their hands osiers and wattles and cords in order to mend
+the bridges if they are injured or even to rebuild them if need were.
+The guards who were in charge of this bridge when the Indians who burned
+it passed over, hid the materials which they had for mending it, for
+otherwise the Indians would have burned them also, and for this reason
+they rebuilt it in so short a space of time in order that the Spaniards
+might cross over. The Spanish cavalry and the Governor crossed by one of
+these bridges, although, on account of its being new and not well made,
+they had much trouble because the captain who had gone ahead with
+seventy cavalrymen had made many holes in it so that it was half
+destroyed. Still, the horses got over without endangering themselves,
+although nearly all stumbled because the bridge moved and trembled so,
+but, as I have said, the bridge was made in such a way that even though
+they were thrown upon their knees, they could not fall into the water.
+As soon as all were over, the Governor encamped in some groves near
+which ran some streams of beautiful clear water. Later they proceeded
+on their journey two leagues along the shore of that river through a
+narrow valley on both sides of which were very high mountains, and in
+some places, this valley through which the river passes has so little
+space that there is not more than a stone's throw from the foot of the
+mountain to the river, and in other places, because of the slope of the
+mountain, there is but little more. Two leagues of this valley having
+been travelled, they came to another bridge, a small one over another
+river, over which the troops passed on foot while the horses forded, as
+much on account of the bridge being in bad order as on account of the
+fact that the water was low at that time. Having crossed the river, he
+[the Governor] began to climb a very steep and long mountain all made of
+steps of very small stones.[35] Here the horses toiled so much that,
+when they had finished going up, the greater part of them had lost their
+shoes and worn down the hoofs of all four feet. That mountain, which
+lasted for more than half a league, having been overcome, and having
+journeyed for a bit in the evening along a slope, the Governor with his
+men arrived at a village which the hostile Indians had sacked and
+burned, on account of which neither people nor maize was found in it,
+nor any other food, and the water was very far off because the Indians
+had broken the aqueducts which came to the city, which was a great evil
+and of much inconvenience for the Spaniards who, because they had found
+the road hard, toilsome and long on that day, needed good lodging. The
+next day the Governor set out from there and went to sleep in another
+village which, although it was very large and fine and full of houses,
+had as little food in it as the last one; and this village is called
+Panarai. The Governor wondered greatly with his men at finding here
+neither food nor anything else, because this place belonged to one of
+the lords who had been with Atabalipa and with the dead lord in the
+company of the Christians, and he had come in their company as far as
+Xauxa, [where] he said he wished to go ahead in order to prepare in this
+land his victuals and other things necessary for the Spaniards. And when
+they found here neither him nor his people, it was held to be certain
+that the country-side had revolted. And not having had any letter from
+the captain who had gone ahead with the seventy horsemen, save which let
+them know that he was going right after the hostile Indians, it was
+feared that the foe had taken some step whereby he was prevented from
+sending any messenger. The Spaniards sought so much, that they found
+some maize and ewes, ... and the next day, early, they set out and
+arrived at a village called Tarcos, where they met the cacique of the
+district and some men who told them of the day on which had passed that
+way some Christians who were going to fight with the enemy who had
+established their camp in a neighboring settlement. All received this
+news with great pleasure, and they found a good reception in that
+place, because the cacique had brought to the plaza a large quantity of
+maize, fire-wood, ewes, and other things of which the Spaniards had
+great need.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+    While proceeding on their journey they have news sent by the forty
+    Spanish horsemen of the state of the Indian army with which the
+    latter had fought victoriously.
+
+
+On the next day, which was Saturday, All Saints' day, the friar who was
+with this company said mass in the morning, according to the custom of
+saying it on such a day, and later all set out and journeyed until they
+arrived at a full river three leagues beyond, always descending from the
+mountains by a rough and long slope. This river, likewise, had a
+net-work bridge which, being broken, made it necessary to ford the
+stream, and afterwards a very large mountain was ascended which, looked
+at from below, seemed impossible of ascent by the very birds of the air,
+and still more so by men on horseback toiling over the ground. But the
+climb was made less arduous for them by the fact that the road went up
+in spirals, and not straight. The greater part, however, was made of
+large steps of stone which greatly fatigued the horses and wore down and
+injured their hoofs, even though they were led by the bridle. In this
+manner a long league was surmounted, and another was traversed by a more
+easy road along a declivity, and in the afternoon the Governor with the
+Spaniards arrived at a small village of which a part was burned, and in
+the other part, which had remained whole, the Spaniards settled. And in
+the evening two Indian couriers, sent by the captain who was ahead,
+arrived. They brought news, in letters to the Governor, that the captain
+had arrived with all speed at the land of Parcos[36] which he had left
+behind him, having had news that the [Indian] captains were thereabout
+with all the hostile forces; [but] he did not encounter them, and it was
+held to be certain that they had withdrawn to Bilcas,[37] and through so
+much of the road as he traversed until coming to [a place] within five
+leagues of Bilcas, where he spent the night, he marched secretly in
+order not to be forestalled by certain spies who were placed a league
+from Bilcas. And having news that the enemy were in a town without
+having warning of his coming, the captain was delighted, and, having
+gone down the rather difficult slope where that place was, at dawn he
+entered [the town where some warriors were lodged with few
+precautions].[38] The Spanish cavalry began to attack them in the plazas
+until so many had been killed or had fled that no one remained; because
+there were a few Indian soldiers who had retired to a mountain on one
+side of the road who, as soon as the day became bright and they saw the
+Spaniards, assembled in squadrons, and came against them crying out
+_Ingres_,[39] which name they hold to be very insulting, being that of a
+contemned people who live in the hot lands of the sea-coast, and because
+that province was cold and the Spaniards wore clothes over their flesh,
+[the Indians] called them Ingres and threatened them with slavery as
+they were few, not more than forty, and defying them by saying that they
+would come down to where they were. The captain, although he knew that
+that was a bad place for fighting on horseback, of which position the
+Spaniards could little avail themselves there, nevertheless, in order
+that the enemy should not think that he would not fight from lack of
+spirit, took with him thirty horsemen, leaving the rest to guard the
+town, and went down through a cleft[40] in the mountain by a very
+painful slope. The enemy boldly awaited them and in the shock of battle
+they killed one horse and wounded two others, but finally, all being
+dispersed, some fled in one direction and others in another over the
+mountain [by] a very rough road where the horses could neither follow
+them nor injure them. At this juncture, an [Indian] captain who had fled
+from the village, and who knew that they had killed one horse and
+wounded two, said "Come, let us turn back and fight with these men
+until not one is left alive, for there are but a few of them!" and at
+once all returned with more spirit and greater impetuosity than before,
+and in this way a sharper battle than the first was fought. At the end,
+the Indians fled and the horsemen followed them in all directions as
+long as they could. In these two encounters more than six hundred men
+were left dead, and it is believed also that Maila, one of their
+captains, died, and the Indians affirmed it also, and they, on their
+part, when they killed a horse, cut off his head and put it on a lance
+which they bore before them like a standard. [The Spanish captain]
+likewise informed [his men] that he intended to rest there for three
+days out of consideration for the wounded Christians and horses, and
+that later they would set out to take, first of all, a bridge of
+net-work which was near there, so that the fugitive enemies should not
+cross it and go to join with Quizquiz[41] in Cuzco and with the garrison
+of troops he had there, which was said to be waiting for the Spaniards
+in a bad pass near Cuzco. But, although they found it to be more than
+bad, they hoped in God who, in whatever place that battle might be
+fought, even in a land all rough and stony, would not permit the Indians
+to be able to defend themselves any where, no matter how difficult and
+toilsome it might be, nor to attack the Spaniards in any bad pass. And,
+having set out from here and having crossed the bridge three leagues
+from Cuzco [the captain declared] that he would there await the Governor
+as he had informed him by swift messenger Indians of what had occurred.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+    After having suffered various inconveniences, and having passed the
+    cities of Bilcas and of Andabailla,[42] and before arriving at
+    Airamba,[43] they have letters from the Spaniards in which they ask
+    for the aid of thirty cavaliers.
+
+
+Having received this letter, the Governor and all the Spaniards who were
+with him were filled with infinite content over the victory which the
+captain had obtained, and at once he sent it, together with another, to
+the city of Xauxa, to the treasurer and to the Spaniards who had
+remained there in order that they might share in the gladness over the
+victory of the captain. And likewise he sent despatches to the captain
+and the Spaniards who were with him congratulating them much on the
+victory they had won, and begging them and counseling them to be
+governed in these matters more by prudence than by confidence in their
+own strength, and commanding, at all events, that, having passed the
+last bridge, they should await him [the Governor] there so that they
+might then enter the city of Cuzco all together. This done, the Governor
+set out the following day and went by a rough and tiring road through
+rocky mountains and over ascents and descents of stone steps from which
+all believed they could only bring their horses with difficulty,
+considering the road already traversed and that still to be traversed.
+They slept that night in a village on the other side of the river, which
+here, as elsewhere, had a bridge of net-work. The horses crossed through
+the water and the footsoldiers and the servants of the Spaniards by the
+bridge. On the next day they had a good road beside the river where they
+encountered many wild animals, deer and antelope; and that day they
+arrived at nightfall at some rooms in the vicinity of Bilcas where the
+captain who was going ahead had made halt in order to travel by night
+and so enter Bilcas without being found out, as he did enter it, and
+here was received another letter from him in which he said that he had
+left Bilcas two days before, and had come to a river four leagues ahead
+which he had forded because the bridge had been burned, and here he had
+understood that the captain Narabaliba was fleeing with some twenty
+Indians and that he had met two thousand Indians whom the captain of
+Cuzco had sent to him as aid who, as soon as they knew of the rout at
+Bilcas, turned around and fled with him, endeavouring to join with the
+scattered remnants of those who were fleeing, in order to await them
+[the Spaniards] in a village called Andabailla,[44] and [the Spanish
+captain said] that he was resolved not to stay his course until he
+should encounter them. These announcements being understood by the
+Governor, he first thought of sending aid to the captain, but later he
+did not do so because he considered that if there were to be a battle at
+all it would have occurred already and the aid would not arrive in
+time, and he determined furthermore not to linger a single day until he
+should catch up with him, and in this way he set out for Bilcas which he
+entered very early the following day, and on that day he did not wish to
+go further. This city of Bilcas[45] is placed on a high mountain and is
+a large town and the head of a province. It has a beautiful and fine
+fortress; there are many well built houses of stone, and it is half-way
+by road from Xauxa to Cuzco. And on the next day the Governor encamped
+on the other side of the river, four leagues from Bilcas, and although
+the day's march was short, it was nevertheless toilsome because it was
+entirely a descent almost all composed of stone steps, and the troops
+waded the river with much fatigue because it was very full, and he set
+up his camp on the other bank among some groves. Scarcely had the
+Governor arrived here, when he received a letter from the captain who
+was reconnoitring in which the latter informed him that the enemy had
+gone on five leagues and were in waiting on the slope of a mountain in
+a land called Curamba,[46] and that there were many warriors there, and
+that they had made many preparations and had arranged great quantities
+of stones so that the Spaniards would not be able to go up. The
+Governor, when he understood this, although the captain did not ask him
+for aid, believed that it was necessary now, and he at once ordered the
+Marshal D. Diego de Almagro to get ready with thirty light horsemen,
+well equipped as to arms and horses, and he did not wish him to take a
+single peon with him, because he ordered him [Almagro] not to delay for
+anything until he should come up with the captain who was ahead with the
+others. And when he [Almagro] had set out, the Governor likewise
+started, on the following day, with ten horsemen and the twenty peons
+who were guarding Chilichuchima, and he quickened his pace so much that
+day that of two days' marches he made one. And just as he was about to
+arrive at the village called Andabailla, where he was to sleep, an
+Indian came to him on the run to say that on a certain slope of the
+mountain, which he pointed out with his finger, there had been
+discovered hostile troops of war, on which account, the Governor, armed
+as he was and on horseback, went with the Spaniards he had with him to
+take the summit of that slope, and he examined the whole of it without
+finding the warriors of whom the Indian had spoken, because they were
+troops native to the land who were fleeing from the Indians of Quito
+because the latter did them very great harm. The Governor and company
+having arrived at that village of Andabailla, they supped and spent the
+night there. On the next day, they arrived at the village of Airamba
+from where the captain had written that he was with the armed troops
+waiting for them upon the road.[47]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+    Having arrived at a village, they find much silver in plates
+    twenty-feet long. Proceeding on their journey, they receive letters
+    from the Spaniards relating the brisk and adverse struggle they had
+    had against the army of the Indians.
+
+
+Here were found two dead horses,[48] from which it was suspected that
+some misfortune had befallen the captain. But, having entered the
+village, they learned, from a letter that arrived before they retired
+for the night, that the captain had here encountered some warriors, and
+that, in order to gain the mountain, he had gone up a slope where he had
+found assembled a great quantity of stone, a sign which showed that they
+[the Indians] wished to guard [the pass], and that they were gone in
+search of [other] Indians because they had warning that [the Spaniards]
+were not far off and that the two horses had died of so many changes
+from heat to cold. He [the captain] wrote nothing of the aid which the
+Governor had sent to him, because of which it was thought that it had
+not yet arrived. The next day the Governor set out from there, and slept
+[the next night] by a river whose bridge had been burned by the enemy,
+so that it was necessary to ford it, with great fatigue on account of
+the fact that the current was very swift and the bottom very stony. On
+the next day, they encamped at a town in the houses of which was found
+much silver in large slabs twenty feet long, one broad, and one or two
+fingers thick. And the Indians who were there related that those slabs
+belonged to a great cacique and that one of the lords of Cuzco had won
+them and had carried them off thus in plates, together with those of
+which the conquered cacique had built a house.[49] The next day, the
+Governor set out in order to cross the last bridge, which was almost
+three leagues from there. Before he arrived at that river, a messenger
+came with a letter from the captain in which he informed him that he had
+arrived at the last bridge with great speed in order that the enemy
+should not have opportunity to burn it; but that, at the time of his
+arrival there, they had finished burning it, and as it was already late,
+he did not wish to cross the river that same day, but had gone to camp
+in a village which was nearby. The next day, he [the captain] had passed
+through the water, which came to the breasts of the horses, and had
+proceeded straight along the road to Cuzco which was twelve leagues from
+there; and as, on the way, he was informed that, on a neighbouring
+mountain [where] forts had been built, all the enemies were hoping that
+the next day Quizquiz would come to their aid with reënforcements from
+the troops which he had in Cuzco, for this reason he [the captain] had
+spurred ahead with all speed together with fifty horsemen,[50] for ten
+had been left guarding the baggage and certain gold which had been
+found in the rout of Bilcas. And one Saturday, at noon, they had begun
+to go up on horseback a slope which lasted well over a league, and,
+being wearied by the sharp ascent and by the mid-day heat, which was
+very great, they stopped awhile and gave to the horses some maize which
+they had because the natives of a village nearby had brought it to them.
+Then, proceeding on their journey, the captain, who rode a cross-bow
+shot ahead, saw the enemy on the summit of the mountain, which they
+entirely covered, and [he saw] that three or four thousand were coming
+down in order to pass the point where they [the Spaniards] were. Because
+of this, although he called to the Spaniards to put themselves in
+battle-array, he could not hope to join them, because the Indians were
+already very near and were coming with great rapidity. But with those
+who were in readiness, he advanced to give battle [to the Indians], and
+the Spaniards who kept coming up mounted the slope of the mountain, some
+on one hand, others on the other. They dashed among those of the enemy
+who were foremost without waiting for the beginning of the fight, save
+for defending themselves against the stones which were hurled upon them,
+until they mounted to the summit of the mountain, in which deed they
+thought they saw a certain victory to be accomplished. The horses were
+so tired that they could not get breath in order to attack with
+impetuosity such a multitude of enemies, nor did the latter cease to
+inconvenience and harass them continually with the lances stones and
+arrows which they hurled at them, so they fatigued all to such an extent
+that the riders could hardly keep their horses at the trot or even at
+the pace. The Indians, perceiving the weariness of the horses, began to
+charge with greater fury, and five Christians, whose horses could not go
+up to the summit of the slope, were charged so furiously by so many of
+the throng that to two of them it was impossible to alight, and they
+were killed upon their horses. The others fought on foot very
+valorously, but at length, not being seen by any companions who could
+bring them aid, they remained prisoners, and only one was killed without
+being able to lay hand upon his sword or to defend himself, the cause of
+which was that a good soldier was left dead beside him, the tail of his
+horse having been seized which prevented his going ahead with the rest.
+They [the Indians] opened the heads of all by means of their battle-axes
+and clubs; they wounded eighteen horses and six Christians; but none of
+the wounds were dangerous save those of one horse which died of them. It
+pleased God Our Lord that the Spaniards should gain a plain which was
+near that mountain, and the Indians collected on a hill nearby. The
+captain commanded half of his men to take the bridles off their horses
+and let them drink in a rivulet that ran there, and then to do the same
+for the other half, which was done without being hindered by the
+enemies. Then, the captain said to all: "Gentlemen, let us withdraw from
+here step by step down this declivity in such a way that the enemy may
+think that we are fleeing from them, in order that they may come in
+search of us below, for, if we can attract them to this plain, we will
+attack them all of a sudden in such a manner that I hope not one of them
+will escape from our hands. Our horses are already somewhat tired, and
+if we put the enemy to flight, we shall end by gaining the summit of the
+mountain." And thus it was that some of the Indians, thinking that the
+Spaniards were retreating, came down below, throwing stones at them,
+with their slings, and shooting arrows.[51] When this was seen by the
+Christians, [they knew] that now was their time, [and] they turned their
+horses' heads, and before the Indians could gather together on the
+mountain where they were before, some twenty of them were killed. When
+this was seen by the others, and when they perceived that there was
+little safety in the place where they were, they left that mountain and
+retired to another one which was higher. The captain, with his men,
+finished climbing the mountain, and there, because it was already night,
+he camped with his soldiers. The Indians also camped two cross-bow shots
+away, in such a manner that in either camp could be heard the voices in
+the other. The captain caused the wounds to be cared for and posted
+patrols and sentinels for the night, and he ordered that all the horses
+were to remain saddled and bridled until the following day, on which he
+was to fight with the Indians. And he tried to cheer his men up and
+renew their valor, saying: "that by all means it was necessary to attack
+the enemy the following morning without delaying an instant, because he
+had news that the captain Quizquiz was coming with great reënforcements,
+and by no means should they wait until he joined forces with them." All
+showed as much spirits and confidence as if they already had the victory
+in their hands, and again the captain comforted them, saying: "he held
+the day just passed through to be more perilous than that which awaited
+them on the morrow, and that God Our Lord who had delivered them from
+danger in the past would grant them victory in the future, and that they
+should look to it whether, on the day before, when their horses were so
+weary, they had attacked their enemies with disadvantage and had routed
+them and driven them from their fortresses, even though their own number
+did not exceed fifty, and that of the enemy eight thousand; ought they
+not, then, to hope for victory when they were fresh and rested?" With
+these and other spirited conversations, that night was passed, and the
+Indians were in their own camp, uttering cries and saying: "Wait,
+Christians, until dawn, when you are all to die, and we shall take away
+from you just as many horses as you have!"[52] and they added insulting
+words in their language having determined to enter into combat with the
+Christians as soon as it should dawn, believing them and their horses to
+be weary on account of the toil of the day before and because they saw
+them to be so few in numbers and because they knew that many of the
+horses were wounded. In this manner the same thought prevailed on the
+one side and on the other, but the Indians firmly believed that the
+Christians would not escape from them.[53]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+    News comes of the victory won by the Spaniards, even to their
+    putting the Indian army to flight. They command that a chain be
+    placed about the neck of Chilichuchima, holding him to be a traitor.
+    They cross the Rimac[54] and all reunite once more at
+    Sachisagagna,[55] where they burn Chilichuchima.
+
+
+This news reached the Governor near the last river, as I have said, and
+he, without showing any change in his countenance, communicated it to
+the ten horsemen and twenty peons whom he had with him, consoling them
+all with good words which he spoke to them, although they were greatly
+disturbed in their minds, for they thought that if a small number of
+Indians, relatively to the number anticipated, had maltreated the
+Christians in such a manner in the first action, they would bring upon
+them still greater war on the following day when their horses were
+wounded and when the aid of thirty horsemen, which had been sent to
+them, had not yet arrived among the Spaniards. But all showed that they
+knew how to place their hopes in God, and they arrived at the river
+which they crossed in _balsas_, swimming the horses, because the bridge
+was burned down. And the river being very full, they delayed in crossing
+it the rest of that day and the next one until the hour of siesta when
+the Governor, smiling [determined] to set out without waiting for the
+Indian allies to cross.[56] [Just then] a Christian was seen coming, and
+when all saw him from afar, they judged that the captain with the
+horsemen had been routed and that this man was bringing the news in his
+flight. But when he had arrived in the presence of the Governor, he gave
+great consolation to the minds of all with the news that he brought,
+relating that God Our Lord, who never abandons his faithful servants
+even in the direst extremities, ordained that while the captain with
+the others [of his company] was passing that night cautiously and
+encouraging his men for the combat on the morrow, the Marshal arrived
+with the reënforcements of thirty horsemen which had been sent, and
+these, together with the ten others whom they had left behind, made
+forty altogether, and when all perceived this, the first group felt as
+much pleasure as if they had resuscitated that day [just lived through],
+holding it to be certain that the victory would be theirs on the
+following day. When day had come, which was Sunday, they all mounted at
+dawn, and, disposed in a wing formation in order to present a better
+front, they attacked the rear of the Indians who, during the night, had
+determined to attack the Christians, but who, in the morning, seeing so
+many soldiers, thought that some aid must have come to them during the
+night, on account of which, not having the courage to put on a bold
+front, and seeing that the Spaniards were coming up the slope in pursuit
+of them, turned their backs and retired from mountain to mountain. The
+Spaniards did not follow them because the land was rough, and besides, a
+mist arose which was so thick that they could not see one another, and
+yet withal, on the slope of a hill, they killed many of the enemy. At
+this juncture, a thousand Indians in a squadron commanded by Quizquiz
+arrived in aid of the Indians who, seeing the Christians on horseback
+and so warlike, judged it time to withdraw to the mountain.[57] At the
+same time, the Christians assembled in their [the Indians'] fort, whence
+the captain had sent this messenger to the Governor to tell him that he
+would await him there until he should arrive. When this news was heard
+by the Governor, he rejoiced greatly over the victory which God Our Lord
+had given him when he least expected it, and without delaying an instant
+he ordered that all should go forward with the dunnage and the remaining
+Indians, because, jointly with this news, he had received warning that
+in the retreat of this hostile force of soldiers, four thousand men had
+split off from the rest, and that therefore he should proceed
+cautiously, and should also be very sure that Chilichuchima was
+arranging and commanding all this and was giving advice to the enemy as
+to what they were to do, and that, on this account, he should bear
+himself with caution. When the Governor had finished his day's march, he
+had chains put upon Chilichuchima and said to him: "Well you know how I
+have always borne myself toward you and how I have always tried [to be
+generous with you], making you the captain who should rule all this land
+until the son of Atabalipa should come from Quito in order to be made
+lord [of it], and although I have had many causes for putting you to
+death, I have not wished to do so, believing always that you would mend
+your ways. Likewise, I have asked you many times to urge these hostile
+Indians, with whom you have influence and friendliness, to calm
+themselves and lay down their arms, since, although they had done much
+harm and had killed Guaritico[58] who came from Xauxa at my command, I
+would pardon them all. But in spite of all these admonitions of mine you
+have wished to persist in your evil attitude and intentions, thinking
+that the advice which you gave to the hostile captains was powerful
+enough to make your wicked design succeed. But now you can see how, with
+the aid of our God, we have always routed them, and that it will always
+be so in the future, and you may be very sure that they will not be able
+to escape nor to return to Quito whence they came, nor will you ever
+again see Cuzco[59] because as soon as I have arrived at the place where
+this captain is with my soldiers, I shall cause you to be burned alive
+because you have known how to keep so ill the friendship which, in the
+name of Caesar,[60] my lord, I have agreed upon with you. Have no doubt
+that this will be done unless you urge these Indian friends of yours to
+lay down their arms and come in peace, as I have asked you to do many
+times before." To all these reasonings Chilichuchima listened
+attentively without returning a word. But always firm in his obstinacy,
+he [at length] replied: "that those captains had not done as he had
+ordered them to do because they did not wish to obey him, and, for that
+reason he had not remained to make them understand that they must come
+in peace," and with such words he excused himself from what was
+attributed to him. But the Governor, who already knew of certain of his
+dealings, left him with his evil thoughts and did not return to speak to
+him upon the matter. Then, having crossed the river in the afternoon,
+the Governor went forward with those soldiers and arrived by night in a
+village called Rimac[61] a league from that river. And there the Marshal
+arrived, with four horsemen, to wait for him, and after they had talked
+together, they set out the next day for the camp of the Spaniards where
+they arrived in the afternoon, the captain and many others having come
+out to meet them, and all rejoiced greatly at seeing themselves all
+together again. The Governor gave each one thanks, according to his
+merits, for the valour they had shown, and all set out together in the
+evening and arrived two leagues further on at a village called
+Sachisagagna.[62] The captains informed the Governor all that had
+happened, just as I have related it. When they were all lodged in this
+village, the captain and the Marshal urged the Governor to do justice on
+Chilichuchima, because he ought to know that Chilichuchima advised the
+enemy of all that the Christians did, and that he it was who had made
+the Indians come out of the mountains of Bilcas, exhorting them to come
+and fight with the Christians who were few and who, with their horses,
+could not climb those mountains save step by step and on foot, and
+giving them, at the same time, a thousand other counsels as to where
+they were to wait and what they were to do, like a man who had seen
+those places and who knew the skill of the Christians with whom he had
+lived so long a time. Informed of all these things, the Governor gave
+orders that he was to be burned alive in the middle of the plaza, and
+so it was done, for his chiefs and most familiar friends were those who
+were quickest in setting fire to him.[63] The religious[64] tried to
+persuade him to become a Christian, saying to him that those who were
+baptized and who believed with true faith in our saviour Jesus Christ
+went to glory in paradise and that those who did not believe in him went
+to hell and its tortures. He made him understand this by means of an
+interpreter. But he [Chilichuchima] did not wish to be a Christian,
+saying that he did not know what sort of thing this law was, and he
+began to invoke Paccamaca[65] and captain Quizquiz that they might come
+to his aid. This Paccamaca the Indians have as their God and they offer
+him much gold and silver, and it is a well-known thing that the demon is
+in that idol and speaks with those who come to ask him something.[66]
+And of this matter I have spoken at length in the relation which was
+sent to H. M. from Caxamalca. In this way this captain paid for the
+cruelties which he committed in the conquests of Atabalipa, and for the
+evils which he plotted to the hurt of the Spaniards and in disservice of
+H. M. All the people of the country rejoiced infinitely at his death,
+because he was very much abhorred by all who knew what a cruel man he
+was.[67]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+    A son of the cacique Guainacaba[68] visits them; they agree upon
+    friendship with him, and he tells them of the movements of the army
+    of hostile Indians with which they have some encounters before
+    entering Cuzco, where they establish as lord the son of
+    Guainacaba.[69]
+
+
+Here the Spaniards rested that night, having set good guards, because
+they were given to understand that Quizquiz was close by with all his
+men. And on the following morning, came to visit the Governor a son of
+Guainacaba and a brother of the dead cacique Atabalipa,[70] and the
+greatest and most important lord who was then in that land; and he had
+ever been a fugitive so that those of Quito might not kill him. This man
+said to the Governor that he would aid him to the extent of his power in
+order to drive from that land all those of Quito, who were his enemies
+and who hated him and did not wish to be the subjects of a foreign
+people. This man was the man to whom, by law, came all that province and
+whom all the caciques of it wished for their lord. When he came to see
+the Governor, he came through the mountains, avoiding the roads for fear
+of those of Quito, and the Governor received him with great gladness and
+replied to him: "Much does what you say please me, as does also finding
+you with so good a desire to expel these men of Quito, and you must know
+that I have come from Xauxa for no other purpose than to prevent them
+from doing you harm and free you from slavery to them, and you can
+believe that I have not come for my own benefit because I was in Xauxa,
+sure of having war with them and I had an excuse for not making this
+long and difficult journey. But knowing the injuries they were doing to
+you, I wanted to come to rectify and undo them, as the Emperor my lord
+commanded me to do. And so, you may be sure that I will do in your favor
+all that seems suitable for me to do. And I will do the same to
+liberate from this tyranny the people of Cuzco." The Governor made him
+all these promises in order to please him so that he might continue to
+give news of how affairs were going, and that cacique remained
+marvellously satisfied, as did also those who had come with him. And he
+[Manco] replied: "Henceforth I shall give you exact information
+concerning all that they of Quito do in order that they may not
+inconvenience you." And in this manner he took leave of the Governor,
+saying: "I am going to fish because I know that tomorrow the Christians
+do not eat flesh, and I shall encounter this messenger who tells me that
+Quizquiz is going with his men to burn Cuzco and that he is now near at
+hand, and I have wished to warn you of it in order that you may fix upon
+a remedy." The Governor at once placed all the soldiers upon the alert,
+and, although it was already noon, when he knew the needs of the
+situation, he did not wish to delay even to eat, but journeyed with all
+the Spaniards straight toward Cuzco, which was four leagues from that
+place, with the intention of establishing his camp near the city so as
+to enter it early the next day. And when he had travelled two leagues,
+he saw rise up in the distance a great smoke, and when he asked some
+Indians the cause of it, they told him that a squadron of the men of
+Quizquiz had come down a mountain and set fire [word missing]. Two
+captains went ahead with some forty horsemen to see if they could catch
+up with this squadron, which speedily joined with the men of Quizquiz
+and the other captains who were on a slope a league in front of Cuzco
+waiting for the Christians in a pass close to the road. Seen by the
+captains and Spaniards, they [the Indians] could not avoid an encounter
+with them, although the Governor had them made to understand that they
+[the Spaniards] would wait for the rest to join them, which they would
+have done, were it not for the fact that the Indians incited each other
+with much spirit to encounter them. And before they [the Spaniards]
+could be attacked, they fell upon them on the skirt of a hill, and in a
+short time they routed them, forcing them to flee to the mountain and
+killing two hundred of them. Another squad of cavalry crossed over
+another slope of the mountain where were two or three thousand Indians
+who, not having the pluck to wait for them, threw down their lances in
+order to be able to run the better, and fled headlong. And after those
+first two squads broke and fled, they [the Spaniards] made them flee to
+the heights; and [at the same time] two Spanish light horsemen saw
+certain Indians return down the slope, and they set themselves to
+skirmish with them. They perceived that they were in great danger, but
+they were helped, and the horse of one of them was killed, from which
+the Indians derived so much encouragement that they wounded four or five
+horses and a Christian, and they made them retreat as far as the plain.
+The Indians who, until then, had not seen the Christians retire, thought
+that they were doing it in order to attract them to the plain and there
+attack them as they had done at Bilcas, and they said so among
+themselves and were cautious, not wishing to go down and follow them. By
+this time the Governor had arrived with the [rest of] the Spaniards and,
+as it was already late, they set up their camp on a plain, and the
+Indians maintained themselves an arquebuse-shot away on a slope until
+mid-night, yelling, and the Spaniards spent all that night with their
+horses saddled and bridled. And the next day, at the first ray of dawn,
+the Governor arranged the troops, horse and foot, and he took the road
+to Cuzco, with good understanding and caution, believing that the enemy
+would come to attack him on the road, but none of them appeared. In this
+way the Governor and his troops entered that great city of Cuzco without
+any other resistance or battle on Friday, at the hour of high mass, on
+the fifteenth day of the month of November of the year of the birth of
+our Saviour and Redeemer Jesus Christ MDXXXIII. The Governor caused all
+the Christians to lodge in the dwellings around the plaza of the city,
+and he ordered that all should come forth with their horses to the plaza
+and sleep in their tents, until it could be seen whether the enemy were
+coming to attack them. This order was continued and observed for a
+month. On another day, the Governor created as lord that son of
+Guainacaba, for he was young, prudent and alive and the most important
+of all those who were there at that time, and was the one to whom that
+lordship came by law. And he did it so soon in order that the lords and
+caciques should not go away to their own lands which were divers
+provinces, and some very far away, and so that the natives should not
+join those of Quito, but should have a separate lord of their own whom
+they might reverence and obey and not organize themselves into bands. So
+he commanded all the caciques to obey him [Manco] as their lord and to
+do all that he should order them to do.[71]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+    The new cacique[72] goes with an army to drive Quizquiz from the
+    state of Quito. He has some encounters with the Indians, and,
+    because of the roughness of the roads, they return, and they later
+    go thither again with a company of Spaniards, and before they set
+    out, the cacique pays his obedience to the emperor.
+
+
+As soon as this was done, he [the Governor] gave orders to the new
+cacique to assemble many warriors in order to go and vanquish Quizquiz
+and drive from the land those of Quito, and he [the Governor] said to
+the Inca that it was not regular that, when he was lord, another should
+remain in his land against his will, and [the Governor] said many other
+words to him upon this subject in the presence of all in order that they
+might see the favor which he did him [Manco] and the fondness which he
+showed him, and this not for the sake of advantages that might result
+from it, but for his own [Manco's] sake.[73] The cacique had great
+pleasure in receiving this order, and in the space of four days he
+assembled more than five thousand Indians, all in readiness with their
+arms, and the Governor sent with them a captain of his own and fifty
+cavalrymen; he himself remained guarding the city with the rest of the
+troops. When ten days had gone by, the captain returned and related to
+the Governor what had happened, saying that at nightfall he had arrived
+with his troops at the camp of Quizquiz five leagues from there, because
+he had gone by a roundabout road through which the cacique guided
+him.[74] But, before arriving at enemy's camp, he encountered two
+hundred Indians posted in a hollow, and because the land was rough he
+was not able to take their fort away from them and to overpower them so
+that they could not give notice of his coming, which they did do. But,
+although this company [of Indians] was in a strong place, it was not so
+bold as to wait for his attack and it withdrew to the other side of a
+bridge to cross which was impossible [for the Spaniards] because, from a
+mountain which dominated it, to which the Indians had retired, they
+hurled so many stones that no one was permitted to cross, and, because
+the land was the roughest and most inaccessible that had been seen, they
+[the Spaniards] turned back. [The captain] said that two hundred Indians
+had been killed, and that the cacique was much pleased at what [the
+captain] had done, and, on their return to the city had guided them
+through another and shorter road on which, in many places, the captain
+found great quantities of stones piled up for defense against the
+Christians, and he found, among other passes, one so bad and difficult
+that he, with all his troops, suffered great trials and could not follow
+it further. At that place it became apparent that the cacique had true,
+and not feigned, friendship for the Governor and Christians, for he led
+them out of that road from which not one Spaniard could have escaped
+[alone]. [The captain] said that after he left the city, he did not go
+over as much as a cross-bow shot of flat land, and that all the country
+was mountainous, stony and very difficult to traverse and [he added]
+that if it had not been for the fact that it was the first time that the
+cacique was travelling with him and might impute it to fear, he would
+have turned back. The Governor would have liked him to follow the enemy
+until he drove them from the place where they were, but when he heard
+the nature of the place, he remained content with what had been done.
+The cacique said that he had sent his soldiers after the enemy, and that
+he thought they would do them some damage; and accordingly within four
+days news came that they had killed a thousand Indians. The Governor
+once more charged the cacique to cause more warriors to be assembled,
+and he himself wished to send with them some of his cavalry in order
+that they might not desist until they had driven the enemy from the
+land. When he returned from [the first] trip, the cacique went to fast
+in a house which was on a mountain, a dwelling which his father had
+built in another day; there he stayed three days, after which he came to
+the plaza where the men of that land gave him obedience according to
+their usage, recognizing him as their lord and offering him the white
+plume, just as they had to the cacique Atabalipa in Caxamalcha. When
+this was done, he caused all the caciques and lords who were there to
+assemble, and, having spoken to them concerning the harm that the men of
+Quito were doing in his land and about the good that would result to all
+if a stop were put to it, he commanded them to call and prepare warriors
+who should go against those of Quito and drive them from the place in
+which they had posted themselves. This the captains did at once, and
+they so managed to raise troops that, in the period of eight days, ten
+thousand warriors were in that city, all, picked men, and the Governor
+caused to be prepared fifty light horsemen with a captain in order that
+they might set out on the last day of the feast of the Nativity. The
+Governor, before that journey was made, wishing to re-affirm peace and
+friendship with that cacique and his people, when mass had been said on
+Christmas day by the religious,[75] went out to the plaza with many of
+the soldiers of his company, and into the presence of the cacique and of
+the lords of the land and of the warriors who were seated along with his
+Spaniards, the cacique on a stool and his men on the ground around him.
+The Governor made them an address, as he was wont to do on such
+occasions, and by me, his secretary and the scrivener of the army, was
+read the demand and requirement which H. M. had sent, and its contents
+were declared to them by an interpreter; all understood it and replied
+[in a friendly manner]. It was required of them that they should be and
+should call themselves vassals of H. M., and the Governor received
+[their obedience] with the same ceremony as was used the other time,
+namely, of twice raising the royal standard, and in testimony [of the
+friendship] the Governor embraced them to the sound of trumpets,
+observing other solemnities which I do not write in order to avoid
+prolixity. This done, the cacique stood up and, in a vase of gold, gave
+drink to the Governor and the Spaniards with his own hands, and then all
+went off to eat, it being already evening.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+    They suspect that the cacique wishes to rebel. It turns out to be
+    unfounded. Many Spaniards go with him and twenty thousand Indians
+    against Quizquiz, and of what happens to them they give news in a
+    letter to the Governor.
+
+
+And when the Spanish captain with the Indians and the cacique were about
+to depart within two days in order to go against the enemy ...[76] the
+Governor was informed by some Spaniards, some Indian friends and some
+allied natives of the country that among some of the cacique's chief
+men, it was being talked of that they should join with the warriors of
+Quito, and they [the informers] accused him of other things. Because of
+this, there arose some suspicion, and, in order to make sure as to
+whether the friendship of the cacique for the Christians who loved him
+so was faithful and true, wishing to know truth of the matter, [the
+Governor] caused the cacique and some of his chief men to be called, on
+the next day, to his room. And he told them what was being said about
+them; after investigation had been made and torture had been given to
+some Indians, it came out that the cacique and the chiefs were without
+any blame, and it was certified that, neither by word nor deed, had they
+done anything to the hurt of the Spaniards, but that two chiefs had said
+that because their ancestors had never been subject to anyone neither
+they nor the cacique ought to submit themselves [to the Spaniards]. But
+notwithstanding this, by what was known then and afterwards, it was
+believed that the Indians always loved the Spaniards and that their
+friendship with them was not feigned.[77] The troops did not set out on
+their journey because the rigor of winter [was at its height] and it
+rained a great deal every day, so it was determined to allow the height
+of the rainy season go by, principally because of the fact that many
+bridges had been ill-treated and broken, to mend which was essential.
+When the season in which the rains ceased arrived, the Governor had the
+fifty cavalrymen, the cacique the men he had and make ready. All of
+these, with the captain whom he gave them, put themselves on the march
+for Xauxa by way of the city of Bilcas,[78] where, it was understood,
+the enemy were because the roads were cut up by the many winter rains
+and the rivers were swollen; although there was no bridge over many of
+them, the Spaniards crossed on their horses with great trouble, and one
+of them was drowned. Arrived by [long] marches at the river which is
+four leagues from Bilcas, it was learned that the enemy had gone on to
+Xauxa. And the river being swollen and furious, and the bridge burned,
+it was necessary for them to stop and build it anew, for, without it, it
+would have been impossible to cross the river, either in those boats
+which are called _balsas_ or by swimming or in any other way. Twenty
+days the camp was here in order to mend the bridge, for the officers
+[maestros] had much to do, because the water was high and kept breaking
+down the osier ropes which were put in place. And if the cacique had not
+had so great a number of men to build the bridge and to cross over by it
+and pull over the ropes of osiers, it would not have been possible to
+build it. But having twenty-four thousand warriors, and by crossing [the
+stream] again and again to attempt [to set in place the ropes] making
+use of cords and _balsas_, at last they succeeded in placing the osier
+ropes and when they had been passed across [the river], the bridge was
+built in a very short space of time. [It was] so good and well built
+that another like it is not to be found in that land, for it is three
+hundred and seventy-odd feet long, and broad enough to allow two horses
+to cross at once without any risk. Then, having crossed that bridge and
+having arrived at Bilcas, the Spaniards found quarters in the city, from
+which they sent to the Governor a report on how affairs were
+progressing. Here the camp stopped for some days, resting, in order
+that they might have news of the place in which the enemy were, of which
+they learned no more than that they had set out for Xauxa, and that they
+were thinking of attacking the Spaniards who had remained there as
+garrison. When he learned this, the captain at once set out with the
+Spaniards to aid [the garrison], taking with him a brother of the
+cacique and four thousand warriors. The cacique returned to Cuzco, and
+the captain sent the governor a letter which his lieutenant wrote from
+Xauxa in great haste, and which was of the following tenor: "When your
+excellency drove the enemy from Cuzco, they rallied and came to Xauxa,
+and before they arrived, it was learned by our men that they were coming
+in great force, because, from all the places of the region, they were
+drawing as many men as they could, as much for warriors as to carry the
+supplies and baggage; when this was learned by the treasurer Alfonso [in
+Xauxa], he sent four light horsemen to a bridge which is twelve leagues
+from the city of Xauxa where the enemy were on the other side, in a very
+important province. When they had returned, the treasurer used his best
+efforts, as much in guarding the city and in treating well the caciques
+who were there with him as in informing himself stealthily of all the
+doings of the enemy. And the greatest suspicions which he had were of
+the Indians who were in the town and in the region and who were very
+numerous, because almost all were in agreement with the enemy to come
+and attack the Spaniards on four sides. With this agreement, the Indians
+of Quito crossed [the bridge before mentioned] with the intention that a
+captain with five hundred of their men should come from the direction of
+a [certain] mountain and cross a river which is a quarter of a league
+from the city and place himself on the highest part of the mountain
+[near Xauxa] in order to assault the city on the day agreed upon between
+them. The captain Quizquiz and Incurabaliba,[79] who were their chief
+leaders, were to come by the plains with a greater force of warriors.
+This was speedily learned from an Indian to whom torture was given. The
+captain who was to cross the river and attack the city from the mountain
+travelled rapidly and arrived a day before the rest of the warriors. And
+one morning at dawn news came to the city of how many enemies had
+crossed the bridge, from which was born a great disaffection among the
+natives of Xauxa who [formerly] served the Christians loyally, from
+which it was supposed that the whole land had risen in arms, as has been
+said. First of all, the treasurer arranged that all the gold of H. M.
+and of the men which was in the city should be placed in a large house,
+and he set a guard of the feeblest and sickest Spaniards, ordering that
+the rest should be prepared to fight; and he ordered ten light horsemen
+to go out to see how large a number of the enemy had crossed the river
+in order to take the mountain, and he himself, with the rest of the
+soldiers, waited on the plaza in case the greater number of the enemy
+should come by way of the plain. The Spanish scouts attacked the Indians
+who had crossed the bridge; they retired, and the Spaniards had to cross
+the bridge after them some peon cross-bowmen whom the treasurer had sent
+them, so that the Indians turned and fled with great loss. The great
+blow of the others, who came by the plain, did not take place at the
+time agreed upon with the others for assaulting the city, and in waiting
+for it, they lost time. That night and the [following] day the city was
+vigilant, and the soldiers were always armed and their horses saddled,
+all being together in the plaza, thinking that on the following night
+the Indians would come to attack the city and burn it, as it was said
+that they intended to do. When [the first] two quarters of the night
+were passed, seeing that the enemy did not appear, the treasurer took
+with him a light-armed horseman and went to see in what place the enemy
+had camped and how many of them had approached the city, [for the
+Indians who gave news of all this did not know where they were, and
+likewise because the enemy took roads of which no one could give
+information], with the result that at daybreak the treasurer found
+himself four leagues from the city, and, having seen the place where the
+Indians were and the nature of the site, he returned to the city at
+which he arrived a little after noon. When it was seen by the hostile
+Indians that the Spaniards had discovered them, they were in great fear,
+and got up from that site and went towards the city, and in the night
+they came and took up a position a quarter of a league from the city
+beside a small river which entered the large one. When this was known by
+the Spaniards, they spent that night with the greatest caution, and on
+the following day, after hearing mass, the treasurer took twenty light
+horse and twenty peons with two thousand friendly Indians, leaving as
+many more Spanish cavalry and some foot soldiers in the city with the
+understanding that they were to give a signal whenever the enemy should
+attack them so that the other [Spaniards] might come to aid them. Having
+gone out from the city with the lieutenant, the Spaniards saw that the
+Indians of Quito had crossed the little river with their squadrons in
+which there might be some six thousand of them, and, seeing the
+Spaniards, they turned and crossed to the other bank. Then, the
+treasurer and the Spaniards perceiving that if they did not attack the
+Indians that day, the following night the latter would come to sack and
+set fire to the city, so that there would be greater trouble if night
+was awaited, he [the treasurer] determined to cross the river and fight
+with the enemy. A sharp skirmish was held [on the other side], as much
+with cross-bows and arrows as with stones, and the treasurer, who was
+going in advance of the rest down the stream, received a stone on the
+crown of his head which threw him from his horse into the midst of the
+river, and, stunned, he was borne along quite a distance, so that he
+would have been drowned had not some Spanish cross-bowmen who were
+there helped him and pulled him from the water with much trouble. [The
+Indians] also gave his horse [a blow] in the leg which broke it, and he
+died soon. From this the Spaniards drew great animosity, and they
+hastened to cross the river. Seeing their determination the Indians
+withdrew, fleeing to a mountain where some hundred of them died. The
+horsemen followed them through the mountains more than a league and a
+half, and [finally], because they withdrew to the strongest position of
+the mountain, where the horses could not go up, [the Spaniards] went
+back to the city. And, soon perceiving that the Indians did not venture
+forth from that fortress [the Spaniards] determined to return once more
+against them, and twenty Spaniards with more than three thousand Indian
+friends attacked them on that mountain where they were fortified and
+killed many, driving them from that fortress and pursuing them more than
+three leagues, killing many neighboring caciques who were in their
+favor. With this victory the Indian friends were as much pleased as if
+they alone had won it. The Indians of Quito re-assembled once more in a
+place called Tarma five leagues from Xauxa, whence, likewise, they were
+driven because they did much harm in the neighboring lands."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+    Of the great quantity of gold and silver which they caused to be
+    smelted from the figures of gold which the Indians adored. Of the
+    foundation of the city of Cuzco where a settlement of Spaniards was
+    established, and of the order which was set up there.
+
+
+When this good news was learned by the Governor, he had it published at
+once, and because of it the Spaniards were filled with content and gave
+infinite thanks to God for having shown himself favorable in everything
+to this enterprise. Then the Governor wrote and sent couriers to the
+city of Xauxa, giving to all his congratulations and thanking them for
+the valor they had shown, and especially his lieutenant, asking him to
+give him information of all that took place in the future. And in the
+meanwhile, the Governor hastened matters for setting out thence, leaving
+affairs provided for in the city, founding a colony, and peopling
+plentifully the said city. He caused all the gold which had been
+collected to be melted, which was in small pieces, an operation quickly
+performed by Indians skilled in the process. And when the sum total was
+weighed, it was found to contain five hundred and eighty thousand, two
+hundred-odd pesos of good gold. The fifth for H. M. was taken out, and
+it was one hundred and sixteen thousand, and seventy-odd pesos of good
+gold. And the same smelting was performed for the silver, which was
+found to contain two hundred and fifteen thousand marks, a little more
+or less, and of them one hundred and seventy thousand or so were fine
+silver in vessels and plates, pure and good, and the rest was not so
+because it was in plates and pieces mixed with other metals from which,
+according, the silver was extracted. And from all this, likewise, was
+taken the fifth of H. M. Truly it was a thing worthy to be seen, this
+house where the melting took place, all full of so much gold in plates
+of eight and ten pounds each, and in vessels, and vases and pieces of
+various forms with which the lords of that land were served, and among
+other very sightly things were four sheep[80] in fine gold and very
+large, and ten or twelve figures of women of the size of the women of
+that land, all of fine gold and as beautiful and well-made as if they
+were alive. These they held in as much veneration as if they had been
+the rulers of all the world, and alive [as well], and they dressed them
+in beautiful and very fine clothing, and they adored them as Goddesses,
+and gave them food and talked with them as if they were women of
+flesh.[81] These went to form a part of the fifth of H. M. There were,
+besides, other odd silver objects of like form. The seeing of great
+vases and pieces of burnished silver was certainly a matter for great
+satisfaction. The Governor divided and distributed all this treasure
+among all the Spaniards who were at Cuzco and those who remained in the
+city of Xauxa, giving to each one as much good silver, and as much
+impure, together with as much gold [as he deserved], and to each man who
+had a horse he gave according to the man's merit and that of the horse
+and in accordance with the services he had done; and to the peons he did
+the same according to what was posted up to his credit in the book of
+distributions, which was kept [for this purpose]. All this was completed
+within eight days, and at the end of as many more, the Governor set out
+from here, leaving the city settled in the manner which has been told.
+In the month of March, 1534, the Governor ordered that the greater part
+of the Spaniards he had with him should be assembled in this city, and
+he made an act of foundation and settlement of the town, saying that he
+placed it and founded it in his own authority[82] and he took possession
+of it in the middle of the plaza. And as a sign of the foundation and of
+the commencement of building and founding the colony, he held certain
+ceremonies in accordance with the act which was drawn up, which I, the
+scrivener, read in a loud voice in the presence of all. And the name of
+the city was agreed upon, "the very noble and great city of Cuzco." And,
+continuing the settlement, he appointed the site[83] for the church
+which was to be built, its boundaries, limits, and jurisdiction, and
+immediately afterward he proclaimed that all who might come to settle
+here would be received as citizens, and many came in the next three
+years.[84] From among them all they chose the persons most fitted for
+undertaking the charge of governing public affairs, and he [the
+Governor] appointed his lieutenant, alcaldes and ordinary regidores and
+other public officials, all of whom he chose in the name of H. M. and he
+gave them the powers to exercise their offices. This done, the Governor,
+with the consent and advice of the religious whom he had with him and of
+H. M.'s paymaster who was then with him, with whose assistance he looked
+over and considered the circumstances of the citizens until as many [had
+been chosen] as H. M. had arranged should take part in the
+_repartimiento_ of the natives; in the meanwhile a certain number of
+them [Indians] was assigned to all the Spaniards who were to remain, in
+order that they might instruct them in the things of our holy catholic
+faith. And there set aside and given to the service of H. M. twelve
+thousand-odd married Indians in the province of the Collao in the middle
+thereof, near the mines, in order that they might take out gold for H.
+M. from which, it is understood, there will be great profits,
+considering the great wealth of the mines which are there, of which
+matters lengthy mention is made in the book of the foundation of this
+colony and in the register of the deposit which was made by the
+neighbouring Indians. And the approving, confirming or amending of these
+arrangements was left to the will of H. M. according as should seem best
+to suit his royal service.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+    The Governor sets out with the cacique for Xauxa, and they receive
+    news of the army of Quito, and of certain ships which some Spaniards
+    who went to the city of San Miguel saw on those coasts.
+
+
+When these things were done, the Governor set out for Xauxa, taking the
+cacique with him, and the citizens remained guarding the city
+[according] to orders which the Governor left them so that they might
+govern themselves until he should command something else. Journeying by
+forced marches, on the day of Easter, he found himself on the Bilcas
+river, where he learned from letters and notices from Xauxa, that the
+warriors of Quito, after they were routed and driven from their last
+positions by the captain from Cuzco, had withdrawn and fortified
+themselves forty leagues from Xauxa on the Caxamalcha road in a bad
+pass in the immediate vicinity of the road, and had built their walls to
+prevent the [possibility of] the horses [crossing] the pass. [These
+walls had] some very narrow gates in them, and a street by which to
+mount a high boulder where the captain and the warriors lived and which
+had no other entrance than this one by way of this fort that they had
+built with these very narrow doors; [and the Governor learned] that they
+were planning to await aid here, because it was known that the son of
+Atabalipa was coming with many warriors. This news the Governor
+communicated to the cacique who at once sent off couriers to the city of
+Cuzco in order to cause warriors to come who should not exceed two
+thousand in number, but who were to be the best there were in all that
+province, because the Governor told him that it would be better were
+they few and good than if they were many and unserviceable, because the
+many would destroy the food in the land through which they were to pass
+without necessity or profit. At the same time the Governor wrote to the
+lieutenant and corregidor of Cuzco that he should aid the captains of
+the cacique and see to it that the warriors came soon. On the second day
+after Easter, the Governor set out from this place, and, by forced
+marches, arrived in Xauxa, where he learned the whole of what had passed
+there in his absence, and especially what those of Quito had done, and,
+in particular, they told him that after the enemy was put to flight from
+the environs of Xauxa, they had retired twenty or thirty leagues from
+there into the mountains, and that, according to the captain who went
+out against them with the brother of the cacique and four thousand men,
+they arrived within sight of them [the Indians], and that, after a rest
+of a few days, they went to attack them and routed them and drove them
+from that place with much trouble and great danger. When they [the
+Spanish force] had returned to Xauxa, the Marshal Don Diego de Almagro
+who, when the captain and Spaniards came from Cuzco, had come with them
+by order of the Governor to inspect the Indians round about in order to
+see and know the state of things in that city and among its citizens,
+went out to visit the caciques and lords of the region of Chincha[85]
+and Pachacama, and the others who had their lands and lived on the
+sea-coast.
+
+In this state the Governor found affairs when arrived at Xauxa, and,
+having rested from the long journey without arranging anything in the
+first few days, he waited for the Indians[86] [for whom he had sent] in
+order to go and drive the enemy from the fort which they had made and
+finish with them, when there came to him one of two Spanish messengers
+who had gone to the city of San Miguel to see how things were going
+there, and who spoke to him in this way: "My lord, when I had set out
+from here by order of the Marshal, I set myself to journey with all
+speed along the plains and the shore of the sea, not without trouble,
+because many of the caciques who are along that road were in revolt.
+But some who were friendly provided us with whatever we needed, and they
+informed us that some ships had been seen along the sea-coast, which I
+myself saw one day, and, considering that I was sent to the city of San
+Miguel to find out whether the ships of the Adelantado Alvarado or of
+other people had arrived, I went [rapidly] along the coast for nine days
+and nights, sometimes in sight of them, believing that they would take
+port and that I would thus learn who they were. But even with all this
+speed and trouble I could not do what I wished, on which account I made
+up my mind to continue my journey to the city of San Miguel, and, having
+crossed to the other side of the large river, I was informed by the
+Indians of the country that Christians were coming along that road, and
+I, thinking that without doubt it would prove to be the troops of the
+Adelantado Alvarado, my companion and I went on our guard in order not
+to encounter them _impromptu_.[87] And when they arrived at Motupe, I
+learned that they were near that place [where I was], and I waited for
+the night. At dawn I sent my companion to speak with them, and to see
+what people they were, and I gave him certain tokens by which he could
+inform me, and finally, I learned that they were soldiers who were
+coming to the conquest of these kingdoms. Because of this, I went to
+them and spoke at length, telling them the errand I was on, and they, in
+return, informed me that they had come to the city of San Miguel in
+certain ships from Panama and were two hundred and fifty in number. When
+they had arrived at San Miguel, the captain who was in that city with
+two hundred men, seventy of them cavalry, had gone away to the provinces
+of Quito in order to conquer them, and they, some thirty persons with
+their horses, knowing the conquests which were being made in Cuzco, and
+the lack of men there was there, did not wish to go with the captain to
+those provinces of Quito and so were coming to Xauxa. And we gave them
+news of all that had happened here and of the war which we had had with
+the Indians of Quito. And in order to bring more quickly the news of
+what had happened there I returned from that place without going to the
+city of San Miguel, knowing for certain that the captain would have
+departed with his men and would already be near Cossibamba.[88] Turning
+back on my road, I met, on Easter, the Marshal D. Diego de Almagro near
+Cena[89] which is where the road to Caxamalca branches off, and to him I
+related how things were going and how some suspected that the captain
+who was going to Quito was not going with good intentions. As soon as
+the Marshal heard this, he set off in order to catch up with the captain
+who was taking these soldiers on the march to Quito, in order to detain
+him until together they could arrange the necessary provisions for this
+war. This, then, sir, is what has happened to me on this journey, during
+which I tried to get information about those ships, but could not learn
+anything else about them. Of Alvarado nothing more is known than that he
+has already embarked on these shores or has passed further on, as
+letters inform me."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+    They build a church in the city of Xauxa, and send some three
+    thousand Indians with some Spaniards against the hostile Indians.
+    They have news of the arrival of many Spaniards and horses, on which
+    account they send soldiers to the province of Quito. A Relation of
+    the quality and people of the land from Tumbez to Chincha, and of
+    the province of Collao and Condisuyo.[90]
+
+
+The Governor received this messenger, read the letters which he brought,
+and asked him many other things, and, in order to arrange all that
+seemed suitable in this business, he called all the officials of H. M.
+After they had discussed the journey of that captain to Quito and how
+the Marshal would already have reasoned with him, according to the
+report brought by that messenger, permission was given [to the Governor]
+that he should send one of his lieutenants with sufficient powers for
+the task in hand. And when his letters to the city of San Miguel and to
+the Marshal, in which he told them what was to be done, were written, he
+sent off with them three Christians, in order that the letters might go
+more quickly and safely, ordering the men to hasten with all speed upon
+the road and keep advising him of what they learned. After this had been
+arranged, he [Pizarro] chose the place in which the church was to be
+erected in that city of Xauxa. This task he commanded to be done by the
+caciques of the district, and it was built with its great doors of
+stone.[91] In the meanwhile, there arrived the four thousand Indian
+warriors whom the cacique had called from Cuzco, and the Governor caused
+to be made ready fifty Spanish cavalrymen and thirty peons to go [with
+the Indians] in order to drive the enemy from the pass where they were,
+and they set out with the cacique and his soldiers, who loved the
+Spaniards better every day.[92] The Governor ordered the captain of
+these Spaniards to pursue the enemy as far as Guanaco[93] and as far
+beyond as he believed necessary, and that he should keep him informed
+continually, by letters and messengers of what went on. After this, the
+Governor received news of the ships on the feast of the Holy Ghost, and
+at the same time, he received a letter from San Miguel which two
+Spaniards brought him, and he learned how the ships, because of bad
+weather, had remained seventy leagues from Paccacama[94] without being
+able to go further, and how the Adelantado de Alvarado had gone up to
+Puerto Viejo three months before with four hundred men [on foot] and one
+hundred and fifty cavalry[95] and with them he entered the interior in
+the direction of Quito, believing that he would arrive there at the same
+time that the Marshal Don Diego de Almagro would enter those provinces
+from the other side. As a result of all this information concerning the
+justice and government of the city of S. Miguel and of other places, the
+Governor entered upon the control of it [himself]. And, in order to
+mend matters, with the consent of the officials, he sent his messengers
+in a brigantine by sea, and with them he sent orders to the Marshal
+that, in the name of H. M., he should lend him [Pizarro] aid, and should
+conquer, pacify and settle those provinces of Quito with the troops he
+had with him and with those who were in readiness in the city of San
+Miguel. At the same time, he arranged other matters in this connection,
+so that Alvarado should do no harm in the land, and because H. M. so
+desired that it should be, and likewise he determined that, on the
+arrival of the ships, he would send a report to H. M. of all that had
+taken place on that venture up to that very hour, so that he [H. M.]
+might be informed of all and might provide in every instance what he
+held to be the best for his royal service. This is the state of the
+affairs of war and of other matters in this land: and of the quality of
+it I shall speak briefly because a relation of it was sent from
+Caxamalca. This land, from Tumbez to Chincha has [a width of some] ten
+leagues, in some places more, in others less; it is a broad, flat, sandy
+land in which no grass or herbs grow and where it rains but little; it
+is [in places] fertile in maize and fruits because the people sow and
+irrigate their farms with water from the rivers that come down from the
+mountains. The houses which the laborers use are made of rushes and
+branches, because, when it does not rain, it is very hot, and few of the
+houses have roofs.[96] They are a wretched folk, and many of them are
+blind on account of the great amount of sand that there is. They are
+poor in gold and silver, and what they have is because those who live in
+the sierra exchange it for goods. All the land beside the sea is of this
+description as far as Chincha, and even fifty leagues beyond there. They
+dress in cotton [bambaso] and eat maize both cooked and raw, and
+half-raw meat. At the end of the plains which are called Ingres are some
+very high mountains which extend from the city of San Miguel as far as
+Xauxa, and which may well be one hundred and fifty leagues long, but
+have little breadth. It is a very high and rugged land of mountains and
+many rivers; there are no forests save some trees in places where there
+is always a thick mist. It is very cold because there is a snow-capped
+mountain range which extends from Caxamalca to Xauxa and on which there
+is snow all the year through. The people who live there are much more
+advanced than the others, because they are very polished and warlike and
+of good dispositions. They are very rich in gold and silver because they
+get it from many places in the mountains. None of the lords who have
+governed these provinces have ever been able to make any use of these
+coast-people, as they are such a wretched and poor folk, as I have said,
+that they are fit to be used for nothing else than to carry fish and
+fruits [up into the highlands], for as soon as they come into the
+mountainous regions, their own land being very hot, they sicken for the
+most part; and the same thing happens to those who inhabit the
+mountains if they go down into the hot country. Those who dwell on the
+other side of the land, beyond the summits of the mountains, are like
+savages who have no houses nor any maize save a little; they have very
+great forests and maintain themselves almost entirely on the fruit of
+the trees; they have no domicile, nor fixed settlements that are known;
+there are very great rivers, and the land is so useless that it paid all
+its tribute to the lords in parrot feathers.[97]
+
+The mountainous region being the chief part of the country, and being so
+narrow, as well as being torn by the wars that have been there,
+settlements of Christians cannot be made there, for it is a very remote
+region. From the city of Xauxa along the Cuzco road, the country keeps
+getting more shut in by mountains and the distance from the sea is
+greater. And those who have been lords of Cuzco, their own dwelling
+being in Cuzco, called the rest of the land, in the direction of Quito,
+Cancasuetio, and the land beyond [Cuzco], called Callao, Collasuyo,
+and, in the direction of the sea, Condisuyo, and the interior
+Candasuyo;[98] and in this way they gave names to these four provinces,
+disposed like a cross, which contained their empire. In the Collao they
+know not of the sea, and it is a flat land to judge from what has been
+seen of it, and it is large and cold, and there are in it many rivers
+from which gold is got. The Indians say that in the province is a large
+lake of fresh water which, in its centre, has two islands.[99] In order
+to learn the state of this land and its government, the Governor sent
+two Christians to bring him a long report of it; they set out in the
+beginning of December. The region of Condisuyo, toward the sea from
+Cuzco is a small and delectable land, although it is all of forests and
+stones, and the inland region is so likewise. Through it [the Antisuyu]
+run all the rivers which do not flow into the western sea. It is a land
+of many trees and mountains and is very thinly populated. This sierra
+runs from Tumbes as far as Xauxa, and from Xauxa as far as the city of
+Cuzco. It is stony and rough; if there were not roads made by hand it
+would not be possible to travel on foot, still less on horseback, and
+for the roads there are many houses full of materials for repairing the
+pavement, and in this matter the lords had so much firmness that there
+was nothing to do but keep it in order.[100] All the mountain
+fields[101] are made in the guise of stairways of stone, and the rest of
+the road has no great width because of some mountains that hem it in on
+both sides, and on one side they had made a buttress of stone so that
+one day it should not slide down [the mountain], and there are,
+likewise, other places, in which the road has a breadth of four or five
+human bodies, all made and paved with stone. One of the greatest works
+the conquerors saw in this land was these roads. All or most of the
+people on these slopes of the mountains live on high hills and
+mountains; their houses are of stone and earth; there are many dwellings
+in each village. Along the road each league or two or nearer, are found
+the dwellings built for the purpose of allowing the lords to rest when
+they were out visiting and inspecting their land; and every twenty
+leagues there are important cities, heads of provinces, to which the
+smaller cities brought their tribute of maize, clothes and other things.
+All these large cities have storehouses full of the things which are in
+the land, and, because it is very cold but little maize is harvested
+except in specially assigned places; but [there is plenty of] all the
+many vegetables and roots with which the people sustained themselves,
+and also good grass like that of Spain. There are also wild turnips
+which are bitter. There is a sufficiency of herds of sheep[102] which go
+about in flocks with their shepherds who keep them away from the sown
+fields, and they have a certain part of [each] province set apart for
+them to winter in. The people, as I have said, are very polished and
+intelligent, and go always clad and shod; they eat maize both cooked and
+raw, and drink much chicha, which is a beverage made from maize after
+the fashion of beer. The people are very tractable and very obedient and
+yet warlike. They have many arms of diverse sorts, as has been told in
+the relation of the imprisonment of Atabalipa which was sent from
+Caxamalca, as was said above.[103]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+    Description of the city of Cuzco and of its wonderful fortress, and
+    of the customs of its inhabitants.
+
+
+The city of Cuzco is the principal one of all those where the lords of
+this land have their residence; it is so large and so beautiful that it
+would be worthy of admiration even in Spain; and it is full of the
+palaces of the lords, because no poor people live there, and each lord
+builds there his house, and all the caciques[104] do likewise, although
+the latter do not dwell there continuously. The greater part of these
+houses are of stone, and others have half the façade of stone. There are
+many houses of adobe, and they are all arranged in very good order. The
+streets are laid out at right angles; they are very straight, and are
+paved, and down the middle runs a gutter for water lined with stone. The
+chief defect which the streets have is that of being narrow, so that
+only one horse and rider can go on one side of the gutter and another
+upon the opposite side. This city is located upon the slope of a
+mountain, and there are many houses upon the slope and others below on
+the plain. The plaza is rectangular, and the greater part of it is flat
+and paved with small stones. Around the plaza are four houses of
+noblemen, who are the chief men of the city; [the houses] are of stone,
+painted and carved, and the best of them is the house of
+Guaynacaba,[105] a former chief, and the door of it is of marble
+[colored] white and red and of other colors;[106] and there are other
+very sightly buildings with flat roofs. There are, in the said city,
+many other buildings and grandeurs. Along the two sides [of the city]
+pass two rivers which rise a league above Cuzco, and from there down to
+the city and for two leagues below it they run over stone flags so that
+the water may be pure and clear, and so that, though they may rise, they
+may not overflow. They have bridges for those who enter the city. Upon
+the hill which, toward the city, is rounded and very steep, there is a
+very beautiful fortress of earth and stone. Its large windows which look
+over the city make it appear still more beautiful.[107] Within, there
+are many dwellings, and a chief tower in the centre, built square, and
+having four or five terraces one above another. The rooms inside are
+small and the stones of which it is built are very well worked and so
+well adjusted to one another that it does not appear that they have any
+mortar and they are so smooth that they look like polished slabs with
+the joinings in regular order and alternating with one another after the
+usage in Spain.[108] There are so many rooms and towers that a person
+could not see them all in one day; and many Spaniards who have been in
+Lombardy and in other foreign kingdoms say that they have never seen any
+other fortress like this one nor a stronger castle. Five thousand
+Spaniards might well be within it; nor could it be given a broadside or
+be mined, because it is on a rocky mountain. On the side toward the
+city, which is a very steep slope, there is no more than one wall;[109]
+on the other side, which is less steep, there are three, one above the
+other. The most beautiful thing which can be seen in the edifices of
+that land are these walls, because they are of stones so large that
+anyone who sees them would not say that they had been put in place by
+human hands, for they are as large as chunks of mountains and huge
+rocks, and they have a height of thirty palms and a length of as many
+more, and others have twenty and twenty-five, and others fifteen, but
+there is none so small that three carts could carry it. These are not
+smooth stones, but rather well joined and matched one with another. The
+Spaniards who see them say that neither the bridge of Segovia nor any
+other of the edifices which Hercules or the Romans made is so worthy of
+being seen as this. The city of Tarragona has some works in its walls
+made in this style, but neither so strong nor of such large stones.
+These walls twist in such a way that if they are attacked, it is not
+possible to do so from directly in front, but only obliquely.[110] These
+walls are of the same stone, and between wall and wall there is enough
+earth to permit three carts to go along the top at one time. They are
+made after the fashion of steps, so that one begins where another leaves
+off. The whole fortress was a deposit of arms, clubs, lances, bows,
+axes, shields, doublets thickly padded with cotton and other arms of
+various sorts, and clothes for the soldiers collected here from all
+parts of the land subject to the lords of Cuzco. They had many colors,
+blue, yellow, brown and many others for painting, much tin and lead with
+other metals, and much silver and some gold, many mantles and quilted
+doublets for the warriors. The reason why this fortress contained so
+much workmanship was that, when this city was founded it was done by a
+lord _orejon_[111] who came from Condisuyo, toward the sea, a great
+warrior who conquered this land as far as Bilcas and who, perceiving
+that this was the best place to fix his domicile, founded that city
+with its fortress. And all the other lords who followed after him made
+some improvements in this fortress so that it was ever augmenting in
+size. From this fortress are seen around the city many houses a quarter
+of a league, half a league and a league away, and in the valley, which
+is surrounded by hills, there are more than five thousand houses, many
+of them for the pleasure and recreation of former lords and others for
+the caciques of all the land who dwell continuously in the city. The
+others are storehouses full of mantles, wool, arms, metals, and clothes
+and all the things which are grown or made in this land. There are
+houses where the tribute is kept which the vassals bring to the
+caciques; and there is a house where are kept more than a hundred dried
+birds because they make garments of their feathers, which are of many
+colors, and there are many houses for this [work]. There are bucklers,
+oval shields made of leather, beams for roofing the houses, knives and
+other tools, sandals and breast-plates for the warriors in such great
+quantity that the mind does not cease to wonder how so great a tribute
+of so many kinds of things can have been given. Each dead lord has here
+his house and all that was paid to him as tribute during his life, for
+no lord who succeeds another [and this is the law among them] can, after
+the death of the last one, take possession of his inheritance. Each one
+has his service of gold and of silver, and his things and clothes for
+himself, and he who follows takes nothing from him. The caciques and
+lords maintain their houses of recreation with the corresponding staff
+of servants and women who sow their fields with maize and place a little
+of it in their sepulchres. They adore the sun and have built many
+temples to him, and of all the things which they have, as much of
+clothes as of maize and other things, they offer some to the sun, of
+which the warriors later avail themselves.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+    Of the province of the Collao and of the qualities and customs of
+    its people, and of the rich gold mines that are found there.
+
+
+The two Christians who were sent to see the province of the Collao were
+forty days upon their journey, and, as soon as they had returned to
+Cuzco where the governor was, they gave him news and a report of all
+that they had seen and learned, which is set forth below. The land of
+the Collao is far off and a long way from the sea, so much so that the
+natives who inhabit it, have no knowledge of it. The sierra is very high
+and rather broad, and with all this, it is excessively cold. There are
+in the region no groves or woods, nor is there any wood for burning, and
+what little there is in use there comes from trade, in exchange for
+merchandise, with those who live near the sea and are called Ingres,
+and also with those who live below near the rivers, for these people
+have fire-wood and they exchange it for sheep[112] and other animals and
+vegetables, since, for the most part, the land is sterile, and all the
+people live on roots, herbs, maize and sometimes flesh, not because
+there is not, in that province of the Collao, a good quantity of sheep,
+but because the people are so much the subjects of the lord to whom they
+are bound to give obedience that, without his licence or that of the
+chief or governor who, by his command, is in the country, they do not
+kill one [llama], nor do even the lords and caciques dare to kill any
+without such permission. The land is well populated because wars have
+not destroyed it as they have other provinces. The villages are of
+ordinary size and their houses are small, with walls of stone and adobe
+mixed and covered with roofs of straw. The grass which grows in this
+land is short and sparse. There are some rivers, although of small
+volume. In the middle of the province there is a great lake, in length
+almost one hundred leagues, and the most thickly peopled land is around
+its shore; in the middle of the lake there are two islets, and on one of
+them is a mosque and house of the sun which is held in great veneration,
+and to it they come to make their offerings and sacrifices on a great
+stone on the island which they call Tichicasa[113] which either because
+the devil hides himself there and speaks to them or because of an
+ancient custom, or on account of some other cause that has never been
+made clear, all the people of that province hold in great esteem, and
+they offer there gold, silver and other things. There are more than six
+hundred Indians serving in this place, and more than a thousand women
+who make chicha in order to throw it upon that stone Tichicasa.[114] The
+rich mines of that province of the Collao are beyond this lake [in a
+region] called Chuchiabo.[115] The mines are in the gorge [caja-chiusa]
+of a river, about half-way up the sides. They are made like caves, by
+whose mouths they enter to scrape the earth, and they scrape it with
+the horns of deer and they carry it outside in certain hides sewn into
+the form of sacks or of wine-skins of sheep-hide. The manner in which
+they wash it is that they take from the river a [jet?][116] of water,
+and on the bank they set up certain very smooth flag-stones on which
+they throw the water, after which they draw off by a duct the water of
+the [jet?] which has just fallen down [upon the gold-earth?], and the
+water carries off the earth little by little so that the gold is left
+upon the flag-stones themselves, and in this manner they collect it. The
+mines go far into the earth, one ten brazas, another twenty, and the
+greatest mine, which is called Guarnacabo[117] goes into the earth some
+forty brazas.[118] They have no light, nor are they broader than is
+necessary for one person to enter crouching down, and until the man who
+is in the mine comes out, no other can go in. The people who get out the
+gold here are as many as fifty,[119] counting men and women, and these
+are all of this land, and from one cacique come twenty, from another
+fifty, from another thirty, and from others more or less according to
+the number that they have, and they take out gold for the chief lord,
+and they have taken such precautions in the matter that in nowise can
+any of what is taken out be stolen, because they have placed guards
+around the mines so that none of those who take out the gold can get
+away without being seen. At night, when they return to their houses in
+the village, they enter by a gate where the overseers are who have the
+gold in their charge, and from each person they receive the gold that he
+has got. There are other mines beyond these, and there are still others
+scattered about through the land which are like wells a man's height in
+depth, so that the worker can just throw the earth from below on top of
+the ground. And when they dig them so deep that they cannot throw the
+earth out on top, they leave them and make new wells.[120] But the
+richest mines, and the ones from which the most gold is got, are the
+first, which do not have the inconvenience of washing the earth, and,
+because of the cold, they do not work those mines more than four months
+of the year, [and then only] from the hour of noon to nearly
+sunset.[121] The people are very mild, and so accustomed to serve, that
+all that has to be done in the land they do themselves, and so it is, in
+the roads and in the houses which the chief lord commands them to build,
+and they continually offer themselves for work and for carrying the
+burdens of the warriors when the lord goes to some place [in the
+region]. The Spaniards took from those mines a load of earth and carried
+it to Cuzco without doing anything else. It was washed by the hand of
+the Governor after the Spaniards had sworn that they had not placed the
+gold in it or done anything to it save take it from the mine as the
+Indians did who washed it, and from it three pesos of gold was got. All
+those who understand mines and the getting of gold, being informed of
+the manner in which it is got in this land, say that all the [country
+is full of mines], and that if the Spaniards gave implements and skill
+[in using them] to the Indians so that it might be got out, much gold
+would be taken from the earth, and it is believed that when this time
+has arrived, a year will not go by in which a million of gold is not
+got. The people of this province, as well men as women, are very filthy,
+and they have large hands, and the province is very large.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+    Of the great veneration in which the Indians held Guarnacaba[122]
+    when he lived[123] and of that in which they hold him now, after
+    death. And how, through the disunion of the Indians, the Spaniards
+    entered Cuzco, and of the fidelity of the new cacique
+    Guarnacaba[124] to the Christians.
+
+
+The city of Cuzco is the head and principal province of all the others,
+and from here to the beach of San Mateo and, in the other direction, to
+beyond the province of Collao, which is entirely a land of arrow-using
+savages, all is subject to one single lord who was Atabalipa, and,
+before him, to the other by-gone lords, and at present the lord of all
+is this son of Guarnacaba. This Guarnacaba, who was so renowned and
+feared, and is so even to this day, although he is dead, was very much
+beloved by his vassals, and subjected great provinces, and made them
+his tributaries. He was well obeyed and almost worshipped, and his body
+is in the city of Cuzco, quite whole, enveloped in rich cloths and
+lacking only the tip of the nose. There are other images of plaster of
+clay which have only the hair and nails which were cut off in life and
+the clothes that were worn, and these images are as much venerated by
+those people as if they were their gods. Frequently they take the [body]
+out into the plaza with music and dancing, and they always stay close to
+it, day and night, driving away the flies. When some important lords
+come to see the cacique, they go first to salute these figures, and they
+then go to the cacique and hold, with him, so many ceremonies that it
+would be a great prolixity to describe them. So many people assemble at
+these feasts, which are held in that plaza, that their number exceeds
+one hundred thousand souls. It turned out to be fortunate that they [the
+Spaniards] had made that son of Guarnacaba lord, because all the
+caciques and lords of the land and of remote provinces came to serve
+him and, out of respect for him, to yield obedience to the Emperor. The
+conquerors passed through great trials, because all the land is the most
+mountainous and roughest that can be traversed on horseback, and it may
+be believed that, had it not been for the discord which existed between
+the people of Quito and those of Cuzco and its neighbourhood, the
+Spaniards would never have entered Cuzco, nor would there have been
+enough of them to get beyond Xauxa, and in order to enter they would
+have had to go in a force of five hundred, and, to maintain themselves,
+they would have needed many more, because the land is so large and so
+rough that there are mountains and passes that ten men could defend
+against ten thousand. And the Governor never thought of being able to go
+with less than five hundred Christians to conquer, pacify, and make a
+tributary of it. But as he learned of the great disunion that existed
+between the people of that land [Cuzco] and those of Quito, it was
+proposed that he should go with the few Christians that he had to
+deliver them from subjection and servitude, and to put a stop to the
+mischief and wrongs that those of Quito were doing in that land, and Our
+Lord saw fit to favor him [in it]. Nor would the Governor ever have
+ventured to make so long and toilsome a journey in this great
+undertaking had it not been for the great confidence which he had in all
+the Spaniards of his company through having tried them out and having
+learned that they were dextrous and skilled in so many conquests and
+accustomed to these lands and to the toils of war. All of this they
+showed themselves to be in this journey through rains and snows, in
+swimming across many rivers, in crossing great mountain chains and in
+sleeping many nights in the open air without water to drink and without
+anything on which to feed, and always, day and night, having to be armed
+and on guard, in going, at the end of the war, to reduce many caciques
+and lands which had rebelled, and in going from Xauxa to Cuzco, on which
+journey they suffered, with their governor, so many trials and on which
+they so often placed their lives in peril in rivers and mountains where
+many horses were killed by falling headlong. This son of Guarnacaba has
+much friendship and concord with the Christians, and for this reason, in
+order to preserve him in the lordship, the Spaniards put themselves to
+infinite pains and likewise bore themselves in all these undertakings so
+valorously, and suffered so much, just as other Spaniards have been able
+to do in the service of the Emperor, that, as a result, the very
+Spaniards who have found themselves in this undertaking, marvel at what
+they have done when once more they set themselves to think upon it, and
+they do not know how they come to be alive as they have been able to
+suffer so many trials and such prolonged hunger. But they hold that all
+[their troubles] were put to a good use, and they would again offer
+themselves, were it necessary, to enter upon the greatest wearinesses
+for the conversion of those people and the exaltation of our holy
+catholic faith. Of the greatness and situation of the aforesaid land, I
+omit to speak, and it only remains to give thanks and praises to Our
+Lord because, so obviously, he has wished to guide with his hand the
+affairs of H. M. and of these kingdoms which, by his divine providence,
+have been illumined and directed upon the true road of salvation. May he
+bend his infinite goodness so that henceforth the [kingdoms] may go from
+good to better by the intercession of his blessed Mother, the advocate
+of all our steps who directs them to a good end.
+
+This relation was finished in the city of Xauxa on the 15th day of the
+month of July, 1534. And I, Pero Sancho, Scrivener general of these
+kingdoms of New Castile and secretary of the governor Francisco Pizarro,
+by his order and that of the officials of H. M. wrote it just as things
+happened, and when it was finished I read it in the presence of the
+governor and of the officials of H. M., and, as it was all true, they
+said governor and officials of H. M. sign it with their hand.
+
+                   FRANCISCO PIZARRO
+          ALVARO RIQUELME.   ANTONIO NAVARRO.
+                   GARCIA DE SALCEDO
+
+ _By order of the Governor and Officials._      SANCHO
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] The modern Cajamarca; called by the Indians Casamarca.
+
+[2] Properly Atahualpa.
+
+[3] Thus the original. Something is lacking to complete the sense.--Note
+by Icazbalceta.
+
+[4] The _peso_ is about an ounce.
+
+[5] Jauja.
+
+[6] Properly Challcuchima or Calicuchima. This remarkable Indian general
+was a son of Epiclachima, younger brother of Cacha, last Caran Scyri of
+Quito. Cacha was conquered by Huayna Capac about 1487, and Calicuchima
+entered the service of Atahualpa who was his kinsman through Paccha his
+cousin, Huayna Capac's wife. (Velasco.)
+
+[7] Something lacking in the text.
+
+[8] _Caribes_, in Spanish, sometimes means the Carib people; here,
+simply savages.
+
+[9] In the text of Ramusio, _Se gli diede una storta col mangano al
+collo_.
+
+[10] This name is, of course, an error.
+
+[11] Gucunacaba is Huayna Capac. He left three legitimate sons beside
+Huascar, viz., Manco, Paullu, and Titu Atauchi. I do not know which of
+them was Sancho's "Atabalipa" number two. See Sarmiento, 1907, p. xvii.
+
+[12] Cuzcos = Incas.
+
+[13] Probably Huascar.
+
+[14] Huamachuco.
+
+[15] Andamarca.
+
+[16] Huaylas.
+
+[17] Cajatambo.
+
+[18] Icazbalceta suggests that this place is Cajamarquilla. I do not
+agree with this opinion, because Cajamarquilla had long been in ruins
+when the Spaniards arrived. (Cf. Hodge, 1897, pp. 304 ff.) It was
+probably Chacamarca, (see below).
+
+[19] San Miguel de Piura.
+
+[20] San Miguel was founded first at another site which, on being found
+to be unhealthy, was deserted; San Miguel was soon refounded at Piura.
+(Cf. Prescott, Bk. III, Cap. III, Moses, 1914, vol. I, p. 99.) It is
+possible that the "captain" mentioned here was no other than Sebastian
+de Belalcazar or Benalcazar who later conquered Quito. (Cf. Moses, 1914,
+I, p. 106.)
+
+[21] This is obviously a mistake.
+
+[22] Descriptions of Inca bridges will be found at:
+
+    Garcilasso, 1859, I, pp. 253 ff., 260.
+    Cieza de Leon, 1864, pp. 314-315.
+    Joyce, 1912, pp. 142-143.
+    Beuchat, 1912, pp. 608, 650.
+    Pinkerton, 1808-1814, XIV, p. 530. (Picture.)
+
+[23] Pachacamac has often been described. See especially Uhle, 1903; and
+Estete, 1872; and Markham, 1912, pp. 232 ff.
+
+[24] Cajatambo.
+
+[25] Pambo = Pombo = Pumpu.
+
+[26] It is impossible to tell what the correct names of these personages
+may have been.
+
+[27] Pombo = Pambo = Pumpu.
+
+[28] Chacamarca. See Raimondi's map, 1875.
+
+[29] The Spanish here is very prolix. I have given an approximate and
+shorter phraseology.
+
+[30] This may be the "Tice" mentioned in Section II, under another name.
+But all Sancho's proper names are in great confusion.
+
+[31] It is barely possible that "Aticoc" may be an attempt at Titu
+Atauchi.
+
+[32] The candor or barefacedness with which the secretary, Sancho,
+confesses and even applauds the bad faith of Pizarro in various places
+in this narrative, which he wrote by order of Pizarro, is worthy of
+admiration.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[33] The original: _che haurebbe dato rame che i Capitani etc., soldati
+fossero venuti alla pase_. The significance of the word _rame_ is
+obscure; as at times it means _money_, whence comes the vulgar phrase
+_questo sa di rame_, in order to indicate that a thing is dear, it
+appeared to me that I might adopt the interpretation which I give,
+although I am not satisfied with it.--Note by Icazbalceta. The present
+translator has translated the Spanish as given by Icazbalceta.
+
+[34] The original; _veduto_ appears to me an error for
+_venuto_.--Icazbalceta.
+
+[35] Inca "roads" were designed for foot traffic, and steps were the
+means used for going up slopes.
+
+[36] Parcostambo.
+
+[37] Vilcas.
+
+[38] All within the parentheses is a reconstruction of the evident sense
+rather than a translation.
+
+[39] Cf. Bandelier, 1910, p. 61.
+
+[40] _Serrata_ means either _espesura_ [thicket] or _angostura_ [cleft].
+
+[41] Quizquiz, like Chalicuchima, had been a general of Atahualpa before
+the coming of the Spaniards. He fought long against the invaders, but at
+length his unavailing efforts caused him to be murdered by his own
+followers. See Garcilasso, II, p. 509; Sarmiento, 171-173; Cieza de
+Leon, Chr., Pt. II, pp. 164 and 227; Markham, 1912, pp. 247-251.
+
+[42] Andahuaylas.
+
+[43] Curamba.
+
+[44] Andahuaylas.
+
+[45] Vilcas.
+
+[46] Curamba is the correct form for Airamba (given above).
+
+[47] Vilcas, sometimes called Vilcashuaman, was a part of the territory
+controlled by the Chanca before they were made subjects to Cuzco. The
+conquest of the Chanca may have begun in the time of Rocca, but it had
+its culmination in that of Viracocha. Tupac Yupanqui built numerous
+temples and palaces there, and the region round about Vilcas was
+traversed by important roads or trails. It is a place that is mentioned
+by nearly all the early writers. Cf. Garcilasso, I, pp. 324-326, II, p.
+58; Cieza de Leon, I, 312-315, II, 150-154; Joyce, 1912, p. 107;
+Markham, 1912, p. 178.
+
+[48] Sancho is vague in his use of the words _caballo_ and _ligero
+caballo_. The latter means "light horse" or "light-armed cavalry." But
+he uses the word _caballo_ when he means _caballero_. In the present
+instance he really means _caballo_.
+
+[49] The veracity of this story is certainly open to question.
+
+[50] Here the text says _caballos_, although it is plain that
+_caballeros_ is the word intended.
+
+[51] See Squier, 1877, p. 177; Cieza, Tr. p. 355; Velasco, 1840, p. 22;
+Joyce, 1912, pp. 210-212.
+
+[52] This speech can hardly be regarded as verbatim, of course.
+
+[53] Sancho's imagination was drawn upon throughout this section.
+
+[54] Limatambo (correctly, Rimactampu).
+
+[55] Xaquixaguana or Sacsahuana.
+
+[56] The text has: "_y que riendo el Gobernador partirse sin aguardar a
+que pasaran los indios amigos, ..._"
+
+[57] _tuvieron tiempo de retraerse al monte_ really means, "they had
+time to withdraw to the mountain," but the obvious sense is better
+preserved in the translation I have given.
+
+[58] Possibly this means Huascar, whom Atahualpa had caused to be put to
+death.
+
+[59] In Spanish they always say "el Cuzco." I believe that the reason
+for this is that "Cuzco" comes from a Quichua word meaning "navel." If
+this is so, "el Cuzco" has the significance of "the Navel" (of the
+World). In English, of course, we use the word simply as a place-name.
+
+[60] The official designation of the Emperor was: S. C. C. M., or
+Sagrada Cesarea Catolica Majestad.
+
+[61] The modern village of Limatambo. When I was there the fine walls so
+often spoken of were in a bad condition from neglect on the part of the
+natives. Yet, in spite of the refuse piled around them and the throngs
+of pigs all about, one could see that the masonry was of the finest
+Cyclopean type. Cf. Squier, 1877, p. 535; Markham, 1912, pp. 286 and
+319; Cieza, Tr., p. 320; Sarmiento, pp. 119 and 209. Garcilasso tells us
+that it was founded by Manco Capac and that it was the place where
+Viracocha waited for the Chanca. Garcilasso, I, p. 80, and II, p. 52.
+
+[62] Now called Zurite. It was the site of a palace of Viracocha, who
+added it to his realm once more by a victory (won by Pachacutec) over
+the Chanca. Cf. Sarmiento, p. 85; Garcilasso, I, p. 53; Cieza, Chr., p.
+128; The "Finca de los Andenes" is doubtless the site of the palace.
+
+[63] The truth of this statement is very questionable.
+
+[64] Valverde.
+
+[65] Pachacamac.
+
+[66] In the days before the Incas the Creator-God (under the names of
+Pachacamac, Viracocha, Irma, etc.) was worshipped without idols. He was
+conceived as being superior to all other gods and as being invisible.
+To judge from all accounts, his cult, at this stage, was an advanced
+type of religion. Later, however, the custom of having idols sprang up.
+As their attributes were the same, there can be but little doubt that
+Pachacamac and Viracocha were the same deity. Pachacamac's chief shrine
+was on the coast, at Pachacamac. Inca Pachacutec conquered Cuismancu,
+lord of Pachacamac, about 1410, and built a Sun Temple there. The chief
+temple to Viracocha was at Cacha south of Cuzco, and it was probably
+erected by the Inca Viracocha to celebrate his defeat of the Chanca
+confederacy. Both these temples (under Inca influence) had idols. Cf.
+Blas Valera, 1879, pp. 137-140; Sarmiento, pp. 28-29; Garcilasso, II,
+pp. 69, 185-193, 428, 460; Cieza, Tr., pp. 161-163, 251-254; Cobo, 1892,
+III, pp. 320-323; Uhle, 1903; Markham, 1912, pp. 41, 97, 181, 233-234;
+Joyce, 1912, pp. 150-152; Beuchat, 1912, pp. 615-616.
+
+[67] Another obvious fabrication.
+
+[68] Huayna Capac, ruled ca. 1500-1525.
+
+[69] This was Manco Inca, a son of Huayna Capac by his third wife. Manco
+died in 1544, leaving a grand-daughter, Coya Beatriz, who married Don
+Martin Garcia Loyola. Their daughter, Lorenza, became Marquesa de
+Oropesa.--Note by Sir C. R. M. Cf. Garcilasso, II, pp. 352 and 526.
+
+[70] A half-brother only.
+
+[71] The story of Manco Inca is one of the most pathetic in South
+American history. Although our author describes some of the events in
+the young Inca's life, I will give a brief résumé of it here.
+
+Manco was "crowned" with the _borla_ or fringe on March 24, 1534, at
+Cuzco. To please him, Almagro the elder killed his two brothers (who
+might have become his rivals) in order to get Manco on his side in the
+quarrel which he had with the Pizarros as to which ought to control
+Cuzco. After Almagro went to Chile, the _Villac Umu_ (High Priest) urged
+his brother Manco to rise in revolt against the Spaniards, who were
+divided among themselves. On April 18, 1536, Manco revolted at Yucay. He
+laid siege to Cuzco with a very large force and attacked the small
+Spanish garrison mercilessly, setting fire to the roofs of houses by
+means of arrows tipped with blazing tow and otherwise harassing them.
+The Inca and his forces were, for a time, successful. They captured the
+great fortress of Sacsahuaman, which was, however, retaken by Juan
+Pizarro and Gonzalo Pizarro. Disheartened by this, the Inca retired to
+the fortress of Ollantaytampu, where he successfully combatted the
+attempts of Hernando Pizarro to capture him. Later, Manco was forced by
+Orgoñez to withdraw to the mountainous region of Vilcapampa. The last
+Inca capital was set up at Viticos, and there Manco held his court for
+several years. He often raided the Spanish travellers between Cuzco and
+Lima. His court became a place of refuge for all Spaniards who fell out
+with their fellows. One of these refugees, Gomez Perez, either killed
+Manco himself in a brawl over a game of quoits or helped to kill him as
+the result of a plot. The Inca, at all events, was murdered by Spaniards
+whom he had befriended. That was in 1544. In 1911 Professor Hiram
+Bingham visited Vitcos the situation of which is clearly shown on the
+map, dated 1907, that accompanies Sir Clements Markham's translation of
+Sarmiento and Ocampo (Hakluyt, 2d Series, no. XXII, p. 203). Professor
+Bingham's description of the site is adequate, and, I think, unique.
+
+At about the same time as the siege of Cuzco, another Inca force, led by
+Titu Yupanqui, marched on the newly founded Spanish capital (the Ciudad
+de los Reyes or Lima). It was driven off by the Marques Francisco
+Pizarro.
+
+A brother of Manco, Paullu, was christened under the name of Don
+Cristoval Paullu. He lived in the Colcampata palace (which had been the
+great Pachacutec's), and the small church of San Cristoval was built
+near at hand for his use. He died about 1550, being survived by Sayri
+Tupac, Cusi Titu Yupanqui, and two other children of Manco (who all
+lived on at Viticos) and by his own sons Carlos and Felipe. It was on
+the occasion of a particular request made by the Viceroy, Don Andres
+Hurtado de Mendoza, Marqués de Cañete, that Sayri Tupac's aunt, Princess
+Beatriz, successfully urged him to come and live in Cuzco. Sayri Tupac
+died in 1560. Cf. Cieza, Tr., pp. 304-307; Garcilasso, II, pp. 104-105,
+526; Titu Cusi Yupanqui, apud Cieza's "War of Quito," pp. 164-166;
+Montesinos, 1906, I, pp. 88-93; Cobo, 1892, III, pp. 203-210; Markham,
+1892, pp. 93-96; Markham, 1912, pp. 254-259; Appleton's Cyclopaedia,
+1888, IV, pp. 186 and 682; Cabildos de Lima, I, pp. 1 ff.; Bingham,
+1912, entire.
+
+[72] Manco Inca.
+
+[73] Contrast this version with that given by Prescott in Book III,
+Chapter 10. It is hardly necessary to say that Prescott's is the correct
+one.
+
+[74] Here, it is not difficult to read between the lines and see what
+sort of treatment Manco got.
+
+[75] Vicente de Valverde.
+
+[76] An involved and unimportant clause here.
+
+[77] This is all for the benefit of the Emperor, whose policy it was to
+deal fairly by his new subjects.
+
+[78] Vilcas.
+
+[79] I do not know who is meant by this name.
+
+[80] Llamas.
+
+[81] Possibly these figures were the embalmed bodies of the coyacuna or
+"queens" which, according to Garcilasso, were placed in Curicancha--the
+Sun Temple.
+
+[82] _en su mismo ser_.
+
+[83] _Casa_ really means house.
+
+[84] "Che vi corcorsero assai in tre anni," says the original, which can
+only be translated as I have done it above. But when the secretary wrote
+his relation, no such three years had gone by since the foundation of
+Cuzco, but only four months, so it is necessary to suppose that the
+Italian translator did not understand his original well, _or_ that it is
+an interpolation made later on.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[85] The civilized inhabitants of the Chilca region came originally from
+the interior, probably from the Yauyos region. This event occurred,
+presumably, somewhere about 800-900 of our era, for, by the time the
+Incas were founding Cuzco (ca. 1100), they found themselves strong
+enough to make raids into the interior. Joyce points out that these
+raids may have occurred even earlier, at a time when the Tiahuanacu
+empire still flourished. At any rate, there was an important contact
+with the interior cultures at an early date. The Chincha also were
+constantly at war with the Chimu, Chuquimancu and Cuismancu who each
+ruled large and civilized coast states. The Chincha were conquered by
+the Inca either in the reign of Pachacutec or in that of Tupac Yupanqui
+(more probably the former) somewhere about 1450. According to Estete,
+their ruler (under Inca tutelage) in the time of the Conquest was
+Tamviambea. The cultural development of the Chincha was, artistically
+speaking, not so high as that of the Chimu. It was, however, in pre-Inca
+times, relatively complex. They practised trephining successfully (an
+art derived from their Yauyu ancestors), and they also frequently
+indulged in the anterio-posterior type of cranial deformation. Their
+general physical condition was good. They numbered about 25,000. Cf.
+Cieza, Tr., p. 228; Garcilasso, II, pp. 146-149; Joyce, 1912, pp. 95,
+187; Markham, 1912, pp. 237-239; Tello, 1912; Hrdlicka, 1914, pp. 22-24;
+Lafone-Quevedo, 1912, p. 115.
+
+[86] This may have been the chief Taurichumbi mentioned by Estete. Cf.
+Markham, 1912, p. 239.
+
+[87] This was before Alvarado and Pizarro met and came to an agreement.
+
+[88] Possibly Riobamba, Tumebamba, or some other place in the "Kingdom"
+of Quito.
+
+[89] Probably Saña.
+
+[90] Properly Colla-suyu and Cunti-suyu, i.e. the Southern province and
+the Western province of Ttahuan-tin-suyu.
+
+[91] Jauja (or Xauxa) was the predecessor of la Ciudad de los Reyes. A
+letter to Charles V, dated July 20, 1534, describes it thus: "Esta
+Cibdad es la mexor y mayor quen la Tierra se ha vista, e aun en
+_Indias_; e decimos a Vuestra Magestad ques tan hermosa e de tan buenos
+edyficios quen _España_ seria muy de ver; tiene las calles por mucho
+concierto empedradas de guixas pequenas; todas las mas de las casas son
+de señores prencipales fechas de canteria; esta en una ladera de un
+cerro, en el qual sobrel pueblo esta una fortaleza muy bien obrada de
+canteria tan de ver, que por españoles que an andado Reinos extranos,
+dizen no aber visto otro edyficio igual al della; ..." Cf. Cabildos,
+III, pp. 4-5.
+
+[92] The Italian is: "_Il quale tuttavia piu veniua ponendo amore a gli
+Spagnuoli._"--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[93] Huanuco.
+
+[94] Pachacamac.
+
+[95] Prescott places the total at 500 of which 230 were cavalry. Cf.
+Prescott, Bk. III, Cap. 9.
+
+[96] It seems to me that, even in the days of the Chimu and the Inca,
+the poorer people must have lived in this sort of hut-like houses, and
+that only the great dwelt in the "palaces" whose ruins are so
+remarkable. Such a state of things would explain the apparent
+impossibility of a large population existing in the dwellings we now
+see. Cf. Hodge, 1897.
+
+[97] This montaña is to-day the richest and most valuable part of Peru.
+
+[98] According to Garcilasso, Lib. II, Cap. 11, the Peruvian empire was
+divided into four parts, Cuzco being considered the centre. They called
+the northern part Chinchasuya, the southern Coyasuya, the western
+Cuntisuya, and the eastern Antisuyu.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[99] Lake Titicaca contains several islands, notably Titicaca and Coati.
+
+[100] An obscure passage translated merely in most general terms.
+
+[101] _Agras_ I take to mean fields from its similarity to the Latin
+word, _ager_.
+
+[102] Llamas.
+
+[103] At this point Ramusio gives a fanciful view of the city of Cuzco,
+which has no real interest whatever.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[104] _Cacique_ is really a West Indies word. The early Spanish writers
+are wont to apply it to any sort of native official. Here, no doubt, the
+correct term would be the Quichua word _Curaca_. Officials thus
+designated under the Inca dominion were the hereditary chiefs of
+formerly independent tribes and territories--roughly analogous to the
+mediatized princes of Europe. Though made vassals of the Inca, the
+_curacas_ were often continued in the command of their former subjects
+and were intrusted with the governorship of provinces over which they
+were formerly sovereigns. The _curacas_ ranked immediately below the
+Inca caste, and ruled what was known as a _hunu_. Sometimes a _curaca_
+was made an Inca-by-privilege as a reward of services.
+
+[105] Huayna Capac.
+
+[106] The marble was really granite. No marble was used by the Incas.
+
+[107] This reference to windows is important. At the outset we must
+remind ourselves that Sancho may have confused _windows_ and _niches_.
+It is entirely possible, however, that windows may formerly have been
+present in those walls of Sacsahuaman. As is well known, windows and
+niches were distinguishing features of Inca architecture during the
+later period of that dynasty. Sites like Pissac, Limatambo, Yucay,
+Quente, Vilcabamba (alias Machu Pichu, a post-conquest site in part),
+and Huaman-marca in the Amaybamba Valley all present one or both of
+these features, and all present unmistakable signs of recent
+construction, say from the reign of Viracocha (circa 1425-50) onward.
+The importance of this mention of windows (or niches) lies in this: It
+gives strong evidence in support of my belief that the walls of
+Sacsahuaman which are toward Cuzco were of Inca construction. Garcilasso
+(II, pp. 305 ff.) attempts to give the credit for the whole of
+Sacsahuaman to Inca Yupanqui, and ignores the fact that the cyclopean
+walls on the north side of the hill undoubtedly date, as do "the seats
+of the Inca" close at hand, from the days of Tiahuanaco. When we see the
+statement made that the fortress of Sacsahuaman was of Inca construction
+we must remember that really only the southern walls and a few buildings
+behind them were built under the Incas.
+
+[108] That is, the joints do not come above one another, but are
+alternated, as in brick-work.
+
+[109] There are really six walls on the south and three on the north.
+Cf. Garcilasso, II, 305.
+
+[110] This is a poor attempt to describe the entrant and re-entrant
+angles that make the cyclopean walls so remarkable from a military point
+of view. See the plan by Squier and Davis, Garcilasso, II, p. 305.
+
+[111] Orejon, lit. "large-ear"; i.e. a member of the Inca clan
+privileged to distend his ears by means of ear-plugs. This myth of the
+founding of Cuzco by a man from the sea is not found elsewhere.
+
+[112] Llamas.
+
+[113] Titicaca.
+
+[114] Cobo describes the Temple of the Sun on Titicaca and that of the
+Moon on Coati as being, together, the third most important sanctuary in
+the Inca dominion. The other two, of course, were the temples in Cuzco
+and Pachacamac. For a detailed description of the temples in Lake
+Titicaca see Cobo, IV, pp. 54-63 and Bandelier, 1910. The structures at
+that point are all of late-Inca construction and seem to have been built
+after the Inca conceived the idea of making himself out to be the "Son
+of the Sun." They were perhaps built with a view to lending colour to
+the myth.
+
+[115] Correctly, Chuqui-apu.
+
+[116] The original _una seriola_ is a word whose meaning I have not been
+able to find. It is found again a little below. The method the Indians
+had for washing the earth and getting the gold can be seen in Oviedo,
+Historia General de las Indias, Parte I, lib. 6, Cap. 8.--Note by
+Icazbalceta.
+
+[117] Huayna Capac.
+
+[118] A braza is six feet.
+
+[119] It says this in the original, but it is an error, for it will be
+seen that the number must have been much greater.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[120] As the text of this passage is obscure I give it here: _...
+profundos como de la altura de un hombre, en cuanto pueda el de abajo
+dar la tierra al de arriba; y cuando los cavan tanto que ya el de arriba
+no puede alcanzarla, lo dejan asi, y se van a hacer otros pozos ..._
+
+[121] Here is another rather obscure passage: "_... pero e pui ricche
+... sono le prime che non hanno caricho da lauar la terra & per rispetto
+del freddo & delle mine que vi e non lo cauano. &c._" Oviedo (Hist.
+General, Parte I, lib. 6, Cap. 8); Acosta (Hist. nat. y mor. de las
+Ind., lib. 4, Cap. 4); y Garcilasso (Com. Real., Parte I, lib. 8, Cap.
+24) distinguish three sorts of gold mines. In the first class are
+counted those which produce pure gold in rather large grains, so that
+they can be collected without further operations. These are, perhaps,
+the sort that the secretary Sancho says are the richest, although he has
+not spoken of them before. In the second class are included those which
+produce gold in dust or in very small grains mixed with earth which it
+is necessary to remove by means of washing, and these are those which
+Sancho mentions. The third class of mines, which this man does not
+mention, are those which yield gold mingled with stones and other
+metals, just as silver is commonly found. These mines, although at times
+very rich, failed to be worked because of the expenses which labour
+caused.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[122] Huayna Capac.
+
+[123] The text says _vino_--"came." I think, however, that it must be a
+misprint for _vivo_--"lived."
+
+[124] This means, of course, Manco Inca.
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHY
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS CONSULTED IN THE COURSE OF THIS TRANSLATION OF
+PEDRO SANCHO
+
+
+ ACOSTA, JOSEPH DE:
+ 1880.  The Natural and Moral History of the Indies.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ APPLETON'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF AMERICAN BIOGRAPHY:
+ 1888.  Edited by James Grant Wilson and John Fiske. New York. 6 vols.
+
+ BANDELIER, AD. F.:
+ 1910.  Titicaca and Koati. New York.
+
+ BEUCHAT, HENRI:
+ 1912.  Manuel d'archeologie americaine. Paris.
+
+ BINGHAM, HIRAM:
+ 1912.  Vitcos, the last Inca Capital.
+        American Antiquarian Society. Worcester.
+
+ BLAS VALERA:
+ 1879.  Relación ...
+        _Apud_, Jimenez de la Espada.
+
+ CABILDOS DE LIMA:
+ 1900.  Paris. 3 vols.
+
+ CIEZA DE LEON, PEDRO DE:
+ 1864.  Travels.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ CIEZA DE LEON, PEDRO DE:
+ 1883.  Second Part of the Chronicle of Peru.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ CIEZA DE LEON, PEDRO DE:
+ 1913.  The War of Quito.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ COBO, BERNABE:
+ 1892-93.  Historia del Nuevo Mundo.
+           Edited by Marcos Jimenez de la Espada. Seville. 4 vols.
+
+ ESTETE, MIGUEL DE:
+ 1872.  Report ...
+        In "Reports on the Discovery of Peru."
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ GARCILASSO DE LA VEGA EL YNCA:
+ 1869-71.  Royal Commentaries of the Yncas.
+           Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ HODGE, F. W.:
+ 1897.  Bandelier's researches in Peru and Bolivia.
+        Am. Anth. X, 1897, pp. 303-316.
+
+ HRDLICKA, ALES:
+ 1914.  Anthropological Work in Peru in 1913.
+        Smith. Misc. Pub. LXI, #18. Washington.
+
+ ICAZBALCETA, JOAQUIN GARCÍA:
+ 1849.  Edition of Relación of Pedro Sancho.
+        Mexico.
+
+ JIMENEZ DE LA ESPADA, MARCOS:
+ 1879.  Tres relaciónes de antiguedades Peruanas.
+        Madrid.
+
+ JOYCE, T. A.:
+ 1912.  South American Archaeology.
+        New York.
+
+ LAFONE-QUEVEDO, SAMUEL A.:
+ 1912.  Pronominal Classification of Certain South American Linguistic
+            Stocks.
+        Int. Cong. Am., XVIIIth Sess., pp. 111-125.
+
+ MARKHAM, SIR CLEMENTS:
+ 1892.  History of Peru.
+        Chicago.
+
+ MARKHAM, SIR CLEMENTS:
+ 1912.  The Incas of Peru.
+        London (2d Ed.)
+
+ MONTESINOS, FERNANDO:
+ 1906.  Anales del Peru.
+        Edited by Victor M. Maurtua. Madrid. 2 vols.
+
+ MOSES, BERNARD:
+ 1914.  The Spanish Dependencies in South America.
+        New York. 2 vols.
+
+ OVIEDO Y VALDES, GONZOLO FERNANDEZ DE:
+ 1526.  Historia General de las Indias.
+
+ PINKERTON, JOHN:
+ 1808-14.  A ... Collection ... of ... Voyages.
+           London. 17 vols.
+
+ PRESCOTT, WILLIAM HICKLING:
+ 1847.  The Conquest of Peru.
+        New York. 2 vols.
+
+ RAIMONDI, A.:
+ 1864-1913.  El Perú.
+             Lima. 6 vols.
+
+ RAMUSIO, GIAMBATTISTA:
+ 1563.  Viaggi.
+        Venice. 3 vols.
+
+ SANCHO, PEDRO:
+ 1849.  (See Icazbalceta.)
+
+ SARMIENTO DE GAMBOA, PEDRO:
+ 1907.  The History of the Incas.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ SQUIER, E. GEORGE:
+ 1877.  Incidents of Travel and Exploration in the Land of the Incas.
+        New York.
+
+ TELLO, JULIO C.:
+ 1912.  Prehistoric Trephining among the Yauyos of Peru.
+        Int. Cong. Am., XVIIIth Sess., pp. 75-83.
+
+ TRUEBA Y COSIO, TELESFORO.:
+ 1846.  History of the Conquest of Peru.
+        Philadelphia.
+
+ UHLE, MAX:
+ 1903.  Pachacamac.
+        University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, 1903.
+
+ VELASCO, JUAN DE:
+ 1840.  Histoire du Royaume de Quito.
+        Paris.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note:
+
+    Variant spellings of proper names in the main body of the text, as
+    noted in the Preface, have been retained. Minor typographical errors
+    have been corrected without note, whilst significant amendments have
+    been listed below:
+
+      p. 7, 'Miguel de Astete' amended to _Miguel de Estete_;
+      p. 170, 'as it they were' amended to _as if they were_;
+      p. 179, 'Quitu' amended to _Quito_;
+      p. 179, 'His three left three' amended to _He left three_;
+      p. 180, 'Cajarmaquilla' amended to _Cajamarquilla_;
+      p. 183, 'Atalhualpa' amended to _Atahualpa_;
+      p. 190, 'Cabildo' amended to _Cabildos_;
+      p. 192, 'The curacus ranked' amended to _The curacas ranked_.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's An Account of the Conquest of Peru, by Pedro Sancho
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN ACCOUNT OF THE CONQUEST OF PERU ***
+
+***** This file should be named 26602-8.txt or 26602-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/6/0/26602/
+
+Produced by Stephen Blundell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/Canadian Libraries)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/26602-8.zip b/26602-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..997f010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-8.zip
diff --git a/26602-h.zip b/26602-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40f928e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-h.zip
diff --git a/26602-h/26602-h.htm b/26602-h/26602-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffb06a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-h/26602-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5004 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of An Account of the Conquest of Peru, by Pedro Sancho
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {margin-top: .75em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: .75em;}
+    h1,h2,.p1 {font-weight: normal; font-size: x-large;}
+    hr {width: 65%; margin: 2em auto; clear: both;}
+    body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 1%; font-size: small; font-style: normal; text-align: right; text-indent: 0em;}
+    .blockquot {margin: 1em 10%; font-size: 90%;}
+    .center,h1,h2,.p1,.p2,.p3,.bk2 {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap,.smcapl,.p6 {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .smcapl {text-transform: lowercase;}
+    .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+    .footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+    .fnanchor {vertical-align: 0.25em; font-size: .8em;}
+    .trn {border: solid 1px; margin: 1em 15%; padding: .25em 1em; clear: both;}
+    a:link, a:visited {text-decoration: none;}
+    .p1 {margin-bottom: 3.5em;}
+    .p2,.p5 {margin-top: 2em;}
+    .p3,h1,h2,.p1 {line-height: 1.5;}
+    .p4 {text-align: right;}
+    .p6 {clear: both; margin-bottom: 0; margin-top: 0; padding-top: .75em;}
+    .bk1,.bk2 {float: left;}
+    .bk2 {width: 6em; margin: 0 1em;}
+    .sp1 {font-size: medium;}
+    .sp2 {margin-left: 2em;}
+    .sp3 {margin-right: 4em;}
+    .ft1 {font-size: 90%;}
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's An Account of the Conquest of Peru, by Pedro Sancho
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: An Account of the Conquest of Peru
+
+Author: Pedro Sancho
+
+Translator: Philip Ainsworth Means
+
+Release Date: September 12, 2008 [EBook #26602]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN ACCOUNT OF THE CONQUEST OF PERU ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Stephen Blundell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/Canadian Libraries)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<p class="p1">DOCUMENTS AND NARRATIVES<br />
+<small>CONCERNING THE</small><br />
+DISCOVERY AND CONQUEST<br />
+OF LATIN AMERICA</p>
+
+<p class="p1"><small>PUBLISHED BY</small><br />
+THE CORTES SOCIETY<br />
+<small>NEW YORK</small></p>
+
+<p class="center"><big>NUMBER TWO</big></p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p class="center"><i>Edition limited to 250 copies<br />
+of which ten are on Kelmscott paper</i></p>
+
+<p class="p2"><i>This copy is Number</i></p>
+<p class="p2"><big>85</big></p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<h1 class="p1">AN ACCOUNT<br />
+<small>OF THE</small><br />
+CONQUEST OF PERU</h1>
+
+<h2 class="p1"><small>WRITTEN BY</small><br />
+PEDRO SANCHO<br />
+<span class="sp1">SECRETARY TO PIZARRO</span><br />
+<span class="sp1">AND SCRIVENER TO HIS ARMY</span></h2>
+
+<p class="p3"><small>TRANSLATED INTO ENGLISH AND ANNOTATED</small><br />
+<small>BY</small><br />
+<big>PHILIP AINSWORTH MEANS</big></p>
+
+<p class="p2">THE CORTES SOCIETY<br />
+NEW YORK<br />
+1917</p>
+
+<hr />
+<p class="center"><small>COCKAYNE, BOSTON</small></p>
+
+<hr />
+<div class="trn">
+<p><b>Transcriber's Note:</b>
+Variant spellings of proper names in the main body of the text, as noted in the Preface,
+have been retained.
+Minor typographical errors have been corrected without note, whilst
+significant amendments have been listed at the end of the text.
+A list of contents, though not present in the original publication,
+has been provided below.</p>
+<p class="sp2"><span class="ft1"><a href="#Page_5">TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_8">RELATION</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_9">CHAPTER I</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_21">CHAPTER II</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_29">CHAPTER III</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_41">CHAPTER IV</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_51">CHAPTER V</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_59">CHAPTER VI</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_67">CHAPTER VII</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_73">CHAPTER VIII</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_79">CHAPTER IX</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_89">CHAPTER X</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_99">CHAPTER XI</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_107">CHAPTER XII</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_115">CHAPTER XIII</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_127">CHAPTER XIV</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_133">CHAPTER XV</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_141">CHAPTER XVI</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_153">CHAPTER XVII</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_161">CHAPTER XVIII</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_169">CHAPTER XIX</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_177">NOTES</a><br />
+<a href="#Page_197">BIBLIOGRAPHY</a></span></p>
+</div>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p>
+<h2>TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE</h2>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">The</span> work of Pedro Sancho is one of the
+most valuable accounts of the Spanish conquest
+of Peru that we possess. Nor is its
+value purely historical. The "Relaci&oacute;n" of
+Sancho gives much interesting ethnological
+information relative to the Inca dominion
+at the time of its demolition. Errors Pedro
+Sancho has in plenty; but the editor has
+striven to counteract them by footnotes.</p>
+
+<p>In every instance the translator has preserved
+Pedro Sancho's spelling of proper
+names, calling attention to the modern
+equivalent on the first occurrence of each
+name. In a few instances, where the text
+was unusually obscure, close translation has
+not been adhered to.</p>
+
+<p>The virtues, as well as the shortcomings
+of this account, are so obvious that an extended
+reference to them here is superfluous.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span>
+It must always be borne in mind that this
+document partook of the nature of an "<i>apologia
+pro vita sua</i>" and that it was directly
+inspired by Pizarro himself with the purpose
+of restoring himself to the Emperor's favor.
+Its main purpose was to nullify whatever
+charges Pizarro's enemies may have been
+making to the sovereign. Consequently there
+are numerous violations of the truth, all of
+which are, for us, easy to recognize.</p>
+
+<p>A word as to the previous editions of Pedro
+Sancho may not be out of place here. The
+original manuscript is lost. An Italian
+translation of it appears in the "Viaggi" of
+Giovanni Battista or Giambattista Ramusio,
+published in Venice about 1550. The
+numerous editions of Ramusio's great work
+do not need to be listed here. Occasionally
+the translator has referred to that of 1563,
+a copy of which is in his possession. The
+edition which has served as a text for the
+present translation is that issued and edited
+by Don Joaquin Garc&iacute;a Icazbalceta, Mexico,
+1849. This edition, like all of Icazbalceta's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span>
+work, is painstaking. Professor Marshall
+Saville has been good enough to lend me
+his copy of this edition, which is very rare,
+in order that I might have it to work with.
+Finally, a small portion of Pedro Sancho's
+narrative was issued by the Hakluyt Society
+of London. The editor, Sir Clements Markham,
+included it in the same volume with
+the reports of Xeres, Miguel de Estete, Hernando
+Pizarro. The volume, entitled "Reports
+on the Discovery of Peru," was
+issued by the Hakluyt Society in 1872.</p>
+
+<p class="p4">PHILIP AINSWORTH MEANS</p>
+
+<div class="bk1"><p class="center"><small><span class="smcap">Boston, Massachusetts</span><br />
+October 9, 1916</small></p></div>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span></p>
+<h2>RELATION</h2>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">Of</span> the events that took place during the
+conquest and pacification of these provinces
+of New Castile, and of the quality of the
+land, and of the manner in which the Captain
+Hernando Pizarro afterward departed to
+bear to His Majesty the account of the
+victory of Caxamalca<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> and of the capture of
+the Cacique Atabalipa.<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER I</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Concerning the great quantity of silver and gold
+which was brought from Cuzco, and of the portion
+thereof which was sent to H. M. the emperor as the
+royal fifth: How the imprisoned Cacique Atabalipa
+declared himself free of his promise which he had
+made to the Spaniards to fill a house with gold for
+ransom: And of the treason which the said Atabalipa
+meditated against the Spaniards, for which
+betrayal they made him die.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">The</span> Captain Hernando Pizarro had departed
+with the hundred thousand pesos of
+gold and the five thousand marks of silver
+which were sent to His Majesty as his royal
+fifth; after that event, some ten or twelve
+days, the two Spaniards who were bringing
+gold from Cuzco arrived, and part of the
+gold was melted at once because it was in
+very small pieces; it equalled the sum of<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a>
+... five hundred-odd plates of gold torn
+from some house-walls in Cuzco; and even
+the smallest plates weighed four or five
+pounds apiece; other, larger ones, weighed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span>
+ten or twelve pounds, and with plates of this
+sort all the walls of that temple were covered.
+They brought also a seat of very fine
+gold, worked into the form of a foot-stool,
+which weighed eighteen thousand <i>pesos</i>.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a>
+Likewise, they brought a fountain all of
+gold and very subtilely worked which was
+very fair to see as much for the skill of
+the work as for the shape which it had
+been given; and there were many other
+pieces such as vases, jars, and plates which
+they also brought. All this gold gave a
+quantity which came to two millions and a
+half [<i>pesos</i>], which, on being refined to pure
+gold, came to one million, three hundred and
+twenty-odd thousand pesos, from which was
+subtracted the fifth of His Majesty, or, two
+hundred and seventy-odd thousand pesos.
+Fifty thousand marks of silver were found,
+of which ten thousand were set aside for H. M.
+One hundred and seventy thousand pesos
+and five thousand marks were handed over
+to the treasurer of H. M. The remaining
+hundred thousand pesos and five marks were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span>
+taken, as has been said, by Hernando
+Pizarro to help meet the expenses which His
+Caesarian Majesty was encountering in the
+war against the Turks, enemies of our Holy
+Faith, as they say. All that remained,
+beyond the royal fifth, was divided among
+the soldiers and companions of the Governor.
+He gave to each one what he conscientiously
+thought he justly merited, taking
+into consideration the trials each man had
+passed through and the quality of his person,
+all of which he did with the greatest diligence
+and speed possible in order that they
+might set out from that place and go to
+the city of Xauxa.<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a></p>
+
+<p>And because there were among those soldiers
+some who were old and more fit for
+rest than for fatigues, and who in that war
+had fought and served much, he gave them
+leave to return to Spain. He procured
+their good will so that, on returning, these
+men would give fairer accounts of the greatness
+and wealth of that land so that a sufficient
+number of people would come thither<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span>
+to populate and advance it. For, in truth,
+the land being very large and very full of
+natives, the Spaniards who were in it then
+were all too few for conquering it, holding
+it and settling it, and, although they had
+already done great things in conquering it,
+it was owing more to the aid of God who,
+in every place and occasion, gave them the
+victory, than to any strength and means
+which they had for succeeding, with that
+further aid they were confident He would
+sustain them in the future.</p>
+
+<p>That melting of the metals completed,
+the Governor commanded the notary to
+draw up a document in which it said that
+the cacique Atabalipa was free and absolved
+from the promise and word which he had
+given to the Spaniards, who were to take
+the house full of gold in ransom for himself.
+This document the Governor caused to be
+proclaimed publicly and to the sound of
+trumpets in the plaza of that city of Caxamalca,
+making it known, at the same time,
+to the said Atabalipa by means of an interpreter,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>
+and also he [the Governor] declared
+in the same proclamation, that, because it
+suited the service of H. M. and the security
+of the land, he wished to maintain the cacique
+as a prisoner with good guard, until more
+Spaniards should arrive who should give
+added security; for, the cacique being free,
+he being so great a lord and having so many
+soldiers who feared and obeyed him, prisoner
+though he was, and three hundred leagues
+[from his capital], he could not well do less
+in order to free himself from all suspicion;
+all the more so because many times it had
+been thought almost certain that he had
+given orders for warriors to assemble to
+attack the Spaniards. This, as a matter
+of fact, had been ordered by him, and the
+men were all in readiness with their captains,
+and the cacique only delayed the attack
+because of the lack of freedom in his own
+person and in that of his general Chilichuchima,<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a>
+who was also a prisoner. After some
+days had passed, and when the Spaniards
+were on the point of embarking in order to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>
+return to Spain, and the Governor was
+making the rest ready for setting out for
+Xauxa, God Our Lord, who with his infinite
+goodness was guiding affairs toward all that
+was best for his service, as will be [seen],
+having already in this land Spaniards who
+were to inhabit it and bring to the knowledge
+of <i>the true God</i> the natives of the said land
+so that Our Lord might always be praised
+and known by these barbarians and so that
+his Holy Faith might be extolled, permitted
+the discovery and chastisement of the evil
+plans which this proud tyrant had in mind
+as a return for the many good works and kind
+treatment which he had always received from
+the governor and from each one of the Spaniards
+of his company; which recompense,
+according to his intention, was to have been
+of the sort he was wont to give to the caciques
+and lords of the land, ordering [his men] to
+kill without let or cause whatever. For it
+chanced that our discharged soldiers [were]
+returning to Spain, he, seeing that they were
+taking with them the gold that had been got<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>
+from his land, and mindful of the fact that
+but a short while ago he had been so great a
+lord that he held all those provinces with
+their riches without dispute or question, and
+without considering the just causes for which
+they had despoiled him of them, had given
+orders that certain troops who, by his command,
+had been assembled in the land of
+Quito, should come, on a certain night at an
+hour agreed upon, to attack the Spaniards
+who were at Caxamalca, assaulting them
+from five directions as they were in their
+quarters, and setting fire wherever possible.
+Thirty or more Spanish soldiers were marching
+outside of Caxamalca, having been to
+the city of San Miguel in order to place the
+gold for H. M. on board ship, and [the
+Inca] believed that as they were so few he
+would be able easily to kill them before they
+could join forces with those in Caxamalca<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a>
+... of which there was much information
+from many caciques and from their chiefs
+themselves, that all, without fear of torments
+or menaces, voluntarily confessed this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>
+plot: [telling] how fifty thousand men of
+Quito and many Caribes<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> came to the land,
+and that all the confines contained armed
+men in great numbers; that, not finding
+supplies for them all thus united, he had
+divided them into three or four divisions,
+and that, though scattered in this fashion,
+there were still so many that not finding
+enough to sustain themselves, they had cut
+down the still green maize and dried it so
+that they might not lack for food. All this
+having been learned, and being now a public
+matter to all, and as it was clear that they
+were saying in his [the Inca's] army that
+they were coming to kill all the Christians,
+and the governor seeing in how much peril
+the government and all the Spaniards were,
+in order to furnish a remedy, although it
+grieved him much, nevertheless, after seeing
+the information and process drawn up, assembled
+the officials of H. M. and the captains
+of his company and a Doctor who was
+then in this army, and the padre Fray Vicente
+de Valverde, a religious of the order of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>
+Santo Domingo sent by the Emperor our
+Lord for the conversion and instruction of the
+people of these realms; after there had been
+much debate and discussion over the harm
+and the profit that might follow upon the
+continued life or the death of Atabalipa, it
+was resolved that justice should be done upon
+him. And because the officials of H. M.
+asked for it and the doctor regarded the information
+as sufficient, he was finally taken
+from the prison in which he was, and, to
+the sound of a trumpet, his treason and perfidy
+were published, and he was borne to
+the middle of the plaza of the city and tied
+to a stake, while the religious was consoling
+him and teaching him, by means of an interpreter,
+the things of our christian faith,
+telling him that God wished him to die for
+the sins which he had committed in the
+world, and that he must repent of them,
+and that God would pardon him if he did
+so and was baptised at once. He, [the Inca]
+moved by this discourse, asked for baptism.
+It was at once given to him by that reverend<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>
+padre who aided him so much with his exhortation
+that although he was sentenced
+to be burned alive, he was given a twist of
+rope around his neck, by means of which
+he was throttled instead<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> but when he saw
+that they were preparing for his death,
+he said that he recommended to the governor
+his little sons, so that he might take
+them with him, and with these last words,
+and while the Spaniards who stood around
+him said the creed for his soul, he was
+quickly throttled. May God take him to
+his holy glory, for he died repentant of
+his sins with the true faith of a Christian.
+After he was thus hung, in fulfilment of
+the sentence, fire was cast upon him so
+that a part of his clothes and flesh was
+burnt. That night [because he had died
+in the late afternoon] his body remained
+in the plaza in order that all might learn of
+his death, and on the next day the Governor
+ordered that all the Spaniards should be
+present at his interment, and, with the cross
+and other religious paraphernalia, he was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>
+borne to the church and buried with as much
+solemnity as if he had been the chief Spaniard
+of our camp. Because of this all the principal
+lords and caciques who served him
+received great pleasure, considering as great
+the honour which was done them, and knowing
+that, because he was a christian, he was
+not burned alive, and he was interred in
+church as if he were a Spaniard.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>They choose as lord of the state of Atabalipa
+his brother Atabalipa<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> in whose coronation they
+observed ceremonies in accordance with the
+usage of the caciques of those provinces. Of
+the vassalage and obedience which Atabalipa
+and many other caciques offered to the Emperor.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">This</span> done, the governor commanded the
+immediate assembling in the chief plaza of
+that city of all the caciques and principal
+lords who were then living there in company
+with the dead lord; they were many, and
+from distant lands, and his intention was to
+give them another lord who should govern
+them in the name of H. M., for, as they were
+accustomed to give always their obedience
+and tribute to a sole lord, great confusion
+would result if it were not thus, for each of
+them would rise up with his own lordship,
+and it would cost much toil to bring them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>
+into friendship with the Spaniards and into
+the service of H. M. For this and many
+other reasons the Governor made them assemble,
+and finding among them a son of
+Gucunacaba<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> called Atabalipa, a brother of
+Atabalipa to whom by law the realm belonged,
+he said to all that now that they saw how
+Atabalipa was dead because of the treason
+he had plotted against him [the Governor],
+and because they were all left without a lord
+who should govern them and whom they
+should obey, he wished to give them a lord
+who would please them all, and that he
+[the lord] was Atabalipa who was there
+present, to whom that kingdom legitimately
+belonged as he was the son of that Gucunacaba
+whom they had loved so much. He
+[Atabalipa] was a young man who would
+treat them with much love and who had
+enough prudence to govern that land. He
+[the Governor] urged them, nevertheless, to
+look well to it that they wished him for a
+lord, for if not, they were to name another,
+and if he were capable, the governor would<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>
+give him to them as lord. They replied that
+since Atabalipa was dead, they would obey
+Atabalipa or whomever else he should give
+them, and so it was arranged that they should
+yield obedience another day according to the
+accustomed manner. When the next day
+had come, once more they all assembled
+before the door of the governor where was
+placed the cacique in his chair and near him
+all the other lords and chiefs, each in his
+proper position. And due ceremonies having
+been held, each one came to offer him a white
+plume as a sign of vassalage and tribute, which
+is an ancient custom dating from the time that
+this land was conquered by these Cuzcos.<a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a>
+This done, they sang and danced, making
+a great festivity, in which the new king
+neither arrayed himself in clothes of price
+nor placed the fringe upon the forehead
+in the manner in which the dead lord was
+wont to wear it. And when the governor
+asked him why he did so, he replied that it
+was the custom of his ancestors when they
+took possession of the realm to mourn the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>
+dead cacique and to pass three days in fasting,
+shut up within their house, after which they
+used to come forth with much pomp and
+solemnity and hold great festivities, for which
+reason he, too, would like to spend two days
+in fasting. The Governor replied that since
+it was an ancient custom he might keep it,
+and that soon he would give him many things
+which the Emperor our Lord sent to him,
+which he would give to him and to all the
+lords of those provinces. And at once the
+cacique was placed for his fast in a place
+apart from the assembly of the others, which
+was a house that they had built for this purpose
+since the day that notice was given by
+the Governor; it was near the Governor's
+lodging; on account of it the said Governor
+and the other Spaniards were greatly astonished,
+seeing how, in so short a time, so
+large and fine a house had been built. In
+it he was shut up and retired without anyone's
+seeing him or entering that place save
+the servants who waited on him and brought
+him food, or the Governor when he wished<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>
+to send him something. When the fast was
+over, he came forth richly clad and accompanied
+by many troops, caciques and chiefs
+who guarded him, and all the places where
+he was to sit were adorned with costly
+cushions, and beneath his feet were placed
+fine cloths. Seated near him was Calichuchima,
+the great general of Atabalipa who
+conquered this land, as was told in the account
+of the affairs at Caxamalca, and near
+him was also the captain Tice, one of the
+chiefs, and on the other side were certain
+brothers of the lord, while on both hands
+were other caciques and captains and governors
+of provinces and other lords of great
+lands, and, in short, no one sat there who was
+not of quality. They all ate together on the
+ground, for they use no other table, and when
+they had eaten, the cacique said that he
+wished to give his obedience in the name of
+H. M., as his chiefs had given it. The
+Governor told him to do it in the way that
+seemed best, and soon he [the cacique]
+offered him [the governor] a white plume<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>
+which had been given to him by his caciques,
+saying that it was given as a token of obedience.
+The Governor embraced him with
+much love and received it, saying that he
+wished to tell him the things which he was
+to tell in the name of the Emperor, and it was
+agreed between the two that they should
+meet again for this purpose the following
+day. When it had arrived, the Governor
+presented himself in the assembly dressed
+as well as possible in silken clothes and
+accompanied by the officials of H. M. and
+by some noblemen of his company who
+assisted well-dressed for the greater solemnity
+of this ceremony of friendship and peace,
+and by his side he stationed the ensign with
+the royal standard. Then the Governor began
+asking each [cacique] in turn his name
+and that of the land of which he was the
+lord, and he ordered that it be taken down
+by his secretary and scrivener, and there
+were as many as fifty caciques and chiefs.
+Then, facing all those people, he told them
+that D. Carlos our lord of whom they were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>
+servants and vassals who were in his company,
+had sent him to that land in order to give
+them understanding and to preach to them
+of how a sole Lord Creator of the sky and of
+the earth, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost,
+three distinct persons in one sole true God,
+had created them and given them life and
+being, and had brought to bear the fruits of
+the land whereby they were sustained, and
+that to this end he would teach them what
+they were to do and observe in order to be
+saved. And he told them how, by the command
+of the all-powerful God, and of his
+vicars upon earth, because he had gone to
+heaven where he now dwells and will be
+eternally glorified, those lands were given
+to the Emperor in order that he might have
+charge of them, who had sent him [Pizarro]
+to instruct them in the christian faith and
+place them under his obedience. He added
+that it was all in writing and that they should
+listen to it and fulfil that which he had read
+to them, by means of an interpreter, word
+for word. Then he asked them if they had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>
+understood, and they replied that they had,
+and that since he had given them Atabalipa
+for a lord, they would do all that he commanded
+them to do in the name of H. M.,
+holding as supreme lord the Emperor, then
+the Governor, then Atabalipa, in order to do
+as much as he commanded in his [H. M.'s]
+name. Then the Governor took in his hands
+the royal standard which he raised on high
+three times, and he told them that, as vassals
+of the Caesarian Majesty, they ought to do
+likewise, and the cacique took it, and afterwards
+the captains and the other chiefs, and
+each one raised it aloft twice; then they went
+to embrace the Governor who received them
+with great joy through seeing their good will,
+and with how much contentment they had
+heard the affairs of God and of our religion.
+The Governor wished that all this be drawn
+up as testimony in writing, and when it was
+over, the caciques and chiefs held great festivities,
+so much so that every day there were
+rejoicings such as games and feasts, usually
+held in the house of the Governor.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER III</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>While leading a new colony of Spaniards to
+settle in Xauxa, they receive news of the death
+of Guaritico,<a name="FNanchor_13_13" id="FNanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> brother of Atahualpa. Afterwards
+they passed through the land of Guamachucho,<a name="FNanchor_14_14" id="FNanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a>
+Adalmach,<a name="FNanchor_15_15" id="FNanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> Guaiglia,<a name="FNanchor_16_16" id="FNanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> Puerto Nevado, and Capo
+Tombo,<a name="FNanchor_17_17" id="FNanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a> and they hear that in Tarma many
+Indian warriors are waiting to attack them, on
+account of which they take Calichuchima prisoner,
+and then proceed intrepidly on their
+journey to Cachamarca,<a name="FNanchor_18_18" id="FNanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a> where they find much
+gold.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">At</span> this time he [the Governor] had just
+finished distributing the gold and silver which
+were in that house among the Spaniards of
+his company, and Atabalipa gave the gold
+belonging to the royal fifths to the treasurer
+of H. M. who took charge of it in order to
+carry it to the city of Xauxa where he [the
+Governor] intended to found a colony of
+Spaniards on account of the reports he had
+of the good surrounding provinces and of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span>
+the many cities which there were about it.
+To this end, he had the Spaniards arranged
+in order and provided with arms and other
+things for the journey, and when the time
+for departure came, he gave them Indians
+to carry their gold and burdens. Before
+setting out, having heard how few soldiers
+there were in San Miguel<a name="FNanchor_19_19" id="FNanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> for the purpose
+of holding it, he took, from among those
+Spaniards whom he was to take with him,
+ten cavalrymen and a captain, a person of
+great cautiousness, whom he ordered to go
+to that city where he was to maintain himself
+until ships should arrive with troops
+who might guard it, after which he was
+to go to Xauxa where he himself was about
+to found a village of Spaniards and melt
+the gold which he bore, promising that he
+would give them all the gold that was due
+them with as much punctuality as if they
+were actually present, because his [the captain's]
+return [to San Miguel] was very
+necessary, that being the first city to be settled
+and colonized for the Caesarian Majesty<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span>
+as well as the chief one because in it they
+would have to wait there to receive the ships
+which should come from Spain, to that
+land.<a name="FNanchor_20_20" id="FNanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a></p>
+
+<p>In this manner they set out with the instructions
+which the Governor gave them as
+to what they were to do in the pacification
+of the people of that region. The Governor
+set out one Monday morning, and on that
+day travelled three leagues, sleeping by the
+shore of a river where the news reached him
+that a brother of Atabalipa called Guaritico
+had been killed by some captains of Atabalipa
+at his command. This Guaritico was a very
+important person and a friend of the Spaniards,
+and he had been sent by the Governor
+from Caxamalca to repair the bridges and
+bad spots in the road. The cacique pretended
+to feel great heaviness because of his
+death, and the Governor himself regretted
+it because he liked him, and because he was
+very useful to the Christians. The next
+day the Governor set out from that place,
+and, by his marches, arrived in the land of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>
+Guamachucho, eighteen leagues from Caxamalca.
+Having rested there two days, he
+set out for Caxamalca<a name="FNanchor_21_21" id="FNanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> nine leagues ahead,
+and arrived there in three days, and rested
+four in order that his troops might have
+repose and opportunity to collect supplies
+for the march to Guaiglia, twenty leagues
+from there. Having left this village, he
+came in three days to the Puerto de Nevado,
+and a morning's march brought him within
+a day's journey of Guaiglia; and the governor
+commanded a captain of his, who
+was the Marshal D. Diego de Almagro,
+to go with troops and take a bridge two
+leagues from Guaiglia, which bridge was
+built in a manner that will soon be related.
+This captain captured the bridge, which is
+near a strong mountain that dominated that
+land. The Governor did not delay in arriving
+at the bridge with the rest of his men,
+and having crossed it, he went on, in another
+morning, which was Sunday, to Guaiglia.
+Arrived there, they soon heard mass and
+afterwards entered certain good rooms; having<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>
+rested there eight days, he set forth with
+the soldiers, and the next day crossed another
+bridge of osiers,<a name="FNanchor_22_22" id="FNanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a> which was above the said
+river which here passes through a very delectable
+valley. They journeyed thirty
+leagues to the point where captain Hernando
+Pizarro came when he went to Pachacamac,<a name="FNanchor_23_23" id="FNanchor_23_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_23_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a>
+as will be seen in the long account which
+was sent to H. M. of all that was done on
+that journey to Pachacamac, from there to
+the city of Xauxa and back to Caxamalca,
+on the occasion on which he took with him
+the captain Chilichuchima and other matters
+which do not concern us here. The Governor
+changed his route, and, by forced marches,
+arrived at the land of Caxatambo.<a name="FNanchor_24_24" id="FNanchor_24_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a> From
+there he went on without doing more than
+to ask for some Indians who should carry
+the gold of H. M. and of the soldiers, and
+always using great vigilance in learning of
+the affairs which took place in the land, and
+always having both a vanguard and a rear-guard
+as had been done up to that time
+for fear that the captain Chilichuchima<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>
+whom he had with him, would hatch some
+treasonable plot, all the more so on account
+of the suspicion he felt owing to the fact that
+neither in Caxatambo nor in the eighteen
+leagues after it had he met with any warriors,
+nor were his fears lessened during a
+halt in a village five leagues beyond because
+all the people had fled without leaving a
+living soul. When he had arrived there, a
+Spaniard's Indian servant, who was from
+that land of Pambo<a name="FNanchor_25_25" id="FNanchor_25_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_25_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a> distant from here
+some ten leagues, and twenty from Xauxa,
+came to him saying that he had heard that
+troops had been assembled in Xauxa to kill
+the Christians who were coming, and that
+they had as captains Incorabaliba, Iguaparro,
+Mortay<a name="FNanchor_26_26" id="FNanchor_26_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_26_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a> and another captain, all
+four being important men who had many
+troops with them, and the servant added
+that they had placed a part of this force
+in a village called Tarma five leagues from
+Xauxa in order to guard a bad pass that
+there was in a mountain and to cut and break
+it up in such a way that the Spaniards could<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>
+not pass by. Informed of this, the governor
+gave orders that Chilichuchima should be
+made a prisoner, because it was held to be
+certain that that force had been made ready
+by his advice and command, he thinking to
+flee the Christians and to go to join it. Of
+these matters the cacique Atabalipa was
+unaware, and on this account, these [Spanish]
+troops did not permit any Indian to pass by
+in the direction of the cacique who might
+give notice of these affairs. The reason why
+these Indians had rebelled and were seeking
+war with the Christians was that they saw
+the land being conquered by the Spaniards,
+and they themselves wished to govern it.</p>
+
+<p>The Governor, before setting out from
+that place, sent a captain with troops to take
+a snowy pass three leagues ahead and then
+to pass the night in some fields near Pombo,<a name="FNanchor_27_27" id="FNanchor_27_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_27_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a>
+all of which the captain did, and he passed
+the pass with much snow, but without encountering
+any obstacle. And the Governor
+crossed it likewise, without any opposition
+save for the inconvenience caused by the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>
+snow falling upon them. They all spent
+the night in that waste without a single
+hut, and they lacked for wood and victuals.
+Having arrived in the land of Pombo, the
+Governor provided and commanded that
+the soldiers should be lodged with the best
+order and caution possible, because he had
+news that the enemy were increasing every
+moment, and it was held to be certain that
+he would come here to assail the Spaniards,
+and because of this, the Governor caused
+the patrols and sentinels to be increased,
+always spying upon the progress of the
+enemy. After he had waited there another
+day for certain envoys whom the cacique
+Atabalipa had sent to learn what was going
+on in Xauxa, one came who told how the
+warriors were five leagues from Xauxa on
+the road from Cuzco and were coming to
+burn the town so that the Christians should
+not find shelter, and that they intended
+afterward to return to Cuzco to combine
+under a captain named Quizquiz who was
+there with many troops who had come from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>
+Quito by command of Atabalipa for the
+security of the land. When this was learned
+by the Governor, he caused to be made ready
+seventy-five light horse, and with twenty
+peones who guarded Chilichuchima, and without
+the impediment of baggage, he set out
+for Xauxa, leaving behind the treasurer with
+the other troops who were guarding the camp
+baggage and the gold of H. M., and of the
+company. The day on which he set out
+from Pombo, he travelled some seven leagues,
+and he halted in a village called Cacamarca,<a name="FNanchor_28_28" id="FNanchor_28_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_28_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a>
+and here they found seventy thousand pesos
+of gold in large pieces, to guard which the
+Governor left two Christians from the cavalry
+in order that when the rear-guard should
+arrive, it might be conducted well guarded.
+Then, in the morning, he set forth with his
+men in good array, for he had word that
+three leagues from there were four thousand
+men. And on the march three or four light
+horsemen went ahead so that, if they should
+meet a spy of the enemy's, they might take
+him prisoner to prevent his giving warning<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>
+of their coming. At the hour of noon, they
+arrived at that bad pass of Tarma where
+warriors were said to be waiting to defend it.
+The pass seemed to be so full of difficulties
+that it would be impossible to go up it, because
+there was a bad road of stone down
+into the gully where all the riders had to
+dismount, after which it was necessary to
+go up the heights by a slope about a league
+long, the greater part of which was steep and
+difficult forest, all of which was crossed
+without any Indians who were said to be
+armed making an appearance. And in the
+afternoon, after the hour of vespers, the
+Governor and his men arrived at that village
+of Tarma where, because it was a bad site
+and because he had news that Indians were
+coming to it to surprise the Christians, he did
+not wish to linger longer than was necessary
+for feeding the horses and allaying their own
+hunger and fatigue so as to enable them to
+go forth prepared from that place which had
+no other level spot than the plaza as it was
+on a small slope surrounded by mountains<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>
+for the space of a league. As it was already
+night, he made his camp here, being always
+on the alert and having the horses saddled.
+And the men were without [proper] food
+and even without any comfort because there
+was neither fire-wood nor water, nor had
+they brought their tents with them to shelter
+them, because of which they all nearly died
+of cold on account of the fact that it rained
+much early in the night and then snowed so
+that the arms and clothes were drenched.
+But each one sought the best remedy he
+could, and so that evil and troublous night
+passed to the dawn when he commanded that
+all mount their horses so as to arrive early
+at Xauxa which was four leagues from there.
+When two had been crossed over, the Governor
+divided the seventy-five soldiers between
+three captains, giving fifteen to each, and
+taking with him the remaining twenty and
+the twenty peones who were guarding Chilichuchima.
+In this order they journeyed
+to Porsi a league from Xauxa, having given
+each captain orders as to what he was to do,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
+and they all halted in a small village which
+they encountered. Then they all marched
+on in complete accord, and gave a look at the
+city. They all halted again on a slope within
+a quarter of a league of it.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>They arrive at the city of Xauxa; they leave
+some soldiers there to guard that place, and
+others go against the army of the enemy with
+which they fight. They win a victory, and return
+to Xauxa.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">The</span> natives all came out along the road
+in order to look at the Christians, celebrating
+much their coming because they thought
+that, through it, they would issue forth from
+the slavery in which that foreign army [the
+Incas] held them. [The Spaniards] wished
+to await a later hour in the day at this place,
+but, seeing that no warriors appeared, they
+began their journey so as to enter the city.
+On going down that little slope, they saw
+running toward them at great speed an
+Indian with a lance erect, and when he came
+up to them it was found that he was a servant
+of the Christians who said that his master<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>
+had sent him to inform them that they must
+hold themselves in readiness because their
+enemies were in the city, and that two Christians
+from the cavalry had been sent ahead
+of the rest, and that they had entered the
+city to see the buildings there, and while they
+were inspecting it, they saw some twenty
+Indians who came out of certain houses with
+their lances and other arms, calling to others
+to come forth and join with them. The
+two Christians, seeing them thus assemble,
+without heeding their cries and clamour,
+attacked them, killed several, and put the
+others to flight; the latter soon joined with
+others who came to their aid, and they
+formed a mass of some two hundred which
+the Spaniards again attacked, in a narrow
+street, and broke, forcing them to retreat to
+the bank of a great river which passes by
+that city, and then one of these Spaniards
+sent the Indian as I have said, with raised
+lance as a sign that there were armed enemies
+in the city. This having been heard, the
+Spaniards set spur to their horses, and,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span>
+without delay, arrived at the city and entered
+it; and when they joined their companions,
+the latter told them what had
+occurred with those Indians. The captains,
+running in the direction in which the enemy
+had retreated, arrived at length at the bank
+of the river, which was then very full, and
+on the other shore, at a distance of a quarter
+of a league, they descried the squadrons of
+their enemies. Then, having passed the river
+with no little toil and danger, they gave chase
+to them. The Governor remained guarding
+the city because it was said that there were
+enemies hidden within it, as well. The Indians
+perceiving that the Christians had
+crossed the river, they began to retreat,
+drawn up in two squadrons. One of the
+Spanish captains, with his fifteen light horsemen,
+spurred ahead toward the slope of the
+hill for which they [the Indians] were making
+so that they could not retreat thither and
+fortify themselves. The other two captains
+kept right up with them, overtaking them in
+a field of maize near the river. There they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>
+put them in disorder and routed them,
+capturing as many as possible, so that of six
+hundred [Indians] not more than twenty or
+thirty, who took to the mountains before
+the other captain with his fifteen men could
+arrive, saved themselves. Most of the Indians
+made for the water, thinking to save
+themselves in it, but the light horsemen
+crossed the river almost by swimming after
+them, and they did not leave one alive save
+some few who had hidden themselves in
+their flight after their army was broken in
+pieces. Then the Spaniards ran through
+the country as far as a league below without
+finding a single Indian. Then, having returned,
+they rested themselves and their
+horses, which were in great need of it; both
+because of the long journey of the day before
+and on account of their having run those two
+leagues, they were rather crippled. When
+the truth was learned as to what troops
+those were [with whom the Spaniards had
+fought], it was found that the four captains
+and the main body were encamped six leagues<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>
+down the river from Xauxa, and that, on
+that very day, they had sent those six hundred
+men to complete the burning of the city
+of Xauxa, having already burned the other
+half of it seven or eight days before, and that
+they had then burned a great edifice which
+was in the plaza, as well as many other things
+before the eyes of the people of that city,
+together with many clothes and much maize,
+so that the Spaniards should not avail themselves
+of them. The citizens were left so
+hostile to those other Indians that if one of
+the latter hid, they showed him to the Christians
+so that they would kill him, and they
+themselves aided in killing them, and they
+would even have done so with their own hands
+if the Christians had permitted it. The
+Spanish captains, having studied the place
+where these enemies were found as well as
+the road, along a part of which they journeyed,
+they determined not to shut themselves up
+in Xauxa, but to pass onward and attack
+the main body of the army which was four
+leagues off before it should receive news of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>
+their coming. With this intention, they commanded
+the soldiers to make ready, but their
+proposal did not come to pass because they
+found the horses so weary that they held it
+to be better council to retire, which they did.
+Arrived in Xauxa, they recounted to the
+Governor all that had happened, with which
+he was well pleased, and he received them
+cheerfully, thanking them all for having
+borne themselves so valorously. And he
+told them that by all means he intended to
+attack the camp of the enemy because, although
+they were advised of the victory, it
+was certain that they would be waiting. At
+once he ordered his master of the camp to
+lodge the men and let them rest during what
+remained of the day and through the night
+until moon-rise, and that then they should
+make ready to go and attack their enemies.
+At that hour fifty light horsemen were in
+readiness, and at the sound of the trumpet
+they presented themselves, armed and with
+their horses, at the lodging of the Governor
+who despatched them very soon upon their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span>
+road. Fifteen horsemen remained with him
+in the city together with the twenty peones
+who made the guard all of each night with
+the horses saddled, until the captain of that
+sally returned, which was in five days. He
+related to the governor all that had happened
+from the time of his departure, telling how,
+on the night he left Xauxa, he journeyed
+some four leagues before dawn, with much
+eagerness to attack the enemy's camp before
+they were warned of his coming; and being
+now near [the enemy] at dawn, they saw a
+great mass of smoke in the place of their
+encampment, which seemed to be two leagues
+further on. And so he spurred on with his
+men at a great pace, thinking that the enemy,
+warned of his approach, had fled and that
+the buildings that there were in a village were
+burning. And so it was, because they had
+fled, after having set fire to that wretched
+hamlet. Arrived at that place, the Spaniards
+followed the footsteps of the warriors through
+a very broad valley. And as they overtook<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>
+them they collided with the enemy who were
+going more slowly with many women and
+children in their rear-guard, and the Spaniards,
+leaving these behind them in order to catch
+up with the men, ran more than four leagues,
+and caught up with some of their squadrons.
+As some of them [the Indians] saw the
+Castilians from some distance, they had time
+to take shelter on a mountain and save themselves;
+others, who were few, were killed,
+leaving in the power of the Spaniards (who,
+because their horses were tired, did not wish to
+go up the mountain) many spoils and women
+and children. And as it was already night,
+they returned to sleep in a village which they
+had left behind. And the following day these
+Spaniards determined to follow them as they
+fled back to Cuzco so as to take from them
+certain bridges of net-work and to prevent
+their crossing. But, because of lack of
+pasturage for their horses, they found themselves
+obliged to fall back, to the dissatisfaction
+of the Governor because they had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>
+not at least followed and taken those bridges
+so as to prevent the Indians from returning
+to Cuzco; it was feared that, being strange
+people, they would do great harm to the
+citizens of those places.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER V</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>They name new officials in the city of Xauxa
+in order to establish a settlement of Spaniards,
+and, having had news of the death of Atabalipa,
+with great prudence and much craftiness in order
+to keep themselves in the good graces of the Indians,
+they discuss the appointment of a new lord.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">And</span> for this reason, as soon as the baggage
+and the rear-guard, which he had left at
+Pombo, had arrived, he [the Governor]
+published an edict to the effect that whereas
+he was determined to found a settlement of
+Spaniards in the name of H. M., all those
+who wished to settle there might do so. But
+there was not one Spaniard who wished to
+remain, and they said that so long as there
+were warriors all about in that land with
+arms in their hands the natives of that province
+would not be at the service and disposal
+of the Spaniards and in obedience to
+H. M. When this was observed by the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span>
+Governor, he determined not to lose time
+then in that matter, but to go against the
+enemy in the direction of Cuzco in order to
+drive them from that province and rout them
+from all of it. In the meanwhile, in order to
+put in order the affairs of that city, he founded
+the village in the name of H. M., and created
+officials of justice for it [and for its citizens]
+who were eighty in number, of whom forty
+were light horsemen whom he left there as
+a garrison, and, [leaving also] the treasurer,
+who was to guard the gold of H. M. and to
+act in all matters as head and chief in command
+of the government.<a name="FNanchor_29_29" id="FNanchor_29_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_29_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a> While these
+things were being done, the cacique Atabalipa
+came to die, of his illness; because of
+this, the Governor and all the other Spaniards
+felt great sorrow, because it was certain
+that he was very prudent and had much
+love for the Spaniards. It was given out
+publicly that the captain Calichuchima had
+caused his death because he desired that the
+land should remain with the people of Quito
+and not with either those of Cuzco or with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span>
+the Spaniards, and if that cacique ["Atabalipa"]
+had lived, he [Calichuchima] would
+not have been able to succeed in what he
+desired to do. At once, the Governor had
+Calichuchima and Tizas<a name="FNanchor_30_30" id="FNanchor_30_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_30_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a> and a brother of
+the cacique and other leading chiefs and
+caciques who had come from Caxamalca
+summoned to him; to them he said that
+they must know very well that he had given
+them Atabalipa as a lord and that, now that
+he was dead, they ought to think of whom
+they would like as lord in order that he
+might give him to them. There was a great
+difference of opinion between them on this
+subject because Calichuchima wished the
+son of Atabalipa and brother of the dead
+cacique Aticoc<a name="FNanchor_31_31" id="FNanchor_31_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_31_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a> as lord, and others, who
+were not of the land of Quito, wished the
+lord to be a native of Cuzco and proposed
+a brother of Atabalipa (as lord). The Governor
+said to those who wished as lord the
+brother of Atabalipa that they should send
+and have him summoned and that after
+he had come, if he found him to be a man<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>
+of worth, he would appoint him. And with
+this reply that meeting came to an end.
+And the Governor, having called aside the
+captain Calichuchima, spoke to him in these
+words: "You already know that I loved
+greatly your lord Atabalipa and that I have
+always wished him to leave a son after
+he died, and that this son should be lord,
+and that you, who are already a prudent man,
+should be his captain until he had reached
+the age of governing his dominions, and for
+this reason I greatly desire that he should
+be called soon, because, for love of his father,
+I love him much, and you likewise. But at
+the same time, since all these caciques who
+are here are your friends and since you have
+much influence with the soldiers of their
+nation, it would be well that you send them
+word by messengers to come in peace, because
+I do not wish to be enraged against
+them and to kill them, as you see I am doing,
+when I wish that the affairs of these provinces
+should be quiet and peaceful." This captain
+had a great desire, as has been said, that the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>
+son of Atabalipa should be lord, and knowing
+this, the Governor slyly spoke these words
+to him and gave him this hope, not because
+he had any intention of carrying it out,<a name="FNanchor_32_32" id="FNanchor_32_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_32_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a> but
+in order that, in the meanwhile, that son of
+Atabalipa might come for this purpose (and)
+might cause those caciques who had taken
+up arms [also] to come to him in peace.
+It was likewise agreed that he should say to
+Aticoc and to the other lords of the province
+of Cuzco that he [the Governor] would
+give them as lord him whom they wished,
+because it was necessary that those things
+which were for the good of all should thus
+be governed in the state. He tried to give
+to Calichuchima words that [would enable
+him] to cause the people who were in Cuzco
+with arms to lay them down in order that
+they might do no harm to the people of the
+country, and those of Cuzco, because they
+were true friends of the Christians, gave
+them notice of all that the enemy were trying
+to do and of all that was going on in the
+country, and for this reason and others the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>
+Governor said this with great prudence.
+Chilichuchima, to whom he told it, showed
+as much pleasure at these words as if he had
+been made lord of the whole world, and he
+replied that he would do as he was ordered
+and that it would cause him much pleasure
+if the caciques and soldiers were to come
+in peace<a name="FNanchor_33_33" id="FNanchor_33_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_33_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a> and that he would despatch
+messengers to Quito in order that the son
+of Atabalipa might come. But he feared
+that two great captains who were with him
+would prevent it, and would not let him
+come. Nevertheless he would send such a
+person of importance with the embassy that
+he thought that all would conform with his
+wish. And soon he added, "Sir, since you
+wish me to cause these caciques to come,
+take off this chain [which I wear] for, seeing
+me with it, no one wishes to obey me."
+The Governor, in order that he should not
+suspect that he had feigned what he had
+said to him, told him that he was pleased
+to do so, but on the condition that he was
+to put a guard of Christians over him until<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span>
+after he had caused those soldiers who were
+at war to come in peace and until the son
+of Atabalipa had come.<a name="FNanchor_34_34" id="FNanchor_34_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_34_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a> He [Chalcuchima]
+was satisfied with this, and so he was released,
+and the Governor put him under a
+good guard, because that captain was the
+key [the possession of which ensured] having
+the land quiet and subjected. This
+precaution taken, and the troops who were
+to go with the Governor toward Cuzco being
+made ready, the number of whom was
+one hundred horsemen and thirty peons,
+he [the Governor] ordered a captain to
+go ahead with seventy horsemen and some
+peons in order to rebuild the bridges which
+had been burned, and the Governor remained
+behind while he was giving orders for many
+matters touching the welfare of the city and
+Republic which he was to leave already well
+established, and in order to await the reply
+of the Christians whom he had sent to the
+coast in order to examine the ports and set
+up crosses in them in case some one should
+come to reconnoitre the land.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Description of the bridges which the natives
+are wont to make in order to cross the rivers;
+and of the toilsome journey which the Spaniards
+had, in going to Cuzco, and of the arrival at
+Panarai and Tarcos.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">This</span> captain departed with those who were
+to follow him on Thursday, and the Governor
+with the rest of the troops, and Chilichuchima
+with his guard left the following Monday.
+In the morning they were all ready with their
+arms and other necessary things; the journey
+they were to make being long, they were to
+leave all the baggage in Xauxa, it not being
+convenient to carry it with them on that
+journey. The Governor journeyed two days
+down the valley along the bank of the Xauxa
+River, which was very delectable and peopled
+in many places, and on the third day he
+arrived at a bridge of net-work which is over
+the said river and which the Indian soldiers<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span>
+had burned after they crossed over, but
+already the captain who had gone ahead had
+made the natives rebuild it. And in the
+places where they build these bridges of net-work,
+where the rivers are swollen, this
+inland country far from the sea being densely
+populated, and because almost none of the
+Indians knows how to swim, because of
+which even though the rivers are small and
+might be forded, they nevertheless throw
+out these bridges, and after this fashion;
+If the two banks of the river are stony, they
+raise upon them large walls of stone, and then
+they place four [ropes of] pliable reeds two
+palms or a little less in thickness, and between
+them, after the fashion of wattle-work, they
+weave green osiers two fingers thick and well
+intertwined, in such a way that some are not
+left more slack than others, and all are well
+tied. And upon these they place branches
+crosswise in such a way that the water is not
+seen, and in this way they make the floor of
+the bridge. And in the same manner they
+weave a balustrade of these same osiers along<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span>
+the side of the bridge so that no one may fall
+into the water, of which, in truth, there is
+no danger, although to one who is not used
+to it, the matter of crossing appears a thing
+of danger because, the span being long, the
+bridge bends when one goes over it, so that
+one goes continually downward until the
+middle is reached, and from there he keeps
+going up until he has finished crossing to the
+other bank, and when the bridge is being
+crossed, it trembles very much, so that it
+goes to the head of him who is not accustomed
+to it. Ordinarily they make two bridges
+close together, so that, as they say, the lords
+may cross by one and the common people
+by another. They keep guards over them,
+and the lords of all the land keep them there
+continuously in order that if someone should
+steal gold or silver or anything else from him
+or from some other lord of the land, he would
+not be able to cross. And those who guard
+these bridges have their houses nearby, and
+they always have in their hands osiers and
+wattles and cords in order to mend the bridges<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>
+if they are injured or even to rebuild them if
+need were. The guards who were in charge
+of this bridge when the Indians who burned
+it passed over, hid the materials which they
+had for mending it, for otherwise the Indians
+would have burned them also, and for this
+reason they rebuilt it in so short a space of
+time in order that the Spaniards might cross
+over. The Spanish cavalry and the Governor
+crossed by one of these bridges, although,
+on account of its being new and not well
+made, they had much trouble because the
+captain who had gone ahead with seventy
+cavalrymen had made many holes in it so
+that it was half destroyed. Still, the horses
+got over without endangering themselves,
+although nearly all stumbled because the
+bridge moved and trembled so, but, as I have
+said, the bridge was made in such a way that
+even though they were thrown upon their
+knees, they could not fall into the water. As
+soon as all were over, the Governor encamped
+in some groves near which ran some streams
+of beautiful clear water. Later they proceeded<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>
+on their journey two leagues along
+the shore of that river through a narrow
+valley on both sides of which were very high
+mountains, and in some places, this valley
+through which the river passes has so little
+space that there is not more than a stone's
+throw from the foot of the mountain to the
+river, and in other places, because of the
+slope of the mountain, there is but little
+more. Two leagues of this valley having
+been travelled, they came to another bridge,
+a small one over another river, over which
+the troops passed on foot while the horses
+forded, as much on account of the bridge
+being in bad order as on account of the fact
+that the water was low at that time. Having
+crossed the river, he [the Governor] began
+to climb a very steep and long mountain all
+made of steps of very small stones.<a name="FNanchor_35_35" id="FNanchor_35_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a> Here
+the horses toiled so much that, when they
+had finished going up, the greater part of
+them had lost their shoes and worn down
+the hoofs of all four feet. That mountain,
+which lasted for more than half a league,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>
+having been overcome, and having journeyed
+for a bit in the evening along a slope, the
+Governor with his men arrived at a village
+which the hostile Indians had sacked and
+burned, on account of which neither people
+nor maize was found in it, nor any other food,
+and the water was very far off because the
+Indians had broken the aqueducts which
+came to the city, which was a great evil and
+of much inconvenience for the Spaniards who,
+because they had found the road hard, toilsome
+and long on that day, needed good
+lodging. The next day the Governor set out
+from there and went to sleep in another
+village which, although it was very large and
+fine and full of houses, had as little food in
+it as the last one; and this village is called
+Panarai. The Governor wondered greatly
+with his men at finding here neither food
+nor anything else, because this place belonged
+to one of the lords who had been with Atabalipa
+and with the dead lord in the company
+of the Christians, and he had come in their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>
+company as far as Xauxa, [where] he said
+he wished to go ahead in order to prepare in
+this land his victuals and other things necessary
+for the Spaniards. And when they
+found here neither him nor his people, it was
+held to be certain that the country-side had
+revolted. And not having had any letter
+from the captain who had gone ahead with
+the seventy horsemen, save which let them
+know that he was going right after the hostile
+Indians, it was feared that the foe had
+taken some step whereby he was prevented
+from sending any messenger. The Spaniards
+sought so much, that they found some maize
+and ewes, ... and the next day, early, they
+set out and arrived at a village called Tarcos,
+where they met the cacique of the district
+and some men who told them of the day on
+which had passed that way some Christians
+who were going to fight with the enemy who
+had established their camp in a neighboring
+settlement. All received this news with great
+pleasure, and they found a good reception in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>
+that place, because the cacique had brought
+to the plaza a large quantity of maize, fire-wood,
+ewes, and other things of which the
+Spaniards had great need.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>While proceeding on their journey they have
+news sent by the forty Spanish horsemen of the
+state of the Indian army with which the latter
+had fought victoriously.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">On</span> the next day, which was Saturday, All
+Saints' day, the friar who was with this company
+said mass in the morning, according to
+the custom of saying it on such a day, and
+later all set out and journeyed until they
+arrived at a full river three leagues beyond,
+always descending from the mountains by a
+rough and long slope. This river, likewise,
+had a net-work bridge which, being broken,
+made it necessary to ford the stream, and
+afterwards a very large mountain was ascended
+which, looked at from below, seemed
+impossible of ascent by the very birds of the
+air, and still more so by men on horseback
+toiling over the ground. But the climb was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span>
+made less arduous for them by the fact that
+the road went up in spirals, and not straight.
+The greater part, however, was made of large
+steps of stone which greatly fatigued the
+horses and wore down and injured their
+hoofs, even though they were led by the
+bridle. In this manner a long league was
+surmounted, and another was traversed by
+a more easy road along a declivity, and in
+the afternoon the Governor with the Spaniards
+arrived at a small village of which a
+part was burned, and in the other part,
+which had remained whole, the Spaniards
+settled. And in the evening two Indian
+couriers, sent by the captain who was ahead,
+arrived. They brought news, in letters to
+the Governor, that the captain had arrived
+with all speed at the land of Parcos<a name="FNanchor_36_36" id="FNanchor_36_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_36_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a> which
+he had left behind him, having had news
+that the [Indian] captains were thereabout
+with all the hostile forces; [but] he did not
+encounter them, and it was held to be certain
+that they had withdrawn to Bilcas,<a name="FNanchor_37_37" id="FNanchor_37_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_37_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a>
+and through so much of the road as he traversed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>
+until coming to [a place] within five
+leagues of Bilcas, where he spent the night,
+he marched secretly in order not to be forestalled
+by certain spies who were placed a
+league from Bilcas. And having news that
+the enemy were in a town without having
+warning of his coming, the captain was delighted,
+and, having gone down the rather
+difficult slope where that place was, at dawn
+he entered [the town where some warriors
+were lodged with few precautions].<a name="FNanchor_38_38" id="FNanchor_38_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_38_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a> The
+Spanish cavalry began to attack them in
+the plazas until so many had been killed or
+had fled that no one remained; because
+there were a few Indian soldiers who had
+retired to a mountain on one side of the
+road who, as soon as the day became bright
+and they saw the Spaniards, assembled in
+squadrons, and came against them crying
+out <i>Ingres</i>,<a name="FNanchor_39_39" id="FNanchor_39_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_39_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a> which name they hold to be
+very insulting, being that of a contemned
+people who live in the hot lands of the
+sea-coast, and because that province was
+cold and the Spaniards wore clothes over<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>
+their flesh, [the Indians] called them Ingres
+and threatened them with slavery as they
+were few, not more than forty, and defying
+them by saying that they would come down
+to where they were. The captain, although
+he knew that that was a bad place for fighting
+on horseback, of which position the
+Spaniards could little avail themselves there,
+nevertheless, in order that the enemy should
+not think that he would not fight from lack
+of spirit, took with him thirty horsemen,
+leaving the rest to guard the town, and went
+down through a cleft<a name="FNanchor_40_40" id="FNanchor_40_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_40_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a> in the mountain by
+a very painful slope. The enemy boldly
+awaited them and in the shock of battle they
+killed one horse and wounded two others,
+but finally, all being dispersed, some fled in
+one direction and others in another over the
+mountain [by] a very rough road where the
+horses could neither follow them nor injure
+them. At this juncture, an [Indian] captain
+who had fled from the village, and who knew
+that they had killed one horse and wounded
+two, said "Come, let us turn back and fight<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span>
+with these men until not one is left alive, for
+there are but a few of them!" and at once all
+returned with more spirit and greater impetuosity
+than before, and in this way a sharper
+battle than the first was fought. At the end,
+the Indians fled and the horsemen followed
+them in all directions as long as they could.
+In these two encounters more than six hundred
+men were left dead, and it is believed
+also that Maila, one of their captains, died,
+and the Indians affirmed it also, and they, on
+their part, when they killed a horse, cut off
+his head and put it on a lance which they
+bore before them like a standard. [The
+Spanish captain] likewise informed [his men]
+that he intended to rest there for three days
+out of consideration for the wounded Christians
+and horses, and that later they would
+set out to take, first of all, a bridge of net-work
+which was near there, so that the fugitive
+enemies should not cross it and go to
+join with Quizquiz<a name="FNanchor_41_41" id="FNanchor_41_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_41_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a> in Cuzco and with the
+garrison of troops he had there, which was
+said to be waiting for the Spaniards in a bad<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>
+pass near Cuzco. But, although they found
+it to be more than bad, they hoped in God
+who, in whatever place that battle might be
+fought, even in a land all rough and stony,
+would not permit the Indians to be able to
+defend themselves any where, no matter how
+difficult and toilsome it might be, nor to
+attack the Spaniards in any bad pass. And,
+having set out from here and having crossed
+the bridge three leagues from Cuzco [the captain
+declared] that he would there await the
+Governor as he had informed him by swift
+messenger Indians of what had occurred.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>After having suffered various inconveniences,
+and having passed the cities of Bilcas and of
+Andabailla,<a name="FNanchor_42_42" id="FNanchor_42_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a> and before arriving at Airamba,<a name="FNanchor_43_43" id="FNanchor_43_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_43_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a>
+they have letters from the Spaniards in which
+they ask for the aid of thirty cavaliers.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">Having</span> received this letter, the Governor
+and all the Spaniards who were with him
+were filled with infinite content over the victory
+which the captain had obtained, and at
+once he sent it, together with another, to
+the city of Xauxa, to the treasurer and to
+the Spaniards who had remained there in
+order that they might share in the gladness
+over the victory of the captain. And likewise
+he sent despatches to the captain and
+the Spaniards who were with him congratulating
+them much on the victory they had
+won, and begging them and counseling them
+to be governed in these matters more by prudence<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>
+than by confidence in their own
+strength, and commanding, at all events,
+that, having passed the last bridge, they
+should await him [the Governor] there so
+that they might then enter the city of Cuzco
+all together. This done, the Governor set
+out the following day and went by a rough
+and tiring road through rocky mountains
+and over ascents and descents of stone steps
+from which all believed they could only bring
+their horses with difficulty, considering the
+road already traversed and that still to be
+traversed. They slept that night in a village
+on the other side of the river, which here,
+as elsewhere, had a bridge of net-work. The
+horses crossed through the water and the
+footsoldiers and the servants of the Spaniards
+by the bridge. On the next day they
+had a good road beside the river where they
+encountered many wild animals, deer and
+antelope; and that day they arrived at nightfall
+at some rooms in the vicinity of Bilcas
+where the captain who was going ahead had
+made halt in order to travel by night and so<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>
+enter Bilcas without being found out, as he
+did enter it, and here was received another
+letter from him in which he said that he had
+left Bilcas two days before, and had come to
+a river four leagues ahead which he had
+forded because the bridge had been burned,
+and here he had understood that the captain
+Narabaliba was fleeing with some twenty
+Indians and that he had met two thousand
+Indians whom the captain of Cuzco had sent
+to him as aid who, as soon as they knew of
+the rout at Bilcas, turned around and fled
+with him, endeavouring to join with the
+scattered remnants of those who were fleeing,
+in order to await them [the Spaniards]
+in a village called Andabailla,<a name="FNanchor_44_44" id="FNanchor_44_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_44_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a> and [the
+Spanish captain said] that he was resolved
+not to stay his course until he should encounter
+them. These announcements being
+understood by the Governor, he first thought
+of sending aid to the captain, but later he
+did not do so because he considered that if
+there were to be a battle at all it would have
+occurred already and the aid would not arrive<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>
+in time, and he determined furthermore
+not to linger a single day until he should
+catch up with him, and in this way he set
+out for Bilcas which he entered very early
+the following day, and on that day he did
+not wish to go further. This city of Bilcas<a name="FNanchor_45_45" id="FNanchor_45_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_45_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a>
+is placed on a high mountain and is a large
+town and the head of a province. It has a
+beautiful and fine fortress; there are many
+well built houses of stone, and it is half-way
+by road from Xauxa to Cuzco. And on the
+next day the Governor encamped on the
+other side of the river, four leagues from
+Bilcas, and although the day's march was
+short, it was nevertheless toilsome because it
+was entirely a descent almost all composed
+of stone steps, and the troops waded the
+river with much fatigue because it was very
+full, and he set up his camp on the other
+bank among some groves. Scarcely had the
+Governor arrived here, when he received a
+letter from the captain who was reconnoitring
+in which the latter informed him that
+the enemy had gone on five leagues and were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span>
+in waiting on the slope of a mountain in a
+land called Curamba,<a name="FNanchor_46_46" id="FNanchor_46_46"></a><a href="#Footnote_46_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a> and that there were
+many warriors there, and that they had
+made many preparations and had arranged
+great quantities of stones so that the Spaniards
+would not be able to go up. The
+Governor, when he understood this, although
+the captain did not ask him for aid, believed
+that it was necessary now, and he at once
+ordered the Marshal D. Diego de Almagro
+to get ready with thirty light horsemen,
+well equipped as to arms and horses, and
+he did not wish him to take a single peon
+with him, because he ordered him [Almagro]
+not to delay for anything until he should
+come up with the captain who was ahead
+with the others. And when he [Almagro]
+had set out, the Governor likewise started,
+on the following day, with ten horsemen
+and the twenty peons who were guarding
+Chilichuchima, and he quickened his
+pace so much that day that of two days'
+marches he made one. And just as he
+was about to arrive at the village called<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>
+Andabailla, where he was to sleep, an Indian
+came to him on the run to say that on a certain
+slope of the mountain, which he pointed
+out with his finger, there had been discovered
+hostile troops of war, on which account, the
+Governor, armed as he was and on horseback,
+went with the Spaniards he had with
+him to take the summit of that slope, and he
+examined the whole of it without finding the
+warriors of whom the Indian had spoken,
+because they were troops native to the land
+who were fleeing from the Indians of Quito
+because the latter did them very great harm.
+The Governor and company having arrived
+at that village of Andabailla, they supped
+and spent the night there. On the next day,
+they arrived at the village of Airamba from
+where the captain had written that he was
+with the armed troops waiting for them upon
+the road.<a name="FNanchor_47_47" id="FNanchor_47_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_47_47" class="fnanchor">[47]</a></p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IX</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Having arrived at a village, they find much
+silver in plates twenty-feet long. Proceeding on
+their journey, they receive letters from the
+Spaniards relating the brisk and adverse struggle
+they had had against the army of the Indians.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">Here</span> were found two dead horses,<a name="FNanchor_48_48" id="FNanchor_48_48"></a><a href="#Footnote_48_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a> from
+which it was suspected that some misfortune
+had befallen the captain. But, having entered
+the village, they learned, from a letter
+that arrived before they retired for the
+night, that the captain had here encountered
+some warriors, and that, in order to
+gain the mountain, he had gone up a slope
+where he had found assembled a great
+quantity of stone, a sign which showed
+that they [the Indians] wished to guard
+[the pass], and that they were gone in
+search of [other] Indians because they had
+warning that [the Spaniards] were not far<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span>
+off and that the two horses had died of so
+many changes from heat to cold. He [the
+captain] wrote nothing of the aid which
+the Governor had sent to him, because of
+which it was thought that it had not yet
+arrived. The next day the Governor set
+out from there, and slept [the next night]
+by a river whose bridge had been burned by
+the enemy, so that it was necessary to ford
+it, with great fatigue on account of the fact
+that the current was very swift and the
+bottom very stony. On the next day, they
+encamped at a town in the houses of which
+was found much silver in large slabs twenty
+feet long, one broad, and one or two fingers
+thick. And the Indians who were there related
+that those slabs belonged to a great
+cacique and that one of the lords of Cuzco
+had won them and had carried them off thus
+in plates, together with those of which the
+conquered cacique had built a house.<a name="FNanchor_49_49" id="FNanchor_49_49"></a><a href="#Footnote_49_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a> The
+next day, the Governor set out in order to
+cross the last bridge, which was almost three
+leagues from there. Before he arrived at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span>
+that river, a messenger came with a letter
+from the captain in which he informed him
+that he had arrived at the last bridge with
+great speed in order that the enemy should
+not have opportunity to burn it; but that,
+at the time of his arrival there, they had
+finished burning it, and as it was already
+late, he did not wish to cross the river that
+same day, but had gone to camp in a village
+which was nearby. The next day,
+he [the captain] had passed through the
+water, which came to the breasts of the
+horses, and had proceeded straight along the
+road to Cuzco which was twelve leagues from
+there; and as, on the way, he was informed
+that, on a neighbouring mountain [where]
+forts had been built, all the enemies were
+hoping that the next day Quizquiz would
+come to their aid with re&euml;nforcements from
+the troops which he had in Cuzco, for this
+reason he [the captain] had spurred ahead
+with all speed together with fifty horsemen,<a name="FNanchor_50_50" id="FNanchor_50_50"></a><a href="#Footnote_50_50" class="fnanchor">[50]</a>
+for ten had been left guarding the
+baggage and certain gold which had been<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>
+found in the rout of Bilcas. And one Saturday,
+at noon, they had begun to go up on
+horseback a slope which lasted well over a
+league, and, being wearied by the sharp
+ascent and by the mid-day heat, which was
+very great, they stopped awhile and gave to
+the horses some maize which they had because
+the natives of a village nearby had
+brought it to them. Then, proceeding on
+their journey, the captain, who rode a cross-bow
+shot ahead, saw the enemy on the
+summit of the mountain, which they entirely
+covered, and [he saw] that three or four
+thousand were coming down in order to
+pass the point where they [the Spaniards]
+were. Because of this, although he called
+to the Spaniards to put themselves in battle-array,
+he could not hope to join them, because
+the Indians were already very near
+and were coming with great rapidity. But
+with those who were in readiness, he advanced
+to give battle [to the Indians],
+and the Spaniards who kept coming up
+mounted the slope of the mountain, some on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>
+one hand, others on the other. They dashed
+among those of the enemy who were foremost
+without waiting for the beginning of the
+fight, save for defending themselves against
+the stones which were hurled upon them,
+until they mounted to the summit of the
+mountain, in which deed they thought they
+saw a certain victory to be accomplished.
+The horses were so tired that they could not
+get breath in order to attack with impetuosity
+such a multitude of enemies, nor did the
+latter cease to inconvenience and harass them
+continually with the lances stones and arrows
+which they hurled at them, so they fatigued
+all to such an extent that the riders could
+hardly keep their horses at the trot or even
+at the pace. The Indians, perceiving the
+weariness of the horses, began to charge with
+greater fury, and five Christians, whose
+horses could not go up to the summit of the
+slope, were charged so furiously by so many
+of the throng that to two of them it was
+impossible to alight, and they were killed
+upon their horses. The others fought on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span>
+foot very valorously, but at length, not being
+seen by any companions who could bring
+them aid, they remained prisoners, and only
+one was killed without being able to lay hand
+upon his sword or to defend himself, the
+cause of which was that a good soldier was
+left dead beside him, the tail of his horse
+having been seized which prevented his going
+ahead with the rest. They [the Indians]
+opened the heads of all by means of their
+battle-axes and clubs; they wounded eighteen
+horses and six Christians; but none of
+the wounds were dangerous save those of one
+horse which died of them. It pleased God
+Our Lord that the Spaniards should gain a
+plain which was near that mountain, and the
+Indians collected on a hill nearby. The captain
+commanded half of his men to take the
+bridles off their horses and let them drink in
+a rivulet that ran there, and then to do the
+same for the other half, which was done
+without being hindered by the enemies.
+Then, the captain said to all: "Gentlemen,
+let us withdraw from here step by step down<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>
+this declivity in such a way that the enemy
+may think that we are fleeing from them,
+in order that they may come in search of us
+below, for, if we can attract them to this
+plain, we will attack them all of a sudden in
+such a manner that I hope not one of them
+will escape from our hands. Our horses are
+already somewhat tired, and if we put the
+enemy to flight, we shall end by gaining the
+summit of the mountain." And thus it was
+that some of the Indians, thinking that the
+Spaniards were retreating, came down below,
+throwing stones at them, with their slings,
+and shooting arrows.<a name="FNanchor_51_51" id="FNanchor_51_51"></a><a href="#Footnote_51_51" class="fnanchor">[51]</a> When this was seen
+by the Christians, [they knew] that now
+was their time, [and] they turned their
+horses' heads, and before the Indians could
+gather together on the mountain where they
+were before, some twenty of them were
+killed. When this was seen by the others,
+and when they perceived that there was
+little safety in the place where they were,
+they left that mountain and retired to
+another one which was higher. The captain,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>
+with his men, finished climbing the
+mountain, and there, because it was already
+night, he camped with his soldiers. The
+Indians also camped two cross-bow shots
+away, in such a manner that in either camp
+could be heard the voices in the other. The
+captain caused the wounds to be cared for
+and posted patrols and sentinels for the night,
+and he ordered that all the horses were to
+remain saddled and bridled until the following
+day, on which he was to fight with the
+Indians. And he tried to cheer his men up
+and renew their valor, saying: "that by all
+means it was necessary to attack the enemy
+the following morning without delaying an
+instant, because he had news that the captain
+Quizquiz was coming with great re&euml;nforcements,
+and by no means should they
+wait until he joined forces with them." All
+showed as much spirits and confidence as if
+they already had the victory in their hands,
+and again the captain comforted them, saying:
+"he held the day just passed through
+to be more perilous than that which awaited<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span>
+them on the morrow, and that God Our Lord
+who had delivered them from danger in the
+past would grant them victory in the future,
+and that they should look to it whether, on
+the day before, when their horses were so
+weary, they had attacked their enemies with
+disadvantage and had routed them and driven
+them from their fortresses, even though their
+own number did not exceed fifty, and that of
+the enemy eight thousand; ought they not,
+then, to hope for victory when they were
+fresh and rested?" With these and other
+spirited conversations, that night was passed,
+and the Indians were in their own camp,
+uttering cries and saying: "Wait, Christians,
+until dawn, when you are all to die,
+and we shall take away from you just as
+many horses as you have!"<a name="FNanchor_52_52" id="FNanchor_52_52"></a><a href="#Footnote_52_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a> and they
+added insulting words in their language having
+determined to enter into combat with
+the Christians as soon as it should dawn,
+believing them and their horses to be weary
+on account of the toil of the day before
+and because they saw them to be so few in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span>
+numbers and because they knew that many
+of the horses were wounded. In this manner
+the same thought prevailed on the one
+side and on the other, but the Indians firmly
+believed that the Christians would not escape
+from them.<a name="FNanchor_53_53" id="FNanchor_53_53"></a><a href="#Footnote_53_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a></p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER X</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>News comes of the victory won by the Spaniards,
+even to their putting the Indian army to
+flight. They command that a chain be placed
+about the neck of Chilichuchima, holding him to
+be a traitor. They cross the Rimac<a name="FNanchor_54_54" id="FNanchor_54_54"></a><a href="#Footnote_54_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a> and all
+reunite once more at Sachisagagna,<a name="FNanchor_55_55" id="FNanchor_55_55"></a><a href="#Footnote_55_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a> where they
+burn Chilichuchima.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">This</span> news reached the Governor near the
+last river, as I have said, and he, without
+showing any change in his countenance, communicated
+it to the ten horsemen and twenty
+peons whom he had with him, consoling
+them all with good words which he spoke to
+them, although they were greatly disturbed
+in their minds, for they thought that if
+a small number of Indians, relatively to
+the number anticipated, had maltreated the
+Christians in such a manner in the first
+action, they would bring upon them still
+greater war on the following day when their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span>
+horses were wounded and when the aid of
+thirty horsemen, which had been sent to
+them, had not yet arrived among the Spaniards.
+But all showed that they knew how
+to place their hopes in God, and they arrived
+at the river which they crossed in <i>balsas</i>,
+swimming the horses, because the bridge
+was burned down. And the river being very
+full, they delayed in crossing it the rest of
+that day and the next one until the hour of
+siesta when the Governor, smiling [determined]
+to set out without waiting for the
+Indian allies to cross.<a name="FNanchor_56_56" id="FNanchor_56_56"></a><a href="#Footnote_56_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a> [Just then] a Christian
+was seen coming, and when all saw him
+from afar, they judged that the captain
+with the horsemen had been routed and
+that this man was bringing the news in his
+flight. But when he had arrived in the
+presence of the Governor, he gave great
+consolation to the minds of all with the
+news that he brought, relating that God
+Our Lord, who never abandons his faithful
+servants even in the direst extremities,
+ordained that while the captain with the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span>
+others [of his company] was passing that
+night cautiously and encouraging his men
+for the combat on the morrow, the Marshal
+arrived with the re&euml;nforcements of thirty
+horsemen which had been sent, and these,
+together with the ten others whom they had
+left behind, made forty altogether, and when
+all perceived this, the first group felt as much
+pleasure as if they had resuscitated that day
+[just lived through], holding it to be certain
+that the victory would be theirs on the following
+day. When day had come, which was
+Sunday, they all mounted at dawn, and, disposed
+in a wing formation in order to present
+a better front, they attacked the rear of the
+Indians who, during the night, had determined
+to attack the Christians, but who, in
+the morning, seeing so many soldiers, thought
+that some aid must have come to them during
+the night, on account of which, not having
+the courage to put on a bold front, and
+seeing that the Spaniards were coming up
+the slope in pursuit of them, turned their
+backs and retired from mountain to mountain.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span>
+The Spaniards did not follow them
+because the land was rough, and besides, a
+mist arose which was so thick that they could
+not see one another, and yet withal, on the
+slope of a hill, they killed many of the enemy.
+At this juncture, a thousand Indians in a
+squadron commanded by Quizquiz arrived in
+aid of the Indians who, seeing the Christians
+on horseback and so warlike, judged it time
+to withdraw to the mountain.<a name="FNanchor_57_57" id="FNanchor_57_57"></a><a href="#Footnote_57_57" class="fnanchor">[57]</a> At the same
+time, the Christians assembled in their [the
+Indians'] fort, whence the captain had sent
+this messenger to the Governor to tell him
+that he would await him there until he
+should arrive. When this news was heard
+by the Governor, he rejoiced greatly over
+the victory which God Our Lord had given
+him when he least expected it, and without
+delaying an instant he ordered that all
+should go forward with the dunnage and
+the remaining Indians, because, jointly with
+this news, he had received warning that
+in the retreat of this hostile force of soldiers,
+four thousand men had split off from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>
+the rest, and that therefore he should proceed
+cautiously, and should also be very
+sure that Chilichuchima was arranging and
+commanding all this and was giving advice
+to the enemy as to what they were to do,
+and that, on this account, he should bear
+himself with caution. When the Governor
+had finished his day's march, he had chains
+put upon Chilichuchima and said to him:
+"Well you know how I have always borne
+myself toward you and how I have always
+tried [to be generous with you], making you
+the captain who should rule all this land
+until the son of Atabalipa should come from
+Quito in order to be made lord [of it], and
+although I have had many causes for putting
+you to death, I have not wished to do so,
+believing always that you would mend your
+ways. Likewise, I have asked you many
+times to urge these hostile Indians, with
+whom you have influence and friendliness,
+to calm themselves and lay down their arms,
+since, although they had done much harm
+and had killed Guaritico<a name="FNanchor_58_58" id="FNanchor_58_58"></a><a href="#Footnote_58_58" class="fnanchor">[58]</a> who came from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span>
+Xauxa at my command, I would pardon
+them all. But in spite of all these admonitions
+of mine you have wished to persist
+in your evil attitude and intentions, thinking
+that the advice which you gave to the
+hostile captains was powerful enough to
+make your wicked design succeed. But
+now you can see how, with the aid of our
+God, we have always routed them, and that
+it will always be so in the future, and you
+may be very sure that they will not be able
+to escape nor to return to Quito whence
+they came, nor will you ever again see
+Cuzco<a name="FNanchor_59_59" id="FNanchor_59_59"></a><a href="#Footnote_59_59" class="fnanchor">[59]</a> because as soon as I have arrived
+at the place where this captain is with my
+soldiers, I shall cause you to be burned
+alive because you have known how to keep
+so ill the friendship which, in the name of
+Caesar,<a name="FNanchor_60_60" id="FNanchor_60_60"></a><a href="#Footnote_60_60" class="fnanchor">[60]</a> my lord, I have agreed upon with
+you. Have no doubt that this will be done
+unless you urge these Indian friends of yours
+to lay down their arms and come in peace,
+as I have asked you to do many times before."
+To all these reasonings Chilichuchima<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span>
+listened attentively without returning a word.
+But always firm in his obstinacy, he [at
+length] replied: "that those captains had not
+done as he had ordered them to do because
+they did not wish to obey him, and, for that
+reason he had not remained to make them
+understand that they must come in peace,"
+and with such words he excused himself
+from what was attributed to him. But the
+Governor, who already knew of certain of
+his dealings, left him with his evil thoughts
+and did not return to speak to him upon the
+matter. Then, having crossed the river in
+the afternoon, the Governor went forward
+with those soldiers and arrived by night in a
+village called Rimac<a name="FNanchor_61_61" id="FNanchor_61_61"></a><a href="#Footnote_61_61" class="fnanchor">[61]</a> a league from that
+river. And there the Marshal arrived, with
+four horsemen, to wait for him, and after
+they had talked together, they set out the
+next day for the camp of the Spaniards where
+they arrived in the afternoon, the captain
+and many others having come out to meet
+them, and all rejoiced greatly at seeing themselves
+all together again. The Governor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>
+gave each one thanks, according to his
+merits, for the valour they had shown, and
+all set out together in the evening and arrived
+two leagues further on at a village called
+Sachisagagna.<a name="FNanchor_62_62" id="FNanchor_62_62"></a><a href="#Footnote_62_62" class="fnanchor">[62]</a> The captains informed the
+Governor all that had happened, just as I
+have related it. When they were all lodged
+in this village, the captain and the Marshal
+urged the Governor to do justice on Chilichuchima,
+because he ought to know that
+Chilichuchima advised the enemy of all that
+the Christians did, and that he it was who
+had made the Indians come out of the mountains
+of Bilcas, exhorting them to come and
+fight with the Christians who were few and
+who, with their horses, could not climb those
+mountains save step by step and on foot,
+and giving them, at the same time, a thousand
+other counsels as to where they were to
+wait and what they were to do, like a man
+who had seen those places and who knew
+the skill of the Christians with whom he had
+lived so long a time. Informed of all these
+things, the Governor gave orders that he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span>
+was to be burned alive in the middle of the
+plaza, and so it was done, for his chiefs and
+most familiar friends were those who were
+quickest in setting fire to him.<a name="FNanchor_63_63" id="FNanchor_63_63"></a><a href="#Footnote_63_63" class="fnanchor">[63]</a> The religious<a name="FNanchor_64_64" id="FNanchor_64_64"></a><a href="#Footnote_64_64" class="fnanchor">[64]</a>
+tried to persuade him to become
+a Christian, saying to him that those who
+were baptized and who believed with true
+faith in our saviour Jesus Christ went to
+glory in paradise and that those who did not
+believe in him went to hell and its tortures.
+He made him understand this by means of
+an interpreter. But he [Chilichuchima] did
+not wish to be a Christian, saying that he did
+not know what sort of thing this law was,
+and he began to invoke Paccamaca<a name="FNanchor_65_65" id="FNanchor_65_65"></a><a href="#Footnote_65_65" class="fnanchor">[65]</a> and
+captain Quizquiz that they might come to
+his aid. This Paccamaca the Indians have
+as their God and they offer him much gold
+and silver, and it is a well-known thing that
+the demon is in that idol and speaks with
+those who come to ask him something.<a name="FNanchor_66_66" id="FNanchor_66_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_66_66" class="fnanchor">[66]</a>
+And of this matter I have spoken at length
+in the relation which was sent to H. M. from
+Caxamalca. In this way this captain paid<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>
+for the cruelties which he committed in the
+conquests of Atabalipa, and for the evils
+which he plotted to the hurt of the Spaniards
+and in disservice of H. M. All the people
+of the country rejoiced infinitely at his
+death, because he was very much abhorred
+by all who knew what a cruel man he was.<a name="FNanchor_67_67" id="FNanchor_67_67"></a><a href="#Footnote_67_67" class="fnanchor">[67]</a></p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XI</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A son of the cacique Guainacaba<a name="FNanchor_68_68" id="FNanchor_68_68"></a><a href="#Footnote_68_68" class="fnanchor">[68]</a> visits them;
+they agree upon friendship with him, and he
+tells them of the movements of the army of
+hostile Indians with which they have some encounters
+before entering Cuzco, where they
+establish as lord the son of Guainacaba.<a name="FNanchor_69_69" id="FNanchor_69_69"></a><a href="#Footnote_69_69" class="fnanchor">[69]</a></p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">Here</span> the Spaniards rested that night,
+having set good guards, because they were
+given to understand that Quizquiz was close
+by with all his men. And on the following
+morning, came to visit the Governor a son
+of Guainacaba and a brother of the dead
+cacique Atabalipa,<a name="FNanchor_70_70" id="FNanchor_70_70"></a><a href="#Footnote_70_70" class="fnanchor">[70]</a> and the greatest and
+most important lord who was then in that
+land; and he had ever been a fugitive so
+that those of Quito might not kill him. This
+man said to the Governor that he would
+aid him to the extent of his power in order
+to drive from that land all those of Quito,
+who were his enemies and who hated him<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span>
+and did not wish to be the subjects of a
+foreign people. This man was the man to
+whom, by law, came all that province and
+whom all the caciques of it wished for their
+lord. When he came to see the Governor,
+he came through the mountains, avoiding
+the roads for fear of those of Quito, and
+the Governor received him with great gladness
+and replied to him: "Much does what
+you say please me, as does also finding you
+with so good a desire to expel these men of
+Quito, and you must know that I have come
+from Xauxa for no other purpose than to
+prevent them from doing you harm and free
+you from slavery to them, and you can believe
+that I have not come for my own benefit
+because I was in Xauxa, sure of having
+war with them and I had an excuse for not
+making this long and difficult journey. But
+knowing the injuries they were doing to you,
+I wanted to come to rectify and undo them,
+as the Emperor my lord commanded me to
+do. And so, you may be sure that I will do
+in your favor all that seems suitable for me<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span>
+to do. And I will do the same to liberate
+from this tyranny the people of Cuzco."
+The Governor made him all these promises
+in order to please him so that he might continue
+to give news of how affairs were going,
+and that cacique remained marvellously satisfied,
+as did also those who had come with
+him. And he [Manco] replied: "Henceforth
+I shall give you exact information concerning
+all that they of Quito do in order that they
+may not inconvenience you." And in this
+manner he took leave of the Governor, saying:
+"I am going to fish because I know
+that tomorrow the Christians do not eat
+flesh, and I shall encounter this messenger
+who tells me that Quizquiz is going with
+his men to burn Cuzco and that he is now
+near at hand, and I have wished to warn
+you of it in order that you may fix upon a
+remedy." The Governor at once placed all
+the soldiers upon the alert, and, although it
+was already noon, when he knew the needs
+of the situation, he did not wish to delay
+even to eat, but journeyed with all the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>
+Spaniards straight toward Cuzco, which was
+four leagues from that place, with the intention
+of establishing his camp near the city
+so as to enter it early the next day. And
+when he had travelled two leagues, he saw
+rise up in the distance a great smoke, and
+when he asked some Indians the cause of it,
+they told him that a squadron of the men
+of Quizquiz had come down a mountain and
+set fire [word missing]. Two captains went
+ahead with some forty horsemen to see if
+they could catch up with this squadron,
+which speedily joined with the men of Quizquiz
+and the other captains who were on a
+slope a league in front of Cuzco waiting for
+the Christians in a pass close to the road.
+Seen by the captains and Spaniards, they
+[the Indians] could not avoid an encounter
+with them, although the Governor had them
+made to understand that they [the Spaniards]
+would wait for the rest to join them, which
+they would have done, were it not for the
+fact that the Indians incited each other with
+much spirit to encounter them. And before<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span>
+they [the Spaniards] could be attacked, they
+fell upon them on the skirt of a hill, and in
+a short time they routed them, forcing them
+to flee to the mountain and killing two hundred
+of them. Another squad of cavalry
+crossed over another slope of the mountain
+where were two or three thousand Indians
+who, not having the pluck to wait for them,
+threw down their lances in order to be able
+to run the better, and fled headlong. And
+after those first two squads broke and fled,
+they [the Spaniards] made them flee to the
+heights; and [at the same time] two Spanish
+light horsemen saw certain Indians return
+down the slope, and they set themselves
+to skirmish with them. They perceived that
+they were in great danger, but they were
+helped, and the horse of one of them was
+killed, from which the Indians derived so
+much encouragement that they wounded
+four or five horses and a Christian, and they
+made them retreat as far as the plain. The
+Indians who, until then, had not seen the
+Christians retire, thought that they were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span>
+doing it in order to attract them to the plain
+and there attack them as they had done at
+Bilcas, and they said so among themselves
+and were cautious, not wishing to go down
+and follow them. By this time the Governor
+had arrived with the [rest of] the Spaniards
+and, as it was already late, they set up their
+camp on a plain, and the Indians maintained
+themselves an arquebuse-shot away on a
+slope until mid-night, yelling, and the Spaniards
+spent all that night with their horses
+saddled and bridled. And the next day, at
+the first ray of dawn, the Governor arranged
+the troops, horse and foot, and he took the
+road to Cuzco, with good understanding and
+caution, believing that the enemy would come
+to attack him on the road, but none of them
+appeared. In this way the Governor and his
+troops entered that great city of Cuzco
+without any other resistance or battle on
+Friday, at the hour of high mass, on the fifteenth
+day of the month of November of the
+year of the birth of our Saviour and Redeemer
+Jesus Christ <span class="smcapl">MDXXXIII</span>. The Governor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span>
+caused all the Christians to lodge in the
+dwellings around the plaza of the city, and
+he ordered that all should come forth with
+their horses to the plaza and sleep in their
+tents, until it could be seen whether the
+enemy were coming to attack them. This
+order was continued and observed for a
+month. On another day, the Governor
+created as lord that son of Guainacaba, for
+he was young, prudent and alive and the
+most important of all those who were there
+at that time, and was the one to whom that
+lordship came by law. And he did it so soon
+in order that the lords and caciques should
+not go away to their own lands which were
+divers provinces, and some very far away,
+and so that the natives should not join those
+of Quito, but should have a separate lord of
+their own whom they might reverence and
+obey and not organize themselves into bands.
+So he commanded all the caciques to obey
+him [Manco] as their lord and to do all that
+he should order them to do.<a name="FNanchor_71_71" id="FNanchor_71_71"></a><a href="#Footnote_71_71" class="fnanchor">[71]</a></p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XII</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The new cacique<a name="FNanchor_72_72" id="FNanchor_72_72"></a><a href="#Footnote_72_72" class="fnanchor">[72]</a> goes with an army to drive
+Quizquiz from the state of Quito. He has some
+encounters with the Indians, and, because of the
+roughness of the roads, they return, and they
+later go thither again with a company of Spaniards,
+and before they set out, the cacique pays
+his obedience to the emperor.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">As</span> soon as this was done, he [the Governor]
+gave orders to the new cacique to assemble
+many warriors in order to go and
+vanquish Quizquiz and drive from the land
+those of Quito, and he [the Governor] said
+to the Inca that it was not regular that,
+when he was lord, another should remain in
+his land against his will, and [the Governor]
+said many other words to him upon this
+subject in the presence of all in order that
+they might see the favor which he did him
+[Manco] and the fondness which he showed
+him, and this not for the sake of advantages<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span>
+that might result from it, but for his own
+[Manco's] sake.<a name="FNanchor_73_73" id="FNanchor_73_73"></a><a href="#Footnote_73_73" class="fnanchor">[73]</a> The cacique had great
+pleasure in receiving this order, and in the
+space of four days he assembled more than
+five thousand Indians, all in readiness with
+their arms, and the Governor sent with them
+a captain of his own and fifty cavalrymen;
+he himself remained guarding the city with
+the rest of the troops. When ten days
+had gone by, the captain returned and
+related to the Governor what had happened,
+saying that at nightfall he had arrived
+with his troops at the camp of Quizquiz
+five leagues from there, because he had
+gone by a roundabout road through which
+the cacique guided him.<a name="FNanchor_74_74" id="FNanchor_74_74"></a><a href="#Footnote_74_74" class="fnanchor">[74]</a> But, before arriving
+at enemy's camp, he encountered
+two hundred Indians posted in a hollow, and
+because the land was rough he was not able
+to take their fort away from them and to
+overpower them so that they could not give
+notice of his coming, which they did do. But,
+although this company [of Indians] was in
+a strong place, it was not so bold as to wait<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span>
+for his attack and it withdrew to the other
+side of a bridge to cross which was impossible
+[for the Spaniards] because, from a mountain
+which dominated it, to which the Indians had
+retired, they hurled so many stones that no
+one was permitted to cross, and, because the
+land was the roughest and most inaccessible
+that had been seen, they [the Spaniards]
+turned back. [The captain] said that two
+hundred Indians had been killed, and that
+the cacique was much pleased at what [the
+captain] had done, and, on their return to
+the city had guided them through another
+and shorter road on which, in many places,
+the captain found great quantities of stones
+piled up for defense against the Christians,
+and he found, among other passes, one so
+bad and difficult that he, with all his troops,
+suffered great trials and could not follow it
+further. At that place it became apparent
+that the cacique had true, and not feigned,
+friendship for the Governor and Christians,
+for he led them out of that road from which
+not one Spaniard could have escaped [alone].<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>
+[The captain] said that after he left the city,
+he did not go over as much as a cross-bow
+shot of flat land, and that all the country
+was mountainous, stony and very difficult to
+traverse and [he added] that if it had not
+been for the fact that it was the first time
+that the cacique was travelling with him
+and might impute it to fear, he would have
+turned back. The Governor would have
+liked him to follow the enemy until he drove
+them from the place where they were, but
+when he heard the nature of the place, he
+remained content with what had been done.
+The cacique said that he had sent his soldiers
+after the enemy, and that he thought they
+would do them some damage; and accordingly
+within four days news came that they
+had killed a thousand Indians. The Governor
+once more charged the cacique to cause more
+warriors to be assembled, and he himself
+wished to send with them some of his cavalry
+in order that they might not desist until
+they had driven the enemy from the land.
+When he returned from [the first] trip, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>
+cacique went to fast in a house which was on
+a mountain, a dwelling which his father had
+built in another day; there he stayed three
+days, after which he came to the plaza where
+the men of that land gave him obedience
+according to their usage, recognizing him as
+their lord and offering him the white plume,
+just as they had to the cacique Atabalipa in
+Caxamalcha. When this was done, he caused
+all the caciques and lords who were there to
+assemble, and, having spoken to them concerning
+the harm that the men of Quito were
+doing in his land and about the good that
+would result to all if a stop were put to it,
+he commanded them to call and prepare warriors
+who should go against those of Quito
+and drive them from the place in which they
+had posted themselves. This the captains
+did at once, and they so managed to raise
+troops that, in the period of eight days, ten
+thousand warriors were in that city, all,
+picked men, and the Governor caused to be
+prepared fifty light horsemen with a captain
+in order that they might set out on the last<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span>
+day of the feast of the Nativity. The Governor,
+before that journey was made, wishing
+to re-affirm peace and friendship with
+that cacique and his people, when mass had
+been said on Christmas day by the religious,<a name="FNanchor_75_75" id="FNanchor_75_75"></a><a href="#Footnote_75_75" class="fnanchor">[75]</a>
+went out to the plaza with many
+of the soldiers of his company, and into the
+presence of the cacique and of the lords of
+the land and of the warriors who were seated
+along with his Spaniards, the cacique on a
+stool and his men on the ground around him.
+The Governor made them an address, as he
+was wont to do on such occasions, and by
+me, his secretary and the scrivener of the
+army, was read the demand and requirement
+which H. M. had sent, and its contents were
+declared to them by an interpreter; all
+understood it and replied [in a friendly manner].
+It was required of them that they
+should be and should call themselves vassals
+of H. M., and the Governor received [their
+obedience] with the same ceremony as was
+used the other time, namely, of twice raising
+the royal standard, and in testimony [of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>
+friendship] the Governor embraced them
+to the sound of trumpets, observing other
+solemnities which I do not write in order to
+avoid prolixity. This done, the cacique stood
+up and, in a vase of gold, gave drink to the
+Governor and the Spaniards with his own
+hands, and then all went off to eat, it being
+already evening.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>They suspect that the cacique wishes to rebel.
+It turns out to be unfounded. Many Spaniards
+go with him and twenty thousand Indians against
+Quizquiz, and of what happens to them they give
+news in a letter to the Governor.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">And</span> when the Spanish captain with the
+Indians and the cacique were about to depart
+within two days in order to go against
+the enemy ...<a name="FNanchor_76_76" id="FNanchor_76_76"></a><a href="#Footnote_76_76" class="fnanchor">[76]</a> the Governor was informed
+by some Spaniards, some Indian friends
+and some allied natives of the country that
+among some of the cacique's chief men,
+it was being talked of that they should
+join with the warriors of Quito, and they
+[the informers] accused him of other things.
+Because of this, there arose some suspicion,
+and, in order to make sure as to whether
+the friendship of the cacique for the Christians
+who loved him so was faithful and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span>
+true, wishing to know truth of the matter,
+[the Governor] caused the cacique and some
+of his chief men to be called, on the next
+day, to his room. And he told them what
+was being said about them; after investigation
+had been made and torture had been
+given to some Indians, it came out that the
+cacique and the chiefs were without any
+blame, and it was certified that, neither by
+word nor deed, had they done anything to
+the hurt of the Spaniards, but that two
+chiefs had said that because their ancestors
+had never been subject to anyone neither
+they nor the cacique ought to submit themselves
+[to the Spaniards]. But notwithstanding
+this, by what was known then and
+afterwards, it was believed that the Indians
+always loved the Spaniards and that their
+friendship with them was not feigned.<a name="FNanchor_77_77" id="FNanchor_77_77"></a><a href="#Footnote_77_77" class="fnanchor">[77]</a> The
+troops did not set out on their journey because
+the rigor of winter [was at its height]
+and it rained a great deal every day, so it
+was determined to allow the height of the
+rainy season go by, principally because of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>
+fact that many bridges had been ill-treated
+and broken, to mend which was essential.
+When the season in which the rains ceased
+arrived, the Governor had the fifty cavalrymen,
+the cacique the men he had and make
+ready. All of these, with the captain whom
+he gave them, put themselves on the march
+for Xauxa by way of the city of Bilcas,<a name="FNanchor_78_78" id="FNanchor_78_78"></a><a href="#Footnote_78_78" class="fnanchor">[78]</a>
+where, it was understood, the enemy were
+because the roads were cut up by the many
+winter rains and the rivers were swollen;
+although there was no bridge over many of
+them, the Spaniards crossed on their horses
+with great trouble, and one of them was
+drowned. Arrived by [long] marches at the
+river which is four leagues from Bilcas, it
+was learned that the enemy had gone on to
+Xauxa. And the river being swollen and
+furious, and the bridge burned, it was necessary
+for them to stop and build it anew, for,
+without it, it would have been impossible
+to cross the river, either in those boats which
+are called <i>balsas</i> or by swimming or in any
+other way. Twenty days the camp was here<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>
+in order to mend the bridge, for the officers
+[maestros] had much to do, because the water
+was high and kept breaking down the osier
+ropes which were put in place. And if the
+cacique had not had so great a number of
+men to build the bridge and to cross over
+by it and pull over the ropes of osiers, it
+would not have been possible to build it.
+But having twenty-four thousand warriors,
+and by crossing [the stream] again and
+again to attempt [to set in place the ropes]
+making use of cords and <i>balsas</i>, at last they
+succeeded in placing the osier ropes and when
+they had been passed across [the river], the
+bridge was built in a very short space of
+time. [It was] so good and well built that
+another like it is not to be found in that land,
+for it is three hundred and seventy-odd feet
+long, and broad enough to allow two horses
+to cross at once without any risk. Then,
+having crossed that bridge and having arrived
+at Bilcas, the Spaniards found quarters in
+the city, from which they sent to the Governor
+a report on how affairs were progressing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>
+Here the camp stopped for some days, resting,
+in order that they might have news of
+the place in which the enemy were, of which
+they learned no more than that they had
+set out for Xauxa, and that they were thinking
+of attacking the Spaniards who had remained
+there as garrison. When he learned
+this, the captain at once set out with the
+Spaniards to aid [the garrison], taking with
+him a brother of the cacique and four thousand
+warriors. The cacique returned to Cuzco,
+and the captain sent the governor a letter
+which his lieutenant wrote from Xauxa in
+great haste, and which was of the following
+tenor: "When your excellency drove the
+enemy from Cuzco, they rallied and came
+to Xauxa, and before they arrived, it was
+learned by our men that they were coming
+in great force, because, from all the places
+of the region, they were drawing as many
+men as they could, as much for warriors as
+to carry the supplies and baggage; when
+this was learned by the treasurer Alfonso
+[in Xauxa], he sent four light horsemen to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span>
+a bridge which is twelve leagues from the
+city of Xauxa where the enemy were on the
+other side, in a very important province.
+When they had returned, the treasurer used
+his best efforts, as much in guarding the
+city and in treating well the caciques who
+were there with him as in informing himself
+stealthily of all the doings of the enemy.
+And the greatest suspicions which he had
+were of the Indians who were in the town
+and in the region and who were very numerous,
+because almost all were in agreement
+with the enemy to come and attack the Spaniards
+on four sides. With this agreement,
+the Indians of Quito crossed [the bridge
+before mentioned] with the intention that a
+captain with five hundred of their men
+should come from the direction of a [certain]
+mountain and cross a river which is a quarter
+of a league from the city and place himself
+on the highest part of the mountain [near
+Xauxa] in order to assault the city on the day
+agreed upon between them. The captain
+Quizquiz and Incurabaliba,<a name="FNanchor_79_79" id="FNanchor_79_79"></a><a href="#Footnote_79_79" class="fnanchor">[79]</a> who were their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span>
+chief leaders, were to come by the plains
+with a greater force of warriors. This was
+speedily learned from an Indian to whom
+torture was given. The captain who was
+to cross the river and attack the city from
+the mountain travelled rapidly and arrived
+a day before the rest of the warriors. And
+one morning at dawn news came to the
+city of how many enemies had crossed
+the bridge, from which was born a great disaffection
+among the natives of Xauxa who
+[formerly] served the Christians loyally, from
+which it was supposed that the whole land
+had risen in arms, as has been said. First
+of all, the treasurer arranged that all the
+gold of H. M. and of the men which was in
+the city should be placed in a large house,
+and he set a guard of the feeblest and sickest
+Spaniards, ordering that the rest should be
+prepared to fight; and he ordered ten light
+horsemen to go out to see how large a number
+of the enemy had crossed the river in
+order to take the mountain, and he himself,
+with the rest of the soldiers, waited on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span>
+plaza in case the greater number of the enemy
+should come by way of the plain. The Spanish
+scouts attacked the Indians who had
+crossed the bridge; they retired, and the
+Spaniards had to cross the bridge after them
+some peon cross-bowmen whom the treasurer
+had sent them, so that the Indians turned
+and fled with great loss. The great blow of
+the others, who came by the plain, did not
+take place at the time agreed upon with the
+others for assaulting the city, and in waiting
+for it, they lost time. That night and the
+[following] day the city was vigilant, and
+the soldiers were always armed and their
+horses saddled, all being together in the
+plaza, thinking that on the following night
+the Indians would come to attack the city
+and burn it, as it was said that they intended
+to do. When [the first] two quarters of the
+night were passed, seeing that the enemy
+did not appear, the treasurer took with him
+a light-armed horseman and went to see in
+what place the enemy had camped and how
+many of them had approached the city, [for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span>
+the Indians who gave news of all this did
+not know where they were, and likewise because
+the enemy took roads of which no
+one could give information], with the result
+that at daybreak the treasurer found himself
+four leagues from the city, and, having seen
+the place where the Indians were and the
+nature of the site, he returned to the city at
+which he arrived a little after noon. When
+it was seen by the hostile Indians that the
+Spaniards had discovered them, they were in
+great fear, and got up from that site and
+went towards the city, and in the night they
+came and took up a position a quarter of a
+league from the city beside a small river
+which entered the large one. When this was
+known by the Spaniards, they spent that
+night with the greatest caution, and on the
+following day, after hearing mass, the treasurer
+took twenty light horse and twenty
+peons with two thousand friendly Indians,
+leaving as many more Spanish cavalry and
+some foot soldiers in the city with the understanding
+that they were to give a signal whenever<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>
+the enemy should attack them so that
+the other [Spaniards] might come to aid
+them. Having gone out from the city with
+the lieutenant, the Spaniards saw that the
+Indians of Quito had crossed the little river
+with their squadrons in which there might
+be some six thousand of them, and, seeing
+the Spaniards, they turned and crossed to
+the other bank. Then, the treasurer and the
+Spaniards perceiving that if they did not
+attack the Indians that day, the following
+night the latter would come to sack and set
+fire to the city, so that there would be greater
+trouble if night was awaited, he [the treasurer]
+determined to cross the river and fight
+with the enemy. A sharp skirmish was held
+[on the other side], as much with cross-bows
+and arrows as with stones, and the treasurer,
+who was going in advance of the rest down
+the stream, received a stone on the crown of
+his head which threw him from his horse
+into the midst of the river, and, stunned, he
+was borne along quite a distance, so that he
+would have been drowned had not some<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span>
+Spanish cross-bowmen who were there helped
+him and pulled him from the water with
+much trouble. [The Indians] also gave his
+horse [a blow] in the leg which broke it, and
+he died soon. From this the Spaniards drew
+great animosity, and they hastened to cross
+the river. Seeing their determination the
+Indians withdrew, fleeing to a mountain
+where some hundred of them died. The
+horsemen followed them through the mountains
+more than a league and a half, and
+[finally], because they withdrew to the strongest
+position of the mountain, where the horses
+could not go up, [the Spaniards] went back
+to the city. And, soon perceiving that the
+Indians did not venture forth from that
+fortress [the Spaniards] determined to return
+once more against them, and twenty
+Spaniards with more than three thousand
+Indian friends attacked them on that mountain
+where they were fortified and killed
+many, driving them from that fortress and
+pursuing them more than three leagues, killing
+many neighboring caciques who were in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span>
+their favor. With this victory the Indian
+friends were as much pleased as if they alone
+had won it. The Indians of Quito re-assembled
+once more in a place called Tarma
+five leagues from Xauxa, whence, likewise,
+they were driven because they did much
+harm in the neighboring lands."</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Of the great quantity of gold and silver which
+they caused to be smelted from the figures of
+gold which the Indians adored. Of the foundation
+of the city of Cuzco where a settlement of
+Spaniards was established, and of the order
+which was set up there.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">When</span> this good news was learned by the
+Governor, he had it published at once, and
+because of it the Spaniards were filled with
+content and gave infinite thanks to God for
+having shown himself favorable in everything
+to this enterprise. Then the Governor wrote
+and sent couriers to the city of Xauxa, giving
+to all his congratulations and thanking them
+for the valor they had shown, and especially
+his lieutenant, asking him to give him information
+of all that took place in the future.
+And in the meanwhile, the Governor hastened
+matters for setting out thence, leaving affairs
+provided for in the city, founding a colony,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>
+and peopling plentifully the said city. He
+caused all the gold which had been collected
+to be melted, which was in small pieces, an
+operation quickly performed by Indians
+skilled in the process. And when the sum
+total was weighed, it was found to contain
+five hundred and eighty thousand, two hundred-odd
+pesos of good gold. The fifth for
+H. M. was taken out, and it was one hundred
+and sixteen thousand, and seventy-odd pesos
+of good gold. And the same smelting was
+performed for the silver, which was found to
+contain two hundred and fifteen thousand
+marks, a little more or less, and of them one
+hundred and seventy thousand or so were
+fine silver in vessels and plates, pure and good,
+and the rest was not so because it was in
+plates and pieces mixed with other metals
+from which, according, the silver was extracted.
+And from all this, likewise, was
+taken the fifth of H. M. Truly it was a
+thing worthy to be seen, this house where
+the melting took place, all full of so much
+gold in plates of eight and ten pounds each,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span>
+and in vessels, and vases and pieces of various
+forms with which the lords of that land
+were served, and among other very sightly
+things were four sheep<a name="FNanchor_80_80" id="FNanchor_80_80"></a><a href="#Footnote_80_80" class="fnanchor">[80]</a> in fine gold and
+very large, and ten or twelve figures of
+women of the size of the women of that
+land, all of fine gold and as beautiful and
+well-made as if they were alive. These
+they held in as much veneration as if they
+had been the rulers of all the world, and alive
+[as well], and they dressed them in beautiful
+and very fine clothing, and they adored
+them as Goddesses, and gave them food
+and talked with them as if they were women
+of flesh.<a name="FNanchor_81_81" id="FNanchor_81_81"></a><a href="#Footnote_81_81" class="fnanchor">[81]</a> These went to form a part of the
+fifth of H. M. There were, besides, other
+odd silver objects of like form. The seeing
+of great vases and pieces of burnished
+silver was certainly a matter for great
+satisfaction. The Governor divided and
+distributed all this treasure among all the
+Spaniards who were at Cuzco and those
+who remained in the city of Xauxa, giving
+to each one as much good silver, and as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>
+much impure, together with as much gold
+[as he deserved], and to each man who had
+a horse he gave according to the man's merit
+and that of the horse and in accordance with
+the services he had done; and to the peons
+he did the same according to what was posted
+up to his credit in the book of distributions,
+which was kept [for this purpose]. All this
+was completed within eight days, and at the
+end of as many more, the Governor set out
+from here, leaving the city settled in the
+manner which has been told. In the month
+of March, 1534, the Governor ordered that
+the greater part of the Spaniards he had
+with him should be assembled in this city,
+and he made an act of foundation and settlement
+of the town, saying that he placed it
+and founded it in his own authority<a name="FNanchor_82_82" id="FNanchor_82_82"></a><a href="#Footnote_82_82" class="fnanchor">[82]</a> and
+he took possession of it in the middle of
+the plaza. And as a sign of the foundation
+and of the commencement of building
+and founding the colony, he held certain
+ceremonies in accordance with the act which
+was drawn up, which I, the scrivener, read<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span>
+in a loud voice in the presence of all. And
+the name of the city was agreed upon, "the
+very noble and great city of Cuzco."
+And, continuing the settlement, he appointed
+the site<a name="FNanchor_83_83" id="FNanchor_83_83"></a><a href="#Footnote_83_83" class="fnanchor">[83]</a> for the church which was to be
+built, its boundaries, limits, and jurisdiction,
+and immediately afterward he proclaimed
+that all who might come to settle
+here would be received as citizens, and
+many came in the next three years.<a name="FNanchor_84_84" id="FNanchor_84_84"></a><a href="#Footnote_84_84" class="fnanchor">[84]</a> From
+among them all they chose the persons
+most fitted for undertaking the charge of
+governing public affairs, and he [the Governor]
+appointed his lieutenant, alcaldes and
+ordinary regidores and other public officials,
+all of whom he chose in the name of H. M.
+and he gave them the powers to exercise
+their offices. This done, the Governor, with
+the consent and advice of the religious
+whom he had with him and of H. M.'s paymaster
+who was then with him, with whose
+assistance he looked over and considered
+the circumstances of the citizens until as
+many [had been chosen] as H. M. had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span>
+arranged should take part in the <i>repartimiento</i>
+of the natives; in the meanwhile
+a certain number of them [Indians] was
+assigned to all the Spaniards who were
+to remain, in order that they might instruct
+them in the things of our holy catholic faith.
+And there set aside and given to the service
+of H. M. twelve thousand-odd married Indians
+in the province of the Collao in the
+middle thereof, near the mines, in order that
+they might take out gold for H. M. from
+which, it is understood, there will be great
+profits, considering the great wealth of the
+mines which are there, of which matters
+lengthy mention is made in the book of the
+foundation of this colony and in the register
+of the deposit which was made by the neighbouring
+Indians. And the approving, confirming
+or amending of these arrangements
+was left to the will of H. M. according as
+should seem best to suit his royal service.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XV</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The Governor sets out with the cacique for
+Xauxa, and they receive news of the army of
+Quito, and of certain ships which some Spaniards
+who went to the city of San Miguel saw on those
+coasts.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">When</span> these things were done, the Governor
+set out for Xauxa, taking the cacique with
+him, and the citizens remained guarding the
+city [according] to orders which the Governor
+left them so that they might govern themselves
+until he should command something
+else. Journeying by forced marches, on the
+day of Easter, he found himself on the Bilcas
+river, where he learned from letters and
+notices from Xauxa, that the warriors of
+Quito, after they were routed and driven
+from their last positions by the captain from
+Cuzco, had withdrawn and fortified themselves
+forty leagues from Xauxa on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span>
+Caxamalcha road in a bad pass in the immediate
+vicinity of the road, and had built their
+walls to prevent the [possibility of] the
+horses [crossing] the pass. [These walls
+had] some very narrow gates in them, and
+a street by which to mount a high boulder
+where the captain and the warriors lived
+and which had no other entrance than this
+one by way of this fort that they had built
+with these very narrow doors; [and the
+Governor learned] that they were planning
+to await aid here, because it was known
+that the son of Atabalipa was coming with
+many warriors. This news the Governor
+communicated to the cacique who at once
+sent off couriers to the city of Cuzco in
+order to cause warriors to come who should
+not exceed two thousand in number, but who
+were to be the best there were in all that
+province, because the Governor told him that
+it would be better were they few and good
+than if they were many and unserviceable,
+because the many would destroy the food in
+the land through which they were to pass<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span>
+without necessity or profit. At the same
+time the Governor wrote to the lieutenant and
+corregidor of Cuzco that he should aid the
+captains of the cacique and see to it that
+the warriors came soon. On the second day
+after Easter, the Governor set out from this
+place, and, by forced marches, arrived in
+Xauxa, where he learned the whole of what
+had passed there in his absence, and especially
+what those of Quito had done, and, in particular,
+they told him that after the enemy was
+put to flight from the environs of Xauxa,
+they had retired twenty or thirty leagues
+from there into the mountains, and that,
+according to the captain who went out
+against them with the brother of the cacique
+and four thousand men, they arrived within
+sight of them [the Indians], and that, after
+a rest of a few days, they went to attack
+them and routed them and drove them from
+that place with much trouble and great danger.
+When they [the Spanish force] had returned
+to Xauxa, the Marshal Don Diego de Almagro
+who, when the captain and Spaniards<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span>
+came from Cuzco, had come with them by
+order of the Governor to inspect the Indians
+round about in order to see and know the
+state of things in that city and among its
+citizens, went out to visit the caciques and
+lords of the region of Chincha<a name="FNanchor_85_85" id="FNanchor_85_85"></a><a href="#Footnote_85_85" class="fnanchor">[85]</a> and Pachacama,
+and the others who had their lands and
+lived on the sea-coast.</p>
+
+<p>In this state the Governor found affairs
+when arrived at Xauxa, and, having rested
+from the long journey without arranging anything
+in the first few days, he waited for the
+Indians<a name="FNanchor_86_86" id="FNanchor_86_86"></a><a href="#Footnote_86_86" class="fnanchor">[86]</a> [for whom he had sent] in order to
+go and drive the enemy from the fort which
+they had made and finish with them, when
+there came to him one of two Spanish messengers
+who had gone to the city of San
+Miguel to see how things were going there,
+and who spoke to him in this way: "My
+lord, when I had set out from here by order
+of the Marshal, I set myself to journey with
+all speed along the plains and the shore of
+the sea, not without trouble, because many
+of the caciques who are along that road were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span>
+in revolt. But some who were friendly provided
+us with whatever we needed, and they
+informed us that some ships had been seen
+along the sea-coast, which I myself saw one
+day, and, considering that I was sent to the
+city of San Miguel to find out whether the
+ships of the Adelantado Alvarado or of other
+people had arrived, I went [rapidly] along
+the coast for nine days and nights, sometimes
+in sight of them, believing that they
+would take port and that I would thus learn
+who they were. But even with all this speed
+and trouble I could not do what I wished, on
+which account I made up my mind to continue
+my journey to the city of San Miguel,
+and, having crossed to the other side of the
+large river, I was informed by the Indians of
+the country that Christians were coming
+along that road, and I, thinking that without
+doubt it would prove to be the troops of
+the Adelantado Alvarado, my companion and
+I went on our guard in order not to encounter
+them <i>impromptu</i>.<a name="FNanchor_87_87" id="FNanchor_87_87"></a><a href="#Footnote_87_87" class="fnanchor">[87]</a> And when they arrived<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span>
+at Motupe, I learned that they were near
+that place [where I was], and I waited for
+the night. At dawn I sent my companion
+to speak with them, and to see what people
+they were, and I gave him certain tokens by
+which he could inform me, and finally, I
+learned that they were soldiers who were
+coming to the conquest of these kingdoms.
+Because of this, I went to them and spoke
+at length, telling them the errand I was on,
+and they, in return, informed me that they
+had come to the city of San Miguel in certain
+ships from Panama and were two hundred
+and fifty in number. When they had
+arrived at San Miguel, the captain who was
+in that city with two hundred men, seventy
+of them cavalry, had gone away to the provinces
+of Quito in order to conquer them, and
+they, some thirty persons with their horses,
+knowing the conquests which were being
+made in Cuzco, and the lack of men there
+was there, did not wish to go with the captain
+to those provinces of Quito and so were coming<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span>
+to Xauxa. And we gave them news of
+all that had happened here and of the war
+which we had had with the Indians of Quito.
+And in order to bring more quickly the news
+of what had happened there I returned from
+that place without going to the city of San
+Miguel, knowing for certain that the captain
+would have departed with his men and would
+already be near Cossibamba.<a name="FNanchor_88_88" id="FNanchor_88_88"></a><a href="#Footnote_88_88" class="fnanchor">[88]</a> Turning back
+on my road, I met, on Easter, the Marshal
+D. Diego de Almagro near Cena<a name="FNanchor_89_89" id="FNanchor_89_89"></a><a href="#Footnote_89_89" class="fnanchor">[89]</a> which is
+where the road to Caxamalca branches off,
+and to him I related how things were going
+and how some suspected that the captain
+who was going to Quito was not going with
+good intentions. As soon as the Marshal
+heard this, he set off in order to catch up
+with the captain who was taking these soldiers
+on the march to Quito, in order to
+detain him until together they could arrange
+the necessary provisions for this war. This,
+then, sir, is what has happened to me on
+this journey, during which I tried to get<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span>
+information about those ships, but could
+not learn anything else about them. Of
+Alvarado nothing more is known than that
+he has already embarked on these shores or
+has passed further on, as letters inform me."</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XVI</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>They build a church in the city of Xauxa, and
+send some three thousand Indians with some
+Spaniards against the hostile Indians. They have
+news of the arrival of many Spaniards and
+horses, on which account they send soldiers to
+the province of Quito. A Relation of the quality
+and people of the land from Tumbez to
+Chincha, and of the province of Collao and
+Condisuyo.<a name="FNanchor_90_90" id="FNanchor_90_90"></a><a href="#Footnote_90_90" class="fnanchor">[90]</a></p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">The</span> Governor received this messenger,
+read the letters which he brought, and asked
+him many other things, and, in order to
+arrange all that seemed suitable in this business,
+he called all the officials of H. M.
+After they had discussed the journey of that
+captain to Quito and how the Marshal would
+already have reasoned with him, according
+to the report brought by that messenger,
+permission was given [to the Governor] that
+he should send one of his lieutenants with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span>
+sufficient powers for the task in hand. And
+when his letters to the city of San Miguel
+and to the Marshal, in which he told them
+what was to be done, were written, he sent
+off with them three Christians, in order that
+the letters might go more quickly and safely,
+ordering the men to hasten with all speed
+upon the road and keep advising him of what
+they learned. After this had been arranged,
+he [Pizarro] chose the place in which the
+church was to be erected in that city of
+Xauxa. This task he commanded to be
+done by the caciques of the district, and it
+was built with its great doors of stone.<a name="FNanchor_91_91" id="FNanchor_91_91"></a><a href="#Footnote_91_91" class="fnanchor">[91]</a>
+In the meanwhile, there arrived the four
+thousand Indian warriors whom the cacique
+had called from Cuzco, and the Governor
+caused to be made ready fifty Spanish cavalrymen
+and thirty peons to go [with the
+Indians] in order to drive the enemy from
+the pass where they were, and they set
+out with the cacique and his soldiers, who
+loved the Spaniards better every day.<a name="FNanchor_92_92" id="FNanchor_92_92"></a><a href="#Footnote_92_92" class="fnanchor">[92]</a> The
+Governor ordered the captain of these<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span>
+Spaniards to pursue the enemy as far as
+Guanaco<a name="FNanchor_93_93" id="FNanchor_93_93"></a><a href="#Footnote_93_93" class="fnanchor">[93]</a> and as far beyond as he believed
+necessary, and that he should keep him
+informed continually, by letters and messengers
+of what went on. After this, the
+Governor received news of the ships on
+the feast of the Holy Ghost, and at the
+same time, he received a letter from San
+Miguel which two Spaniards brought him,
+and he learned how the ships, because of
+bad weather, had remained seventy leagues
+from Paccacama<a name="FNanchor_94_94" id="FNanchor_94_94"></a><a href="#Footnote_94_94" class="fnanchor">[94]</a> without being able to
+go further, and how the Adelantado de
+Alvarado had gone up to Puerto Viejo three
+months before with four hundred men [on
+foot] and one hundred and fifty cavalry<a name="FNanchor_95_95" id="FNanchor_95_95"></a><a href="#Footnote_95_95" class="fnanchor">[95]</a>
+and with them he entered the interior in
+the direction of Quito, believing that he
+would arrive there at the same time that
+the Marshal Don Diego de Almagro would
+enter those provinces from the other side.
+As a result of all this information concerning
+the justice and government of the city
+of S. Miguel and of other places, the Governor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span>
+entered upon the control of it [himself].
+And, in order to mend matters, with
+the consent of the officials, he sent his messengers
+in a brigantine by sea, and with
+them he sent orders to the Marshal that,
+in the name of H. M., he should lend him
+[Pizarro] aid, and should conquer, pacify
+and settle those provinces of Quito with the
+troops he had with him and with those who
+were in readiness in the city of San Miguel.
+At the same time, he arranged other matters
+in this connection, so that Alvarado should
+do no harm in the land, and because H. M.
+so desired that it should be, and likewise he
+determined that, on the arrival of the ships,
+he would send a report to H. M. of all that
+had taken place on that venture up to that
+very hour, so that he [H. M.] might be informed
+of all and might provide in every
+instance what he held to be the best for his
+royal service. This is the state of the affairs
+of war and of other matters in this land: and
+of the quality of it I shall speak briefly because
+a relation of it was sent from Caxamalca.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span>
+This land, from Tumbez to Chincha
+has [a width of some] ten leagues, in some
+places more, in others less; it is a broad, flat,
+sandy land in which no grass or herbs grow
+and where it rains but little; it is [in places]
+fertile in maize and fruits because the people
+sow and irrigate their farms with water from
+the rivers that come down from the mountains.
+The houses which the laborers use
+are made of rushes and branches, because,
+when it does not rain, it is very hot, and few
+of the houses have roofs.<a name="FNanchor_96_96" id="FNanchor_96_96"></a><a href="#Footnote_96_96" class="fnanchor">[96]</a> They are a
+wretched folk, and many of them are blind
+on account of the great amount of sand that
+there is. They are poor in gold and silver,
+and what they have is because those who live
+in the sierra exchange it for goods. All the
+land beside the sea is of this description as
+far as Chincha, and even fifty leagues beyond
+there. They dress in cotton [bambaso]
+and eat maize both cooked and raw, and half-raw
+meat. At the end of the plains which
+are called Ingres are some very high mountains
+which extend from the city of San<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>
+Miguel as far as Xauxa, and which may well
+be one hundred and fifty leagues long, but
+have little breadth. It is a very high and
+rugged land of mountains and many rivers;
+there are no forests save some trees in places
+where there is always a thick mist. It is
+very cold because there is a snow-capped
+mountain range which extends from Caxamalca
+to Xauxa and on which there is snow
+all the year through. The people who live
+there are much more advanced than the
+others, because they are very polished and
+warlike and of good dispositions. They are
+very rich in gold and silver because they get
+it from many places in the mountains. None
+of the lords who have governed these provinces
+have ever been able to make any use
+of these coast-people, as they are such a
+wretched and poor folk, as I have said, that
+they are fit to be used for nothing else than
+to carry fish and fruits [up into the highlands],
+for as soon as they come into the
+mountainous regions, their own land being
+very hot, they sicken for the most part; and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span>
+the same thing happens to those who inhabit
+the mountains if they go down into the hot
+country. Those who dwell on the other
+side of the land, beyond the summits of the
+mountains, are like savages who have no
+houses nor any maize save a little; they have
+very great forests and maintain themselves
+almost entirely on the fruit of the trees; they
+have no domicile, nor fixed settlements that
+are known; there are very great rivers, and
+the land is so useless that it paid all its
+tribute to the lords in parrot feathers.<a name="FNanchor_97_97" id="FNanchor_97_97"></a><a href="#Footnote_97_97" class="fnanchor">[97]</a></p>
+
+<p>The mountainous region being the chief
+part of the country, and being so narrow, as
+well as being torn by the wars that have been
+there, settlements of Christians cannot be
+made there, for it is a very remote region.
+From the city of Xauxa along the Cuzco road,
+the country keeps getting more shut in by
+mountains and the distance from the sea is
+greater. And those who have been lords of
+Cuzco, their own dwelling being in Cuzco,
+called the rest of the land, in the direction of
+Quito, Cancasuetio, and the land beyond<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span>
+[Cuzco], called Callao, Collasuyo, and, in the
+direction of the sea, Condisuyo, and the
+interior Candasuyo;<a name="FNanchor_98_98" id="FNanchor_98_98"></a><a href="#Footnote_98_98" class="fnanchor">[98]</a> and in this way they
+gave names to these four provinces, disposed
+like a cross, which contained their empire.
+In the Collao they know not of the sea, and
+it is a flat land to judge from what has been
+seen of it, and it is large and cold, and there
+are in it many rivers from which gold is got.
+The Indians say that in the province is a
+large lake of fresh water which, in its centre,
+has two islands.<a name="FNanchor_99_99" id="FNanchor_99_99"></a><a href="#Footnote_99_99" class="fnanchor">[99]</a> In order to learn the state
+of this land and its government, the Governor
+sent two Christians to bring him a long
+report of it; they set out in the beginning
+of December. The region of Condisuyo,
+toward the sea from Cuzco is a small and
+delectable land, although it is all of forests
+and stones, and the inland region is so likewise.
+Through it [the Antisuyu] run all
+the rivers which do not flow into the western
+sea. It is a land of many trees and
+mountains and is very thinly populated.
+This sierra runs from Tumbes as far as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>
+Xauxa, and from Xauxa as far as the city
+of Cuzco. It is stony and rough; if there
+were not roads made by hand it would not
+be possible to travel on foot, still less on
+horseback, and for the roads there are many
+houses full of materials for repairing the
+pavement, and in this matter the lords had
+so much firmness that there was nothing to
+do but keep it in order.<a name="FNanchor_100_100" id="FNanchor_100_100"></a><a href="#Footnote_100_100" class="fnanchor">[100]</a> All the mountain
+fields<a name="FNanchor_101_101" id="FNanchor_101_101"></a><a href="#Footnote_101_101" class="fnanchor">[101]</a> are made in the guise of stairways
+of stone, and the rest of the road has
+no great width because of some mountains
+that hem it in on both sides, and on one
+side they had made a buttress of stone so
+that one day it should not slide down [the
+mountain], and there are, likewise, other
+places, in which the road has a breadth of
+four or five human bodies, all made and
+paved with stone. One of the greatest works
+the conquerors saw in this land was these
+roads. All or most of the people on these
+slopes of the mountains live on high hills
+and mountains; their houses are of stone
+and earth; there are many dwellings in each<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span>
+village. Along the road each league or two
+or nearer, are found the dwellings built for
+the purpose of allowing the lords to rest
+when they were out visiting and inspecting
+their land; and every twenty leagues there
+are important cities, heads of provinces, to
+which the smaller cities brought their tribute
+of maize, clothes and other things. All these
+large cities have storehouses full of the things
+which are in the land, and, because it is very
+cold but little maize is harvested except in
+specially assigned places; but [there is plenty
+of] all the many vegetables and roots with
+which the people sustained themselves, and
+also good grass like that of Spain. There
+are also wild turnips which are bitter. There
+is a sufficiency of herds of sheep<a name="FNanchor_102_102" id="FNanchor_102_102"></a><a href="#Footnote_102_102" class="fnanchor">[102]</a> which
+go about in flocks with their shepherds
+who keep them away from the sown fields,
+and they have a certain part of [each]
+province set apart for them to winter in.
+The people, as I have said, are very polished
+and intelligent, and go always clad and
+shod; they eat maize both cooked and raw,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span>
+and drink much chicha, which is a beverage
+made from maize after the fashion of beer.
+The people are very tractable and very
+obedient and yet warlike. They have many
+arms of diverse sorts, as has been told in
+the relation of the imprisonment of Atabalipa
+which was sent from Caxamalca, as
+was said above.<a name="FNanchor_103_103" id="FNanchor_103_103"></a><a href="#Footnote_103_103" class="fnanchor">[103]</a></p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Description of the city of Cuzco and of its
+wonderful fortress, and of the customs of its inhabitants.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">The</span> city of Cuzco is the principal one of
+all those where the lords of this land have
+their residence; it is so large and so beautiful
+that it would be worthy of admiration even in
+Spain; and it is full of the palaces of the
+lords, because no poor people live there, and
+each lord builds there his house, and all the
+caciques<a name="FNanchor_104_104" id="FNanchor_104_104"></a><a href="#Footnote_104_104" class="fnanchor">[104]</a> do likewise, although the latter
+do not dwell there continuously. The greater
+part of these houses are of stone, and others
+have half the fa&ccedil;ade of stone. There are
+many houses of adobe, and they are all arranged
+in very good order. The streets are
+laid out at right angles; they are very straight,
+and are paved, and down the middle runs a
+gutter for water lined with stone. The chief
+defect which the streets have is that of being<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span>
+narrow, so that only one horse and rider
+can go on one side of the gutter and another
+upon the opposite side. This city is located
+upon the slope of a mountain, and there are
+many houses upon the slope and others below
+on the plain. The plaza is rectangular, and
+the greater part of it is flat and paved with
+small stones. Around the plaza are four
+houses of noblemen, who are the chief men
+of the city; [the houses] are of stone,
+painted and carved, and the best of them
+is the house of Guaynacaba,<a name="FNanchor_105_105" id="FNanchor_105_105"></a><a href="#Footnote_105_105" class="fnanchor">[105]</a> a former
+chief, and the door of it is of marble [colored]
+white and red and of other colors;<a name="FNanchor_106_106" id="FNanchor_106_106"></a><a href="#Footnote_106_106" class="fnanchor">[106]</a>
+and there are other very sightly buildings
+with flat roofs. There are, in the said city,
+many other buildings and grandeurs. Along
+the two sides [of the city] pass two rivers
+which rise a league above Cuzco, and from
+there down to the city and for two leagues
+below it they run over stone flags so that
+the water may be pure and clear, and so
+that, though they may rise, they may not
+overflow. They have bridges for those who<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span>
+enter the city. Upon the hill which, toward
+the city, is rounded and very steep, there is
+a very beautiful fortress of earth and stone.
+Its large windows which look over the city
+make it appear still more beautiful.<a name="FNanchor_107_107" id="FNanchor_107_107"></a><a href="#Footnote_107_107" class="fnanchor">[107]</a> Within,
+there are many dwellings, and a chief tower
+in the centre, built square, and having four
+or five terraces one above another. The
+rooms inside are small and the stones of which
+it is built are very well worked and so well
+adjusted to one another that it does not appear
+that they have any mortar and they are
+so smooth that they look like polished slabs
+with the joinings in regular order and alternating
+with one another after the usage in
+Spain.<a name="FNanchor_108_108" id="FNanchor_108_108"></a><a href="#Footnote_108_108" class="fnanchor">[108]</a> There are so many rooms and
+towers that a person could not see them
+all in one day; and many Spaniards who
+have been in Lombardy and in other foreign
+kingdoms say that they have never seen
+any other fortress like this one nor a stronger
+castle. Five thousand Spaniards might well
+be within it; nor could it be given a broadside
+or be mined, because it is on a rocky<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>
+mountain. On the side toward the city,
+which is a very steep slope, there is no more
+than one wall;<a name="FNanchor_109_109" id="FNanchor_109_109"></a><a href="#Footnote_109_109" class="fnanchor">[109]</a> on the other side, which
+is less steep, there are three, one above the
+other. The most beautiful thing which can
+be seen in the edifices of that land are these
+walls, because they are of stones so large
+that anyone who sees them would not say
+that they had been put in place by human
+hands, for they are as large as chunks of
+mountains and huge rocks, and they have
+a height of thirty palms and a length of
+as many more, and others have twenty
+and twenty-five, and others fifteen, but
+there is none so small that three carts could
+carry it. These are not smooth stones,
+but rather well joined and matched one with
+another. The Spaniards who see them say
+that neither the bridge of Segovia nor any
+other of the edifices which Hercules or the
+Romans made is so worthy of being seen as
+this. The city of Tarragona has some works
+in its walls made in this style, but neither so
+strong nor of such large stones. These walls<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span>
+twist in such a way that if they are attacked,
+it is not possible to do so from directly in
+front, but only obliquely.<a name="FNanchor_110_110" id="FNanchor_110_110"></a><a href="#Footnote_110_110" class="fnanchor">[110]</a> These walls are
+of the same stone, and between wall and wall
+there is enough earth to permit three carts
+to go along the top at one time. They are
+made after the fashion of steps, so that one
+begins where another leaves off. The whole
+fortress was a deposit of arms, clubs, lances,
+bows, axes, shields, doublets thickly padded
+with cotton and other arms of various sorts,
+and clothes for the soldiers collected here
+from all parts of the land subject to the lords
+of Cuzco. They had many colors, blue,
+yellow, brown and many others for painting,
+much tin and lead with other metals, and
+much silver and some gold, many mantles
+and quilted doublets for the warriors. The
+reason why this fortress contained so much
+workmanship was that, when this city was
+founded it was done by a lord <i>orejon</i><a name="FNanchor_111_111" id="FNanchor_111_111"></a><a href="#Footnote_111_111" class="fnanchor">[111]</a>
+who came from Condisuyo, toward the sea,
+a great warrior who conquered this land
+as far as Bilcas and who, perceiving that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span>
+this was the best place to fix his domicile,
+founded that city with its fortress. And
+all the other lords who followed after him
+made some improvements in this fortress
+so that it was ever augmenting in size.
+From this fortress are seen around the city
+many houses a quarter of a league, half a
+league and a league away, and in the valley,
+which is surrounded by hills, there are more
+than five thousand houses, many of them for
+the pleasure and recreation of former lords
+and others for the caciques of all the land
+who dwell continuously in the city. The
+others are storehouses full of mantles, wool,
+arms, metals, and clothes and all the things
+which are grown or made in this land. There
+are houses where the tribute is kept which
+the vassals bring to the caciques; and there
+is a house where are kept more than a hundred
+dried birds because they make garments of
+their feathers, which are of many colors, and
+there are many houses for this [work].
+There are bucklers, oval shields made of
+leather, beams for roofing the houses, knives<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span>
+and other tools, sandals and breast-plates
+for the warriors in such great quantity that
+the mind does not cease to wonder how so
+great a tribute of so many kinds of things
+can have been given. Each dead lord has
+here his house and all that was paid to him
+as tribute during his life, for no lord who
+succeeds another [and this is the law among
+them] can, after the death of the last one,
+take possession of his inheritance. Each one
+has his service of gold and of silver, and his
+things and clothes for himself, and he who
+follows takes nothing from him. The caciques
+and lords maintain their houses of
+recreation with the corresponding staff of
+servants and women who sow their fields
+with maize and place a little of it in their
+sepulchres. They adore the sun and have
+built many temples to him, and of all the
+things which they have, as much of clothes
+as of maize and other things, they offer some
+to the sun, of which the warriors later avail
+themselves.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XVIII</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Of the province of the Collao and of the qualities
+and customs of its people, and of the rich
+gold mines that are found there.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">The</span> two Christians who were sent to see
+the province of the Collao were forty days
+upon their journey, and, as soon as they had
+returned to Cuzco where the governor was,
+they gave him news and a report of all that
+they had seen and learned, which is set forth
+below. The land of the Collao is far off and
+a long way from the sea, so much so that the
+natives who inhabit it, have no knowledge
+of it. The sierra is very high and rather
+broad, and with all this, it is excessively cold.
+There are in the region no groves or woods,
+nor is there any wood for burning, and what
+little there is in use there comes from trade,
+in exchange for merchandise, with those who
+live near the sea and are called Ingres, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span>
+also with those who live below near the rivers,
+for these people have fire-wood and they exchange
+it for sheep<a name="FNanchor_112_112" id="FNanchor_112_112"></a><a href="#Footnote_112_112" class="fnanchor">[112]</a> and other animals
+and vegetables, since, for the most part,
+the land is sterile, and all the people live
+on roots, herbs, maize and sometimes flesh,
+not because there is not, in that province
+of the Collao, a good quantity of sheep,
+but because the people are so much the
+subjects of the lord to whom they are bound
+to give obedience that, without his licence
+or that of the chief or governor who, by
+his command, is in the country, they do
+not kill one [llama], nor do even the lords
+and caciques dare to kill any without such
+permission. The land is well populated because
+wars have not destroyed it as they have
+other provinces. The villages are of ordinary
+size and their houses are small, with walls of
+stone and adobe mixed and covered with roofs
+of straw. The grass which grows in this
+land is short and sparse. There are some
+rivers, although of small volume. In the
+middle of the province there is a great lake,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span>
+in length almost one hundred leagues, and
+the most thickly peopled land is around its
+shore; in the middle of the lake there are
+two islets, and on one of them is a mosque and
+house of the sun which is held in great veneration,
+and to it they come to make their
+offerings and sacrifices on a great stone on
+the island which they call Tichicasa<a name="FNanchor_113_113" id="FNanchor_113_113"></a><a href="#Footnote_113_113" class="fnanchor">[113]</a> which
+either because the devil hides himself there
+and speaks to them or because of an ancient
+custom, or on account of some other cause
+that has never been made clear, all the
+people of that province hold in great esteem,
+and they offer there gold, silver and other
+things. There are more than six hundred
+Indians serving in this place, and more than
+a thousand women who make chicha in
+order to throw it upon that stone Tichicasa.<a name="FNanchor_114_114" id="FNanchor_114_114"></a><a href="#Footnote_114_114" class="fnanchor">[114]</a>
+The rich mines of that province
+of the Collao are beyond this lake [in a
+region] called Chuchiabo.<a name="FNanchor_115_115" id="FNanchor_115_115"></a><a href="#Footnote_115_115" class="fnanchor">[115]</a> The mines are
+in the gorge [caja-chiusa] of a river, about
+half-way up the sides. They are made like
+caves, by whose mouths they enter to scrape<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span>
+the earth, and they scrape it with the horns
+of deer and they carry it outside in certain
+hides sewn into the form of sacks or of wine-skins
+of sheep-hide. The manner in which
+they wash it is that they take from the river
+a [jet?]<a name="FNanchor_116_116" id="FNanchor_116_116"></a><a href="#Footnote_116_116" class="fnanchor">[116]</a> of water, and on the bank they set
+up certain very smooth flag-stones on which
+they throw the water, after which they
+draw off by a duct the water of the [jet?]
+which has just fallen down [upon the gold-earth?],
+and the water carries off the earth
+little by little so that the gold is left upon
+the flag-stones themselves, and in this manner
+they collect it. The mines go far into the
+earth, one ten brazas, another twenty, and
+the greatest mine, which is called Guarnacabo<a name="FNanchor_117_117" id="FNanchor_117_117"></a><a href="#Footnote_117_117" class="fnanchor">[117]</a>
+goes into the earth some forty
+brazas.<a name="FNanchor_118_118" id="FNanchor_118_118"></a><a href="#Footnote_118_118" class="fnanchor">[118]</a> They have no light, nor are they
+broader than is necessary for one person to
+enter crouching down, and until the man
+who is in the mine comes out, no other can
+go in. The people who get out the gold
+here are as many as fifty,<a name="FNanchor_119_119" id="FNanchor_119_119"></a><a href="#Footnote_119_119" class="fnanchor">[119]</a> counting men
+and women, and these are all of this land,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span>
+and from one cacique come twenty, from
+another fifty, from another thirty, and from
+others more or less according to the number
+that they have, and they take out gold
+for the chief lord, and they have taken such
+precautions in the matter that in nowise
+can any of what is taken out be stolen, because
+they have placed guards around the
+mines so that none of those who take out the
+gold can get away without being seen. At
+night, when they return to their houses in
+the village, they enter by a gate where the
+overseers are who have the gold in their
+charge, and from each person they receive the
+gold that he has got. There are other mines
+beyond these, and there are still others
+scattered about through the land which are
+like wells a man's height in depth, so that
+the worker can just throw the earth from
+below on top of the ground. And when they
+dig them so deep that they cannot throw the
+earth out on top, they leave them and make
+new wells.<a name="FNanchor_120_120" id="FNanchor_120_120"></a><a href="#Footnote_120_120" class="fnanchor">[120]</a> But the richest mines, and the
+ones from which the most gold is got, are the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span>
+first, which do not have the inconvenience
+of washing the earth, and, because of the
+cold, they do not work those mines more
+than four months of the year, [and then
+only] from the hour of noon to nearly sunset.<a name="FNanchor_121_121" id="FNanchor_121_121"></a><a href="#Footnote_121_121" class="fnanchor">[121]</a>
+The people are very mild, and so accustomed
+to serve, that all that has to be done in the
+land they do themselves, and so it is, in the
+roads and in the houses which the chief lord
+commands them to build, and they continually
+offer themselves for work and for
+carrying the burdens of the warriors when
+the lord goes to some place [in the region].
+The Spaniards took from those mines a load
+of earth and carried it to Cuzco without
+doing anything else. It was washed by the
+hand of the Governor after the Spaniards had
+sworn that they had not placed the gold in
+it or done anything to it save take it from
+the mine as the Indians did who washed it,
+and from it three pesos of gold was got. All
+those who understand mines and the getting
+of gold, being informed of the manner in
+which it is got in this land, say that all the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span>
+[country is full of mines], and that if the Spaniards
+gave implements and skill [in using
+them] to the Indians so that it might be got
+out, much gold would be taken from the earth,
+and it is believed that when this time has
+arrived, a year will not go by in which a
+million of gold is not got. The people of
+this province, as well men as women, are very
+filthy, and they have large hands, and the
+province is very large.</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIX</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Of the great veneration in which the Indians
+held Guarnacaba<a name="FNanchor_122_122" id="FNanchor_122_122"></a><a href="#Footnote_122_122" class="fnanchor">[122]</a> when he lived<a name="FNanchor_123_123" id="FNanchor_123_123"></a><a href="#Footnote_123_123" class="fnanchor">[123]</a> and of that
+in which they hold him now, after death. And
+how, through the disunion of the Indians, the
+Spaniards entered Cuzco, and of the fidelity of
+the new cacique Guarnacaba<a name="FNanchor_124_124" id="FNanchor_124_124"></a><a href="#Footnote_124_124" class="fnanchor">[124]</a> to the Christians.</p></div>
+
+<p class="p5"><span class="smcap">The</span> city of Cuzco is the head and principal
+province of all the others, and from here
+to the beach of San Mateo and, in the other
+direction, to beyond the province of Collao,
+which is entirely a land of arrow-using
+savages, all is subject to one single lord who
+was Atabalipa, and, before him, to the other
+by-gone lords, and at present the lord of all
+is this son of Guarnacaba. This Guarnacaba,
+who was so renowned and feared, and
+is so even to this day, although he is dead,
+was very much beloved by his vassals, and
+subjected great provinces, and made them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span>
+his tributaries. He was well obeyed and
+almost worshipped, and his body is in the
+city of Cuzco, quite whole, enveloped in rich
+cloths and lacking only the tip of the nose.
+There are other images of plaster of clay
+which have only the hair and nails which
+were cut off in life and the clothes that were
+worn, and these images are as much venerated
+by those people as if they were their
+gods. Frequently they take the [body] out
+into the plaza with music and dancing, and
+they always stay close to it, day and night,
+driving away the flies. When some important
+lords come to see the cacique, they go
+first to salute these figures, and they then go
+to the cacique and hold, with him, so many
+ceremonies that it would be a great prolixity
+to describe them. So many people assemble
+at these feasts, which are held in that plaza,
+that their number exceeds one hundred thousand
+souls. It turned out to be fortunate
+that they [the Spaniards] had made that son
+of Guarnacaba lord, because all the caciques
+and lords of the land and of remote provinces<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span>
+came to serve him and, out of respect for him,
+to yield obedience to the Emperor. The
+conquerors passed through great trials, because
+all the land is the most mountainous
+and roughest that can be traversed on horseback,
+and it may be believed that, had it not
+been for the discord which existed between
+the people of Quito and those of Cuzco and
+its neighbourhood, the Spaniards would never
+have entered Cuzco, nor would there have
+been enough of them to get beyond Xauxa,
+and in order to enter they would have had
+to go in a force of five hundred, and, to maintain
+themselves, they would have needed
+many more, because the land is so large and
+so rough that there are mountains and passes
+that ten men could defend against ten
+thousand. And the Governor never thought
+of being able to go with less than five hundred
+Christians to conquer, pacify, and make a
+tributary of it. But as he learned of the
+great disunion that existed between the people
+of that land [Cuzco] and those of Quito,
+it was proposed that he should go with the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span>
+few Christians that he had to deliver them
+from subjection and servitude, and to put a
+stop to the mischief and wrongs that those
+of Quito were doing in that land, and Our
+Lord saw fit to favor him [in it]. Nor
+would the Governor ever have ventured to
+make so long and toilsome a journey in this
+great undertaking had it not been for the
+great confidence which he had in all the
+Spaniards of his company through having
+tried them out and having learned that they
+were dextrous and skilled in so many conquests
+and accustomed to these lands and
+to the toils of war. All of this they showed
+themselves to be in this journey through
+rains and snows, in swimming across many
+rivers, in crossing great mountain chains and
+in sleeping many nights in the open air
+without water to drink and without anything
+on which to feed, and always, day and night,
+having to be armed and on guard, in going,
+at the end of the war, to reduce many caciques
+and lands which had rebelled, and in going
+from Xauxa to Cuzco, on which journey<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span>
+they suffered, with their governor, so many
+trials and on which they so often placed
+their lives in peril in rivers and mountains
+where many horses were killed by falling
+headlong. This son of Guarnacaba has much
+friendship and concord with the Christians,
+and for this reason, in order to preserve him
+in the lordship, the Spaniards put themselves
+to infinite pains and likewise bore themselves
+in all these undertakings so valorously, and
+suffered so much, just as other Spaniards
+have been able to do in the service of the
+Emperor, that, as a result, the very Spaniards
+who have found themselves in this
+undertaking, marvel at what they have done
+when once more they set themselves to think
+upon it, and they do not know how they
+come to be alive as they have been able to
+suffer so many trials and such prolonged
+hunger. But they hold that all [their
+troubles] were put to a good use, and they
+would again offer themselves, were it necessary,
+to enter upon the greatest wearinesses
+for the conversion of those people and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span>
+exaltation of our holy catholic faith. Of the
+greatness and situation of the aforesaid land,
+I omit to speak, and it only remains to give
+thanks and praises to Our Lord because, so
+obviously, he has wished to guide with his
+hand the affairs of H. M. and of these kingdoms
+which, by his divine providence, have
+been illumined and directed upon the true
+road of salvation. May he bend his infinite
+goodness so that henceforth the [kingdoms]
+may go from good to better by the intercession
+of his blessed Mother, the advocate of
+all our steps who directs them to a good
+end.</p>
+
+<p>This relation was finished in the city of
+Xauxa on the 15th day of the month of July,
+1534. And I, Pero Sancho, Scrivener
+general of these kingdoms of New Castile
+and secretary of the governor Francisco
+Pizarro, by his order and that of the officials
+of H. M. wrote it just as things happened,
+and when it was finished I read it in the
+presence of the governor and of the officials
+of H. M., and, as it was all true, they said<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span>
+governor and officials of H. M. sign it with
+their hand.</p>
+
+<p class="p3"><span class="smcap">Francisco Pizarro<br />
+Alvaro Riquelme.<span class="sp2">Antonio Navarro.</span><br />
+Garcia de Salcedo</span></p>
+<p class="center"><span class="sp3"><i>By order of the Governor and Officials.</i></span><span class="smcap">Sancho</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span></p>
+<h2>NOTES</h2>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span></p>
+<h2>NOTES</h2>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> The modern Cajamarca; called by the Indians
+Casamarca.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Properly Atahualpa.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> Thus the original. Something is lacking to complete
+the sense.&mdash;Note by Icazbalceta.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> The <i>peso</i> is about an ounce.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> Jauja.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> Properly Challcuchima or Calicuchima. This remarkable
+Indian general was a son of Epiclachima,
+younger brother of Cacha, last Caran Scyri of Quito.
+Cacha was conquered by Huayna Capac about 1487,
+and Calicuchima entered the service of Atahualpa who
+was his kinsman through Paccha his cousin, Huayna
+Capac's wife. (Velasco.)</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Something lacking in the text.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> <i>Caribes</i>, in Spanish, sometimes means the Carib
+people; here, simply savages.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> In the text of Ramusio, <i>Se gli diede una storta
+col mangano al collo</i>.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> This name is, of course, an error.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> Gucunacaba is Huayna Capac. He left
+three legitimate sons beside Huascar, viz., Manco,
+Paullu, and Titu Atauchi. I do not know which of
+them was Sancho's "Atabalipa" number two. See
+Sarmiento, 1907, p. xvii.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> Cuzcos = Incas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13_13" id="Footnote_13_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> Probably Huascar.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_14_14" id="Footnote_14_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> Huamachuco.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15_15" id="Footnote_15_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> Andamarca.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_16_16" id="Footnote_16_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> Huaylas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_17_17" id="Footnote_17_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> Cajatambo.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_18_18" id="Footnote_18_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> Icazbalceta suggests that this place is Cajamarquilla.
+I do not agree with this opinion, because
+Cajamarquilla had long been in ruins when the Spaniards
+arrived. (Cf. Hodge, 1897, pp. 304 ff.) It was
+probably Chacamarca, (see below).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_19_19" id="Footnote_19_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> San Miguel de Piura.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20_20" id="Footnote_20_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> San Miguel was founded first at another site
+which, on being found to be unhealthy, was deserted;
+San Miguel was soon refounded at Piura. (Cf. Prescott,
+Bk. III, Cap. III, Moses, 1914, vol. I, p. 99.) It
+is possible that the "captain" mentioned here was no
+other than Sebastian de Belalcazar or Benalcazar who
+later conquered Quito. (Cf. Moses, 1914, I, p. 106.)</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_21_21" id="Footnote_21_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> This is obviously a mistake.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_22_22" id="Footnote_22_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> Descriptions of Inca bridges will be found at:
+</p>
+
+<p class="sp2">Garcilasso, 1859, I, pp. 253 ff., 260.<br />
+Cieza de Leon, 1864, pp. 314-315.<br />
+Joyce, 1912, pp. 142-143.<br />
+Beuchat, 1912, pp. 608, 650.<br />
+Pinkerton, 1808-1814, XIV, p. 530. (Picture.)</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_23_23" id="Footnote_23_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> Pachacamac has often been described. See especially
+Uhle, 1903; and Estete, 1872; and Markham,
+1912, pp. 232 ff.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_24_24" id="Footnote_24_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> Cajatambo.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_25_25" id="Footnote_25_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_25_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a> Pambo = Pombo = Pumpu.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_26_26" id="Footnote_26_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_26_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a> It is impossible to tell what the correct names of
+these personages may have been.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_27_27" id="Footnote_27_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a> Pombo = Pambo = Pumpu.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_28_28" id="Footnote_28_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a> Chacamarca. See Raimondi's map, 1875.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_29_29" id="Footnote_29_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_29_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a> The Spanish here is very prolix. I have given
+an approximate and shorter phraseology.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_30_30" id="Footnote_30_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_30_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a> This may be the "Tice" mentioned in Section
+II, under another name. But all Sancho's proper
+names are in great confusion.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_31_31" id="Footnote_31_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a> It is barely possible that "Aticoc" may be an
+attempt at Titu Atauchi.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_32_32" id="Footnote_32_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_32_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a> The candor or barefacedness with which the secretary,
+Sancho, confesses and even applauds the bad
+faith of Pizarro in various places in this narrative,
+which he wrote by order of Pizarro, is worthy of admiration.&mdash;Note
+by Icazbalceta.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_33_33" id="Footnote_33_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_33_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a> The original: <i>che haurebbe dato rame che i Capitani
+etc., soldati fossero venuti alla pase</i>. The significance
+of the word <i>rame</i> is obscure; as at times it
+means <i>money</i>, whence comes the vulgar phrase <i>questo
+sa di rame</i>, in order to indicate that a thing is dear, it
+appeared to me that I might adopt the interpretation
+which I give, although I am not satisfied with it.&mdash;Note
+by Icazbalceta. The present translator has
+translated the Spanish as given by Icazbalceta.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_34_34" id="Footnote_34_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_34_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a> The original; <i>veduto</i> appears to me an error for
+<i>venuto</i>.&mdash;Icazbalceta.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_35_35" id="Footnote_35_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a> Inca "roads" were designed for foot traffic, and
+steps were the means used for going up slopes.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_36_36" id="Footnote_36_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_36_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a> Parcostambo.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_37_37" id="Footnote_37_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_37_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a> Vilcas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_38_38" id="Footnote_38_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_38_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a> All within the parentheses is a reconstruction of
+the evident sense rather than a translation.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_39_39" id="Footnote_39_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_39_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a> Cf. Bandelier, 1910, p. 61.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_40_40" id="Footnote_40_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a> <i>Serrata</i> means either <i>espesura</i> [thicket] or <i>angostura</i>
+[cleft].</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_41_41" id="Footnote_41_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a> Quizquiz, like Chalicuchima, had been a general
+of Atahualpa before the coming of the Spaniards.
+He fought long against the invaders, but at length
+his unavailing efforts caused him to be murdered by
+his own followers. See Garcilasso, II, p. 509; Sarmiento,
+171-173; Cieza de Leon, Chr., Pt. II, pp. 164
+and 227; Markham, 1912, pp. 247-251.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_42_42" id="Footnote_42_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a> Andahuaylas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_43_43" id="Footnote_43_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_43_43"><span class="label">[43]</span></a> Curamba.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_44_44" id="Footnote_44_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_44_44"><span class="label">[44]</span></a> Andahuaylas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_45_45" id="Footnote_45_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_45_45"><span class="label">[45]</span></a> Vilcas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_46_46" id="Footnote_46_46"></a><a href="#FNanchor_46_46"><span class="label">[46]</span></a> Curamba is the correct form for Airamba (given
+above).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_47_47" id="Footnote_47_47"></a><a href="#FNanchor_47_47"><span class="label">[47]</span></a> Vilcas, sometimes called Vilcashuaman, was a
+part of the territory controlled by the Chanca before
+they were made subjects to Cuzco. The conquest of the
+Chanca may have begun in the time of Rocca, but it
+had its culmination in that of Viracocha. Tupac
+Yupanqui built numerous temples and palaces there,
+and the region round about Vilcas was traversed by
+important roads or trails. It is a place that is mentioned<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span>
+by nearly all the early writers. Cf. Garcilasso,
+I, pp. 324-326, II, p. 58; Cieza de Leon, I, 312-315,
+II, 150-154; Joyce, 1912, p. 107; Markham, 1912,
+p. 178.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_48_48" id="Footnote_48_48"></a><a href="#FNanchor_48_48"><span class="label">[48]</span></a> Sancho is vague in his use of the words <i>caballo</i>
+and <i>ligero caballo</i>. The latter means "light horse"
+or "light-armed cavalry." But he uses the word
+<i>caballo</i> when he means <i>caballero</i>. In the present
+instance he really means <i>caballo</i>.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_49_49" id="Footnote_49_49"></a><a href="#FNanchor_49_49"><span class="label">[49]</span></a> The veracity of this story is certainly open to
+question.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_50_50" id="Footnote_50_50"></a><a href="#FNanchor_50_50"><span class="label">[50]</span></a> Here the text says <i>caballos</i>, although it is plain
+that <i>caballeros</i> is the word intended.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_51_51" id="Footnote_51_51"></a><a href="#FNanchor_51_51"><span class="label">[51]</span></a> See Squier, 1877, p. 177; Cieza, Tr. p. 355;
+Velasco, 1840, p. 22; Joyce, 1912, pp. 210-212.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_52_52" id="Footnote_52_52"></a><a href="#FNanchor_52_52"><span class="label">[52]</span></a> This speech can hardly be regarded as verbatim,
+of course.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_53_53" id="Footnote_53_53"></a><a href="#FNanchor_53_53"><span class="label">[53]</span></a> Sancho's imagination was drawn upon throughout
+this section.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_54_54" id="Footnote_54_54"></a><a href="#FNanchor_54_54"><span class="label">[54]</span></a> Limatambo (correctly, Rimactampu).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_55_55" id="Footnote_55_55"></a><a href="#FNanchor_55_55"><span class="label">[55]</span></a> Xaquixaguana or Sacsahuana.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_56_56" id="Footnote_56_56"></a><a href="#FNanchor_56_56"><span class="label">[56]</span></a> The text has: "<i>y que riendo el Gobernador partirse
+sin aguardar a que pasaran los indios amigos, ...</i>"</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_57_57" id="Footnote_57_57"></a><a href="#FNanchor_57_57"><span class="label">[57]</span></a> <i>tuvieron tiempo de retraerse al monte</i> really means,
+"they had time to withdraw to the mountain," but
+the obvious sense is better preserved in the translation
+I have given.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_58_58" id="Footnote_58_58"></a><a href="#FNanchor_58_58"><span class="label">[58]</span></a> Possibly this means Huascar, whom Atahualpa
+had caused to be put to death.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_59_59" id="Footnote_59_59"></a><a href="#FNanchor_59_59"><span class="label">[59]</span></a> In Spanish they always say "el Cuzco." I believe<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span>
+that the reason for this is that "Cuzco" comes
+from a Quichua word meaning "navel." If this is so,
+"el Cuzco" has the significance of "the Navel" (of
+the World). In English, of course, we use the word
+simply as a place-name.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_60_60" id="Footnote_60_60"></a><a href="#FNanchor_60_60"><span class="label">[60]</span></a> The official designation of the Emperor was:
+S. C. C. M., or Sagrada Cesarea Catolica Majestad.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_61_61" id="Footnote_61_61"></a><a href="#FNanchor_61_61"><span class="label">[61]</span></a> The modern village of Limatambo. When I was
+there the fine walls so often spoken of were in a bad
+condition from neglect on the part of the natives.
+Yet, in spite of the refuse piled around them and the
+throngs of pigs all about, one could see that the
+masonry was of the finest Cyclopean type. Cf. Squier,
+1877, p. 535; Markham, 1912, pp. 286 and 319; Cieza,
+Tr., p. 320; Sarmiento, pp. 119 and 209. Garcilasso
+tells us that it was founded by Manco Capac and that
+it was the place where Viracocha waited for the Chanca.
+Garcilasso, I, p. 80, and II, p. 52.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_62_62" id="Footnote_62_62"></a><a href="#FNanchor_62_62"><span class="label">[62]</span></a> Now called Zurite. It was the site of a palace
+of Viracocha, who added it to his realm once more by
+a victory (won by Pachacutec) over the Chanca. Cf.
+Sarmiento, p. 85; Garcilasso, I, p. 53; Cieza, Chr., p.
+128; The "Finca de los Andenes" is doubtless the
+site of the palace.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_63_63" id="Footnote_63_63"></a><a href="#FNanchor_63_63"><span class="label">[63]</span></a> The truth of this statement is very questionable.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_64_64" id="Footnote_64_64"></a><a href="#FNanchor_64_64"><span class="label">[64]</span></a> Valverde.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_65_65" id="Footnote_65_65"></a><a href="#FNanchor_65_65"><span class="label">[65]</span></a> Pachacamac.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_66_66" id="Footnote_66_66"></a><a href="#FNanchor_66_66"><span class="label">[66]</span></a> In the days before the Incas the Creator-God
+(under the names of Pachacamac, Viracocha, Irma,
+etc.) was worshipped without idols. He was conceived<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span>
+as being superior to all other gods and as being
+invisible. To judge from all accounts, his cult, at
+this stage, was an advanced type of religion. Later,
+however, the custom of having idols sprang up. As
+their attributes were the same, there can be but little
+doubt that Pachacamac and Viracocha were the same
+deity. Pachacamac's chief shrine was on the coast,
+at Pachacamac. Inca Pachacutec conquered Cuismancu,
+lord of Pachacamac, about 1410, and built
+a Sun Temple there. The chief temple to Viracocha
+was at Cacha south of Cuzco, and it was probably
+erected by the Inca Viracocha to celebrate his defeat
+of the Chanca confederacy. Both these temples
+(under Inca influence) had idols. Cf. Blas Valera,
+1879, pp. 137-140; Sarmiento, pp. 28-29; Garcilasso,
+II, pp. 69, 185-193, 428, 460; Cieza, Tr., pp. 161-163,
+251-254; Cobo, 1892, III, pp. 320-323; Uhle, 1903;
+Markham, 1912, pp. 41, 97, 181, 233-234; Joyce,
+1912, pp. 150-152; Beuchat, 1912, pp. 615-616.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_67_67" id="Footnote_67_67"></a><a href="#FNanchor_67_67"><span class="label">[67]</span></a> Another obvious fabrication.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_68_68" id="Footnote_68_68"></a><a href="#FNanchor_68_68"><span class="label">[68]</span></a> Huayna Capac, ruled ca. 1500-1525.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_69_69" id="Footnote_69_69"></a><a href="#FNanchor_69_69"><span class="label">[69]</span></a> This was Manco Inca, a son of Huayna Capac
+by his third wife. Manco died in 1544, leaving a
+grand-daughter, Coya Beatriz, who married Don
+Martin Garcia Loyola. Their daughter, Lorenza,
+became Marquesa de Oropesa.&mdash;Note by Sir C. R. M.
+Cf. Garcilasso, II, pp. 352 and 526.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_70_70" id="Footnote_70_70"></a><a href="#FNanchor_70_70"><span class="label">[70]</span></a> A half-brother only.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_71_71" id="Footnote_71_71"></a><a href="#FNanchor_71_71"><span class="label">[71]</span></a> The story of Manco Inca is one of the most pathetic
+in South American history. Although our<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span>
+author describes some of the events in the young
+Inca's life, I will give a brief r&eacute;sum&eacute; of it here.
+</p><p>
+Manco was "crowned" with the <i>borla</i> or fringe on
+March 24, 1534, at Cuzco. To please him, Almagro
+the elder killed his two brothers (who might have become
+his rivals) in order to get Manco on his side in
+the quarrel which he had with the Pizarros as to which
+ought to control Cuzco. After Almagro went to Chile,
+the <i>Villac Umu</i> (High Priest) urged his brother Manco
+to rise in revolt against the Spaniards, who were divided
+among themselves. On April 18, 1536, Manco
+revolted at Yucay. He laid siege to Cuzco with a
+very large force and attacked the small Spanish garrison
+mercilessly, setting fire to the roofs of houses by
+means of arrows tipped with blazing tow and otherwise
+harassing them. The Inca and his forces were,
+for a time, successful. They captured the great fortress
+of Sacsahuaman, which was, however, retaken
+by Juan Pizarro and Gonzalo Pizarro. Disheartened
+by this, the Inca retired to the fortress of Ollantaytampu,
+where he successfully combatted the attempts
+of Hernando Pizarro to capture him. Later, Manco
+was forced by Orgo&ntilde;ez to withdraw to the mountainous
+region of Vilcapampa. The last Inca capital was
+set up at Viticos, and there Manco held his court
+for several years. He often raided the Spanish travellers
+between Cuzco and Lima. His court became a
+place of refuge for all Spaniards who fell out with their
+fellows. One of these refugees, Gomez Perez, either
+killed Manco himself in a brawl over a game of quoits<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span>
+or helped to kill him as the result of a plot. The Inca,
+at all events, was murdered by Spaniards whom he
+had befriended. That was in 1544. In 1911 Professor
+Hiram Bingham visited Vitcos the situation
+of which is clearly shown on the map, dated 1907,
+that accompanies Sir Clements Markham's translation
+of Sarmiento and Ocampo (Hakluyt, 2d Series,
+no. XXII, p. 203). Professor Bingham's description
+of the site is adequate, and, I think, unique.
+</p><p>
+At about the same time as the siege of Cuzco,
+another Inca force, led by Titu Yupanqui, marched
+on the newly founded Spanish capital (the Ciudad de
+los Reyes or Lima). It was driven off by the Marques
+Francisco Pizarro.
+</p><p>
+A brother of Manco, Paullu, was christened under
+the name of Don Cristoval Paullu. He lived in the
+Colcampata palace (which had been the great Pachacutec's),
+and the small church of San Cristoval was
+built near at hand for his use. He died about 1550,
+being survived by Sayri Tupac, Cusi Titu Yupanqui,
+and two other children of Manco (who all lived on at
+Viticos) and by his own sons Carlos and Felipe. It
+was on the occasion of a particular request made by
+the Viceroy, Don Andres Hurtado de Mendoza, Marqu&eacute;s
+de Ca&ntilde;ete, that Sayri Tupac's aunt, Princess
+Beatriz, successfully urged him to come and live in
+Cuzco. Sayri Tupac died in 1560. Cf. Cieza, Tr., pp.
+304-307; Garcilasso, II, pp. 104-105, 526; Titu Cusi
+Yupanqui, apud Cieza's "War of Quito," pp. 164-166;
+Montesinos, 1906, I, pp. 88-93; Cobo, 1892, III,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span>
+pp. 203-210; Markham, 1892, pp. 93-96; Markham,
+1912, pp. 254-259; Appleton's Cyclopaedia, 1888,
+IV, pp. 186 and 682; Cabildos de Lima, I, pp. 1 ff.;
+Bingham, 1912, entire.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_72_72" id="Footnote_72_72"></a><a href="#FNanchor_72_72"><span class="label">[72]</span></a> Manco Inca.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_73_73" id="Footnote_73_73"></a><a href="#FNanchor_73_73"><span class="label">[73]</span></a> Contrast this version with that given by Prescott
+in Book III, Chapter 10. It is hardly necessary to
+say that Prescott's is the correct one.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_74_74" id="Footnote_74_74"></a><a href="#FNanchor_74_74"><span class="label">[74]</span></a> Here, it is not difficult to read between the lines
+and see what sort of treatment Manco got.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_75_75" id="Footnote_75_75"></a><a href="#FNanchor_75_75"><span class="label">[75]</span></a> Vicente de Valverde.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_76_76" id="Footnote_76_76"></a><a href="#FNanchor_76_76"><span class="label">[76]</span></a> An involved and unimportant clause here.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_77_77" id="Footnote_77_77"></a><a href="#FNanchor_77_77"><span class="label">[77]</span></a> This is all for the benefit of the Emperor, whose
+policy it was to deal fairly by his new subjects.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_78_78" id="Footnote_78_78"></a><a href="#FNanchor_78_78"><span class="label">[78]</span></a> Vilcas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_79_79" id="Footnote_79_79"></a><a href="#FNanchor_79_79"><span class="label">[79]</span></a> I do not know who is meant by this name.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_80_80" id="Footnote_80_80"></a><a href="#FNanchor_80_80"><span class="label">[80]</span></a> Llamas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_81_81" id="Footnote_81_81"></a><a href="#FNanchor_81_81"><span class="label">[81]</span></a> Possibly these figures were the embalmed bodies
+of the coyacuna or "queens" which, according to Garcilasso,
+were placed in Curicancha&mdash;the Sun Temple.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_82_82" id="Footnote_82_82"></a><a href="#FNanchor_82_82"><span class="label">[82]</span></a> <i>en su mismo ser</i>.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_83_83" id="Footnote_83_83"></a><a href="#FNanchor_83_83"><span class="label">[83]</span></a> <i>Casa</i> really means house.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_84_84" id="Footnote_84_84"></a><a href="#FNanchor_84_84"><span class="label">[84]</span></a> "Che vi corcorsero assai in tre anni," says the
+original, which can only be translated as I have done
+it above. But when the secretary wrote his relation,
+no such three years had gone by since the foundation
+of Cuzco, but only four months, so it is necessary to
+suppose that the Italian translator did not understand
+his original well, <i>or</i> that it is an interpolation
+made later on.&mdash;Note by Icazbalceta.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_85_85" id="Footnote_85_85"></a><a href="#FNanchor_85_85"><span class="label">[85]</span></a> The civilized inhabitants of the Chilca region
+came originally from the interior, probably from the
+Yauyos region. This event occurred, presumably,
+somewhere about 800-900 of our era, for, by the time
+the Incas were founding Cuzco (ca. 1100), they found
+themselves strong enough to make raids into the
+interior. Joyce points out that these raids may have
+occurred even earlier, at a time when the Tiahuanacu
+empire still flourished. At any rate, there was an
+important contact with the interior cultures at an
+early date. The Chincha also were constantly at war
+with the Chimu, Chuquimancu and Cuismancu who
+each ruled large and civilized coast states. The
+Chincha were conquered by the Inca either in the
+reign of Pachacutec or in that of Tupac Yupanqui
+(more probably the former) somewhere about 1450.
+According to Estete, their ruler (under Inca tutelage)
+in the time of the Conquest was Tamviambea. The
+cultural development of the Chincha was, artistically
+speaking, not so high as that of the Chimu. It was,
+however, in pre-Inca times, relatively complex. They
+practised trephining successfully (an art derived from
+their Yauyu ancestors), and they also frequently indulged
+in the anterio-posterior type of cranial deformation.
+Their general physical condition was good.
+They numbered about 25,000. Cf. Cieza, Tr., p. 228;
+Garcilasso, II, pp. 146-149; Joyce, 1912, pp. 95, 187;
+Markham, 1912, pp. 237-239; Tello, 1912; Hrdlicka,
+1914, pp. 22-24; Lafone-Quevedo, 1912, p. 115.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_86_86" id="Footnote_86_86"></a><a href="#FNanchor_86_86"><span class="label">[86]</span></a> This may have been the chief Taurichumbi
+mentioned by Estete. Cf. Markham, 1912, p. 239.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_87_87" id="Footnote_87_87"></a><a href="#FNanchor_87_87"><span class="label">[87]</span></a> This was before Alvarado and Pizarro met and
+came to an agreement.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_88_88" id="Footnote_88_88"></a><a href="#FNanchor_88_88"><span class="label">[88]</span></a> Possibly Riobamba, Tumebamba, or some other
+place in the "Kingdom" of Quito.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_89_89" id="Footnote_89_89"></a><a href="#FNanchor_89_89"><span class="label">[89]</span></a> Probably Sa&ntilde;a.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_90_90" id="Footnote_90_90"></a><a href="#FNanchor_90_90"><span class="label">[90]</span></a> Properly Colla-suyu and Cunti-suyu, i.e. the
+Southern province and the Western province of
+Ttahuan-tin-suyu.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_91_91" id="Footnote_91_91"></a><a href="#FNanchor_91_91"><span class="label">[91]</span></a> Jauja (or Xauxa) was the predecessor of la Ciudad
+de los Reyes. A letter to Charles V, dated July 20,
+1534, describes it thus: "Esta Cibdad es la mexor y
+mayor quen la Tierra se ha vista, e aun en <i>Indias</i>;
+e decimos a Vuestra Magestad ques tan hermosa e de
+tan buenos edyficios quen <i>Espa&ntilde;a</i> seria muy de ver;
+tiene las calles por mucho concierto empedradas de
+guixas pequenas; todas las mas de las casas son de
+se&ntilde;ores prencipales fechas de canteria; esta en una
+ladera de un cerro, en el qual sobrel pueblo esta una
+fortaleza muy bien obrada de canteria tan de ver, que
+por espa&ntilde;oles que an andado Reinos extranos, dizen
+no aber visto otro edyficio igual al della; ..." Cf.
+Cabildos, III, pp. 4-5.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_92_92" id="Footnote_92_92"></a><a href="#FNanchor_92_92"><span class="label">[92]</span></a> The Italian is: "<i>Il quale tuttavia piu veniua
+ponendo amore a gli Spagnuoli.</i>"&mdash;Note by Icazbalceta.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_93_93" id="Footnote_93_93"></a><a href="#FNanchor_93_93"><span class="label">[93]</span></a> Huanuco.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_94_94" id="Footnote_94_94"></a><a href="#FNanchor_94_94"><span class="label">[94]</span></a> Pachacamac.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_95_95" id="Footnote_95_95"></a><a href="#FNanchor_95_95"><span class="label">[95]</span></a> Prescott places the total at 500 of which 230
+were cavalry. Cf. Prescott, Bk. III, Cap. 9.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_96_96" id="Footnote_96_96"></a><a href="#FNanchor_96_96"><span class="label">[96]</span></a> It seems to me that, even in the days of the
+Chimu and the Inca, the poorer people must have lived
+in this sort of hut-like houses, and that only the great
+dwelt in the "palaces" whose ruins are so remarkable.
+Such a state of things would explain the apparent impossibility
+of a large population existing in the dwellings
+we now see. Cf. Hodge, 1897.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_97_97" id="Footnote_97_97"></a><a href="#FNanchor_97_97"><span class="label">[97]</span></a> This monta&ntilde;a is to-day the richest and most
+valuable part of Peru.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_98_98" id="Footnote_98_98"></a><a href="#FNanchor_98_98"><span class="label">[98]</span></a> According to Garcilasso, Lib. II, Cap. 11, the
+Peruvian empire was divided into four parts, Cuzco
+being considered the centre. They called the northern
+part Chinchasuya, the southern Coyasuya, the western
+Cuntisuya, and the eastern Antisuyu.&mdash;Note by
+Icazbalceta.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_99_99" id="Footnote_99_99"></a><a href="#FNanchor_99_99"><span class="label">[99]</span></a> Lake Titicaca contains several islands, notably
+Titicaca and Coati.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_100_100" id="Footnote_100_100"></a><a href="#FNanchor_100_100"><span class="label">[100]</span></a> An obscure passage translated merely in most
+general terms.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_101_101" id="Footnote_101_101"></a><a href="#FNanchor_101_101"><span class="label">[101]</span></a> <i>Agras</i> I take to mean fields from its similarity
+to the Latin word, <i>ager</i>.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_102_102" id="Footnote_102_102"></a><a href="#FNanchor_102_102"><span class="label">[102]</span></a> Llamas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_103_103" id="Footnote_103_103"></a><a href="#FNanchor_103_103"><span class="label">[103]</span></a> At this point Ramusio gives a fanciful view
+of the city of Cuzco, which has no real interest whatever.&mdash;Note
+by Icazbalceta.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_104_104" id="Footnote_104_104"></a><a href="#FNanchor_104_104"><span class="label">[104]</span></a> <i>Cacique</i> is really a West Indies word. The early
+Spanish writers are wont to apply it to any sort of
+native official. Here, no doubt, the correct term would<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span>
+be the Quichua word <i>Curaca</i>. Officials thus designated
+under the Inca dominion were the hereditary chiefs of
+formerly independent tribes and territories&mdash;roughly
+analogous to the mediatized princes of Europe. Though
+made vassals of the Inca, the <i>curacas</i> were often continued
+in the command of their former subjects and
+were intrusted with the governorship of provinces
+over which they were formerly sovereigns. The <i>curacas</i>
+ranked immediately below the Inca caste, and
+ruled what was known as a <i>hunu</i>. Sometimes a <i>curaca</i>
+was made an Inca-by-privilege as a reward of services.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_105_105" id="Footnote_105_105"></a><a href="#FNanchor_105_105"><span class="label">[105]</span></a> Huayna Capac.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_106_106" id="Footnote_106_106"></a><a href="#FNanchor_106_106"><span class="label">[106]</span></a> The marble was really granite. No marble was
+used by the Incas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_107_107" id="Footnote_107_107"></a><a href="#FNanchor_107_107"><span class="label">[107]</span></a> This reference to windows is important. At the
+outset we must remind ourselves that Sancho may
+have confused <i>windows</i> and <i>niches</i>. It is entirely possible,
+however, that windows may formerly have been
+present in those walls of Sacsahuaman. As is well
+known, windows and niches were distinguishing features
+of Inca architecture during the later period of
+that dynasty. Sites like Pissac, Limatambo, Yucay,
+Quente, Vilcabamba (alias Machu Pichu, a post-conquest
+site in part), and Huaman-marca in the Amaybamba
+Valley all present one or both of these features,
+and all present unmistakable signs of recent construction,
+say from the reign of Viracocha (circa
+1425-50) onward. The importance of this mention
+of windows (or niches) lies in this: It gives strong
+evidence in support of my belief that the walls of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span>
+Sacsahuaman which are toward Cuzco were of Inca
+construction. Garcilasso (II, pp. 305 ff.) attempts to
+give the credit for the whole of Sacsahuaman to Inca
+Yupanqui, and ignores the fact that the cyclopean
+walls on the north side of the hill undoubtedly date,
+as do "the seats of the Inca" close at hand, from the
+days of Tiahuanaco. When we see the statement
+made that the fortress of Sacsahuaman was of Inca
+construction we must remember that really only the
+southern walls and a few buildings behind them were
+built under the Incas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_108_108" id="Footnote_108_108"></a><a href="#FNanchor_108_108"><span class="label">[108]</span></a> That is, the joints do not come above one another,
+but are alternated, as in brick-work.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_109_109" id="Footnote_109_109"></a><a href="#FNanchor_109_109"><span class="label">[109]</span></a> There are really six walls on the south and three
+on the north. Cf. Garcilasso, II, 305.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_110_110" id="Footnote_110_110"></a><a href="#FNanchor_110_110"><span class="label">[110]</span></a> This is a poor attempt to describe the entrant
+and re-entrant angles that make the cyclopean walls
+so remarkable from a military point of view. See the
+plan by Squier and Davis, Garcilasso, II, p. 305.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_111_111" id="Footnote_111_111"></a><a href="#FNanchor_111_111"><span class="label">[111]</span></a> Orejon, lit. "large-ear"; i.e. a member of the
+Inca clan privileged to distend his ears by means of
+ear-plugs. This myth of the founding of Cuzco by a
+man from the sea is not found elsewhere.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_112_112" id="Footnote_112_112"></a><a href="#FNanchor_112_112"><span class="label">[112]</span></a> Llamas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_113_113" id="Footnote_113_113"></a><a href="#FNanchor_113_113"><span class="label">[113]</span></a> Titicaca.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_114_114" id="Footnote_114_114"></a><a href="#FNanchor_114_114"><span class="label">[114]</span></a> Cobo describes the Temple of the Sun on Titicaca
+and that of the Moon on Coati as being, together, the
+third most important sanctuary in the Inca dominion.
+The other two, of course, were the temples in Cuzco
+and Pachacamac. For a detailed description of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span>
+temples in Lake Titicaca see Cobo, IV, pp. 54-63 and
+Bandelier, 1910. The structures at that point are all
+of late-Inca construction and seem to have been built
+after the Inca conceived the idea of making himself
+out to be the "Son of the Sun." They were perhaps
+built with a view to lending colour to the myth.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_115_115" id="Footnote_115_115"></a><a href="#FNanchor_115_115"><span class="label">[115]</span></a> Correctly, Chuqui-apu.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_116_116" id="Footnote_116_116"></a><a href="#FNanchor_116_116"><span class="label">[116]</span></a> The original <i>una seriola</i> is a word whose meaning
+I have not been able to find. It is found again a little
+below. The method the Indians had for washing the
+earth and getting the gold can be seen in Oviedo, Historia
+General de las Indias, Parte I, lib. 6, Cap. 8.&mdash;Note
+by Icazbalceta.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_117_117" id="Footnote_117_117"></a><a href="#FNanchor_117_117"><span class="label">[117]</span></a> Huayna Capac.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_118_118" id="Footnote_118_118"></a><a href="#FNanchor_118_118"><span class="label">[118]</span></a> A braza is six feet.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_119_119" id="Footnote_119_119"></a><a href="#FNanchor_119_119"><span class="label">[119]</span></a> It says this in the original, but it is an error, for
+it will be seen that the number must have been much
+greater.&mdash;Note by Icazbalceta.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_120_120" id="Footnote_120_120"></a><a href="#FNanchor_120_120"><span class="label">[120]</span></a> As the text of this passage is obscure I give it
+here: <i>... profundos como de la altura de un hombre,
+en cuanto pueda el de abajo dar la tierra al de arriba;
+y cuando los cavan tanto que ya el de arriba no puede
+alcanzarla, lo dejan asi, y se van a hacer otros pozos ...</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_121_121" id="Footnote_121_121"></a><a href="#FNanchor_121_121"><span class="label">[121]</span></a> Here is another rather obscure passage: "<i>... pero
+e pui ricche ... sono le prime che non hanno caricho da
+lauar la terra &amp; per rispetto del freddo &amp; delle mine que
+vi e non lo cauano. &amp;c.</i>" Oviedo (Hist. General, Parte
+I, lib. 6, Cap. 8); Acosta (Hist. nat. y mor. de las
+Ind., lib. 4, Cap. 4); y Garcilasso (Com. Real., Parte
+I, lib. 8, Cap. 24) distinguish three sorts of gold mines.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span>
+In the first class are counted those which produce
+pure gold in rather large grains, so that they can be
+collected without further operations. These are, perhaps,
+the sort that the secretary Sancho says are the
+richest, although he has not spoken of them before.
+In the second class are included those which produce
+gold in dust or in very small grains mixed with earth
+which it is necessary to remove by means of washing,
+and these are those which Sancho mentions. The
+third class of mines, which this man does not mention,
+are those which yield gold mingled with stones
+and other metals, just as silver is commonly found.
+These mines, although at times very rich, failed to be
+worked because of the expenses which labour caused.&mdash;Note
+by Icazbalceta.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_122_122" id="Footnote_122_122"></a><a href="#FNanchor_122_122"><span class="label">[122]</span></a> Huayna Capac.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_123_123" id="Footnote_123_123"></a><a href="#FNanchor_123_123"><span class="label">[123]</span></a> The text says <i>vino</i>&mdash;"came." I think, however,
+that it must be a misprint for <i>vivo</i>&mdash;"lived."</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_124_124" id="Footnote_124_124"></a><a href="#FNanchor_124_124"><span class="label">[124]</span></a> This means, of course, Manco Inca.</p></div>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span></p>
+<h2>BIBLIOGRAPHY</h2>
+
+<hr /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span></p>
+<h2>BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS CONSULTED IN<br />
+THE COURSE OF THIS TRANSLATION OF<br />
+PEDRO SANCHO</h2>
+
+<div class="p5"><p class="p6">Acosta, Joseph de:</p></div>
+<div class="bk2">1880.</div><div class="bk1">The Natural and Moral History of the Indies.<br />
+Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Appleton's Encyclopaedia of American Biography:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1888.</div><div class="bk1">Edited by James Grant Wilson and John Fiske. New York. 6 vols.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Bandelier, Ad. F.:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1910.</div><div class="bk1">Titicaca and Koati. New York.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Beuchat, Henri:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1912.</div><div class="bk1">Manuel d'archeologie americaine. Paris.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Bingham, Hiram:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1912.</div><div class="bk1">Vitcos, the last Inca Capital.<br />
+American Antiquarian Society. Worcester.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Blas Valera:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1879.</div><div class="bk1">Relaci&oacute;n ...<br />
+<i>Apud</i>, Jimenez de la Espada.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Cabildos de Lima:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1900.</div><div class="bk1">Paris. 3 vols.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Cieza de Leon, Pedro de:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bk2">1864.</div><div class="bk1">Travels.<br />
+Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Cieza de Leon, Pedro de:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1883.</div><div class="bk1">Second Part of the Chronicle of Peru.<br />
+Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Cieza de Leon, Pedro de:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1913.</div><div class="bk1">The War of Quito.<br />
+Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Cobo, Bernabe:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1892-93.</div><div class="bk1">Historia del Nuevo Mundo.<br />
+Edited by Marcos Jimenez de la Espada. Seville. 4 vols.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Estete, Miguel de:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1872.</div><div class="bk1">Report ...<br />
+In "Reports on the Discovery of Peru."<br />
+Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Garcilasso de la Vega el Ynca:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1869-71.</div><div class="bk1">Royal Commentaries of the Yncas.<br />
+Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Hodge, F. W.:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1897.</div><div class="bk1">Bandelier's researches in Peru and Bolivia.<br />
+Am. Anth. X, 1897, pp. 303-316.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Hrdlicka, Ales:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bk2">1914.</div><div class="bk1">Anthropological Work in Peru in 1913.<br />
+Smith. Misc. Pub. LXI, #18. Washington.</div>
+
+<p class="p6"><a name="Icazbalceta" id="Icazbalceta"></a>Icazbalceta, Joaquin Garc&iacute;a:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1849.</div><div class="bk1">Edition of Relaci&oacute;n of Pedro Sancho.<br />
+Mexico.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Jimenez de la Espada, Marcos:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1879.</div><div class="bk1">Tres relaci&oacute;nes de antiguedades Peruanas.<br />
+Madrid.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Joyce, T. A.:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1912.</div><div class="bk1">South American Archaeology.<br />
+New York.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Lafone-Quevedo, Samuel A.:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1912.</div><div class="bk1">Pronominal Classification of Certain South American Linguistic Stocks.<br />
+Int. Cong. Am., XVIIIth Sess., pp. 111-125.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Markham, Sir Clements:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1892.</div><div class="bk1">History of Peru.<br />
+Chicago.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Markham, Sir Clements:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1912.</div><div class="bk1">The Incas of Peru.<br />
+London (2d Ed.)</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Montesinos, Fernando:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1906.</div><div class="bk1">Anales del Peru.<br />
+Edited by Victor M. Maurtua. Madrid. 2 vols.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Moses, Bernard:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bk2">1914.</div><div class="bk1">The Spanish Dependencies in South America.<br />
+New York. 2 vols.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Oviedo y Valdes, Gonzolo Fernandez de:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1526.</div><div class="bk1">Historia General de las Indias.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Pinkerton, John:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1808-14.</div><div class="bk1">A ... Collection ... of ... Voyages.<br />
+London. 17 vols.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Prescott, William Hickling:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1847.</div><div class="bk1">The Conquest of Peru.<br />
+New York. 2 vols.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Raimondi, A.:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1864-1913.</div><div class="bk1">El Per&uacute;.<br />
+Lima. 6 vols.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Ramusio, Giambattista:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1563.</div><div class="bk1">Viaggi.<br />
+Venice. 3 vols.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Sancho, Pedro:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1849.</div><div class="bk1">(See <a href="#Icazbalceta">Icazbalceta</a>.)</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Sarmiento de Gamboa, Pedro:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1907.</div><div class="bk1">The History of the Incas.<br />
+Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Squier, E. George:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1877.</div><div class="bk1">Incidents of Travel and Exploration in the Land of the Incas.<br />
+New York.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Tello, Julio C.:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span></p>
+<div class="bk2">1912.</div><div class="bk1">Prehistoric Trephining among the Yauyos of Peru.<br />
+Int. Cong. Am., XVIIIth Sess., pp. 75-83.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Trueba y Cosio, Telesforo.:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1846.</div><div class="bk1">History of the Conquest of Peru.<br />
+Philadelphia.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Uhle, Max:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1903.</div><div class="bk1">Pachacamac.<br />
+University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, 1903.</div>
+
+<p class="p6">Velasco, Juan de:</p>
+<div class="bk2">1840.</div><div class="bk1">Histoire du Royaume de Quito.<br />
+Paris.</div>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div class="trn"><p><b>Transcriber's Note (Significant Amendments):</b></p>
+
+<p class="sp2"><span class="ft1">p. <a href="#Page_7">7</a>, 'Miguel de Astete' amended to <i>Miguel de Estete</i>;<br />
+p. <a href="#Page_170">170</a>, 'as it they were' amended to <i>as if they were</i>;<br />
+p. <a href="#Page_179">179</a>, 'Quitu' amended to <i>Quito</i>;<br />
+p. <a href="#Page_179">179</a>, 'His three left three' amended to <i>He left three</i>;<br />
+p. <a href="#Page_180">180</a>, 'Cajarmaquilla' amended to <i>Cajamarquilla</i>;<br />
+p. <a href="#Page_183">183</a>, 'Atalhualpa' amended to <i>Atahualpa</i>;<br />
+p. <a href="#Page_190">190</a>, 'Cabildo' amended to <i>Cabildos</i>;<br />
+p. <a href="#Page_192">192</a>, 'The curacus ranked' amended to <i>The curacas ranked</i>.</span></p></div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's An Account of the Conquest of Peru, by Pedro Sancho
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN ACCOUNT OF THE CONQUEST OF PERU ***
+
+***** This file should be named 26602-h.htm or 26602-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/6/0/26602/
+
+Produced by Stephen Blundell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/Canadian Libraries)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/26602-page-images/f0001.png b/26602-page-images/f0001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfc5fb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/f0001.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/f0002.png b/26602-page-images/f0002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a135c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/f0002.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/f0003.png b/26602-page-images/f0003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af9c5ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/f0003.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/f0004.png b/26602-page-images/f0004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61e06f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/f0004.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/f0005.png b/26602-page-images/f0005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6cd53a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/f0005.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/f0006.png b/26602-page-images/f0006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09f58f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/f0006.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/f0007.png b/26602-page-images/f0007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ca0799
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/f0007.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/f0008.png b/26602-page-images/f0008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27eece1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/f0008.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0009.png b/26602-page-images/p0009.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cf46cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0009.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0010.png b/26602-page-images/p0010.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae1392d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0010.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0011.png b/26602-page-images/p0011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77275e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0011.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0012.png b/26602-page-images/p0012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..721cf6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0012.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0013.png b/26602-page-images/p0013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0d44ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0013.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0014.png b/26602-page-images/p0014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef87237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0014.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0015.png b/26602-page-images/p0015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..591474a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0015.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0016.png b/26602-page-images/p0016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c684ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0016.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0017.png b/26602-page-images/p0017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e0174a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0017.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0018.png b/26602-page-images/p0018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48c0462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0018.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0019.png b/26602-page-images/p0019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..456327e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0019.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0021.png b/26602-page-images/p0021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f550e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0021.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0022.png b/26602-page-images/p0022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2384551
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0022.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0023.png b/26602-page-images/p0023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8644a0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0023.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0024.png b/26602-page-images/p0024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50f06e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0024.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0025.png b/26602-page-images/p0025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d6a2c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0025.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0026.png b/26602-page-images/p0026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3670e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0026.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0027.png b/26602-page-images/p0027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40dc039
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0027.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0028.png b/26602-page-images/p0028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..456b6b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0028.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0029.png b/26602-page-images/p0029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7a465c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0029.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0030.png b/26602-page-images/p0030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd60e8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0030.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0031.png b/26602-page-images/p0031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd3547e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0031.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0032.png b/26602-page-images/p0032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f989e98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0032.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0033.png b/26602-page-images/p0033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3feb0fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0033.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0034.png b/26602-page-images/p0034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8a7b15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0034.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0035.png b/26602-page-images/p0035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce88aa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0035.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0036.png b/26602-page-images/p0036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba2b7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0036.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0037.png b/26602-page-images/p0037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0fe418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0037.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0038.png b/26602-page-images/p0038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a2a20e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0038.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0039.png b/26602-page-images/p0039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b334c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0039.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0040.png b/26602-page-images/p0040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f99bfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0040.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0041.png b/26602-page-images/p0041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95df68d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0041.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0042.png b/26602-page-images/p0042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fbc485
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0042.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0043.png b/26602-page-images/p0043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d0f241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0043.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0044.png b/26602-page-images/p0044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a1b4c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0044.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0045.png b/26602-page-images/p0045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f58503
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0045.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0046.png b/26602-page-images/p0046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bdd993
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0046.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0047.png b/26602-page-images/p0047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa7bf72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0047.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0048.png b/26602-page-images/p0048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5783527
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0048.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0049.png b/26602-page-images/p0049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd6017
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0049.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0051.png b/26602-page-images/p0051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a71dd7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0051.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0052.png b/26602-page-images/p0052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e29240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0052.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0053.png b/26602-page-images/p0053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e06b14b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0053.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0054.png b/26602-page-images/p0054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e207cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0054.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0055.png b/26602-page-images/p0055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2898f95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0055.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0056.png b/26602-page-images/p0056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b9d2d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0056.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0057.png b/26602-page-images/p0057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34af07c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0057.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0059.png b/26602-page-images/p0059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54c451b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0059.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0060.png b/26602-page-images/p0060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50ef5ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0060.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0061.png b/26602-page-images/p0061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63b734c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0061.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0062.png b/26602-page-images/p0062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5452cda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0062.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0063.png b/26602-page-images/p0063.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..570b379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0063.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0064.png b/26602-page-images/p0064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a75671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0064.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0065.png b/26602-page-images/p0065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2987571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0065.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0066.png b/26602-page-images/p0066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c6758e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0066.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0067.png b/26602-page-images/p0067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40951a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0067.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0068.png b/26602-page-images/p0068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fefa02c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0068.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0069.png b/26602-page-images/p0069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..002434a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0069.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0070.png b/26602-page-images/p0070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60fa68d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0070.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0071.png b/26602-page-images/p0071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8550aff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0071.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0072.png b/26602-page-images/p0072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6987f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0072.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0073.png b/26602-page-images/p0073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d244cae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0073.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0074.png b/26602-page-images/p0074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aeff884
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0074.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0075.png b/26602-page-images/p0075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..627f557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0075.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0076.png b/26602-page-images/p0076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8169a57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0076.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0077.png b/26602-page-images/p0077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0dfb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0077.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0078.png b/26602-page-images/p0078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f37b01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0078.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0079.png b/26602-page-images/p0079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfca6cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0079.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0080.png b/26602-page-images/p0080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f46e3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0080.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0081.png b/26602-page-images/p0081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f1055c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0081.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0082.png b/26602-page-images/p0082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50ab3da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0082.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0083.png b/26602-page-images/p0083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96adf0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0083.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0084.png b/26602-page-images/p0084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d57db20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0084.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0085.png b/26602-page-images/p0085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f87379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0085.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0086.png b/26602-page-images/p0086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12265a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0086.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0087.png b/26602-page-images/p0087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bcd46f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0087.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0088.png b/26602-page-images/p0088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ae518c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0088.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0089.png b/26602-page-images/p0089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..795e78b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0089.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0090.png b/26602-page-images/p0090.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ba867a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0090.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0091.png b/26602-page-images/p0091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a340c98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0091.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0092.png b/26602-page-images/p0092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8482386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0092.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0093.png b/26602-page-images/p0093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8890ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0093.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0094.png b/26602-page-images/p0094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1594e7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0094.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0095.png b/26602-page-images/p0095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fe3169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0095.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0096.png b/26602-page-images/p0096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de42c03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0096.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0097.png b/26602-page-images/p0097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4764465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0097.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0098.png b/26602-page-images/p0098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4a8b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0098.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0099.png b/26602-page-images/p0099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3320203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0099.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0100.png b/26602-page-images/p0100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cdae26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0100.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0101.png b/26602-page-images/p0101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b95968c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0101.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0102.png b/26602-page-images/p0102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9025efd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0102.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0103.png b/26602-page-images/p0103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abfa982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0103.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0104.png b/26602-page-images/p0104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1073bfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0104.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0105.png b/26602-page-images/p0105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02300eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0105.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0107.png b/26602-page-images/p0107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a542d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0107.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0108.png b/26602-page-images/p0108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c93bd28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0108.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0109.png b/26602-page-images/p0109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f38e912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0109.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0110.png b/26602-page-images/p0110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e09e495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0110.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0111.png b/26602-page-images/p0111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..148fae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0111.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0112.png b/26602-page-images/p0112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e5b2f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0112.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0113.png b/26602-page-images/p0113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f632776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0113.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0115.png b/26602-page-images/p0115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..043bcd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0115.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0116.png b/26602-page-images/p0116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d803d22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0116.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0117.png b/26602-page-images/p0117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af1c7af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0117.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0118.png b/26602-page-images/p0118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76e412d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0118.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0119.png b/26602-page-images/p0119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae56d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0119.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0120.png b/26602-page-images/p0120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8cf687
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0120.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0121.png b/26602-page-images/p0121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31f6622
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0121.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0122.png b/26602-page-images/p0122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12babfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0122.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0123.png b/26602-page-images/p0123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c71023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0123.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0124.png b/26602-page-images/p0124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5a64da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0124.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0125.png b/26602-page-images/p0125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b1a03a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0125.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0126.png b/26602-page-images/p0126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ada9b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0126.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0127.png b/26602-page-images/p0127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33ce52d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0127.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0128.png b/26602-page-images/p0128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5879eb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0128.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0129.png b/26602-page-images/p0129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b7dbca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0129.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0130.png b/26602-page-images/p0130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7a43ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0130.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0131.png b/26602-page-images/p0131.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2d4a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0131.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0132.png b/26602-page-images/p0132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..433e319
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0132.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0133.png b/26602-page-images/p0133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a031bef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0133.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0134.png b/26602-page-images/p0134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7449c66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0134.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0135.png b/26602-page-images/p0135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbf034c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0135.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0136.png b/26602-page-images/p0136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d97258
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0136.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0137.png b/26602-page-images/p0137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17725ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0137.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0138.png b/26602-page-images/p0138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cd1559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0138.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0139.png b/26602-page-images/p0139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b07ddcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0139.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0140.png b/26602-page-images/p0140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cf3fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0140.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0141.png b/26602-page-images/p0141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03288ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0141.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0142.png b/26602-page-images/p0142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89ce3d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0142.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0143.png b/26602-page-images/p0143.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10b35a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0143.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0144.png b/26602-page-images/p0144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f58891
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0144.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0145.png b/26602-page-images/p0145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22ffaaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0145.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0146.png b/26602-page-images/p0146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdf815a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0146.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0147.png b/26602-page-images/p0147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eacbf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0147.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0148.png b/26602-page-images/p0148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0162e2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0148.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0149.png b/26602-page-images/p0149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c7f29a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0149.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0150.png b/26602-page-images/p0150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04c375a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0150.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0151.png b/26602-page-images/p0151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cffd6ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0151.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0153.png b/26602-page-images/p0153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4464597
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0153.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0154.png b/26602-page-images/p0154.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f00dce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0154.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0155.png b/26602-page-images/p0155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c4df94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0155.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0156.png b/26602-page-images/p0156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bca824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0156.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0157.png b/26602-page-images/p0157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff098d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0157.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0158.png b/26602-page-images/p0158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..057fe52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0158.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0159.png b/26602-page-images/p0159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf02ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0159.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0161.png b/26602-page-images/p0161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4301805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0161.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0162.png b/26602-page-images/p0162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6837855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0162.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0163.png b/26602-page-images/p0163.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a58e209
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0163.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0164.png b/26602-page-images/p0164.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf6762a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0164.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0165.png b/26602-page-images/p0165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cea94d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0165.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0166.png b/26602-page-images/p0166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df58500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0166.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0167.png b/26602-page-images/p0167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffeafab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0167.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0169.png b/26602-page-images/p0169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..881f883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0169.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0170.png b/26602-page-images/p0170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..578eccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0170.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0171.png b/26602-page-images/p0171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f9f52a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0171.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0172.png b/26602-page-images/p0172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44e470f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0172.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0173.png b/26602-page-images/p0173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..928888f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0173.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0174.png b/26602-page-images/p0174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51994ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0174.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0175.png b/26602-page-images/p0175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc665ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0175.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0177.png b/26602-page-images/p0177.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3606e2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0177.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0179.png b/26602-page-images/p0179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c59e2de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0179.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0180.png b/26602-page-images/p0180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67e6bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0180.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0181.png b/26602-page-images/p0181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e7d341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0181.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0182.png b/26602-page-images/p0182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..592ee0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0182.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0183.png b/26602-page-images/p0183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e101307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0183.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0184.png b/26602-page-images/p0184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f83482f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0184.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0185.png b/26602-page-images/p0185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..875548d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0185.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0186.png b/26602-page-images/p0186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbd81ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0186.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0187.png b/26602-page-images/p0187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..469328b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0187.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0188.png b/26602-page-images/p0188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87f47de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0188.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0189.png b/26602-page-images/p0189.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c5e776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0189.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0190.png b/26602-page-images/p0190.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..848e8c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0190.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0191.png b/26602-page-images/p0191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c39cd42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0191.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0192.png b/26602-page-images/p0192.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b909611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0192.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0193.png b/26602-page-images/p0193.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..658279b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0193.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0194.png b/26602-page-images/p0194.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41ea0fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0194.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0195.png b/26602-page-images/p0195.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3367778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0195.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0197.png b/26602-page-images/p0197.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1f8edd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0197.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0199.png b/26602-page-images/p0199.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d767f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0199.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0200.png b/26602-page-images/p0200.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94e693c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0200.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0201.png b/26602-page-images/p0201.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffd5045
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0201.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0202.png b/26602-page-images/p0202.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74a1e83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0202.png
diff --git a/26602-page-images/p0203.png b/26602-page-images/p0203.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bffad37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602-page-images/p0203.png
diff --git a/26602.txt b/26602.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d31679
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3526 @@
+Project Gutenberg's An Account of the Conquest of Peru, by Pedro Sancho
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: An Account of the Conquest of Peru
+
+Author: Pedro Sancho
+
+Translator: Philip Ainsworth Means
+
+Release Date: September 12, 2008 [EBook #26602]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN ACCOUNT OF THE CONQUEST OF PERU ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Stephen Blundell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/Canadian Libraries)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ DOCUMENTS AND NARRATIVES
+      CONCERNING THE
+  DISCOVERY AND CONQUEST
+     OF LATIN AMERICA
+
+
+       PUBLISHED BY
+    THE CORTES SOCIETY
+         NEW YORK
+
+
+        NUMBER TWO
+
+
+
+
+    _Edition limited to 250 copies
+ of which ten are on Kelmscott paper_
+
+        _This copy is Number_
+
+                 85
+
+
+
+
+              AN ACCOUNT
+                OF THE
+           CONQUEST OF PERU
+
+
+              WRITTEN BY
+             PEDRO SANCHO
+
+         SECRETARY TO PIZARRO
+       AND SCRIVENER TO HIS ARMY
+
+
+ TRANSLATED INTO ENGLISH AND ANNOTATED
+                  BY
+        PHILIP AINSWORTH MEANS
+
+
+          THE CORTES SOCIETY
+               NEW YORK
+                 1917
+
+
+
+
+COCKAYNE, BOSTON
+
+
+
+
+TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE
+
+
+The work of Pedro Sancho is one of the most valuable accounts of the
+Spanish conquest of Peru that we possess. Nor is its value purely
+historical. The "Relacion" of Sancho gives much interesting ethnological
+information relative to the Inca dominion at the time of its demolition.
+Errors Pedro Sancho has in plenty; but the editor has striven to
+counteract them by footnotes.
+
+In every instance the translator has preserved Pedro Sancho's spelling
+of proper names, calling attention to the modern equivalent on the first
+occurrence of each name. In a few instances, where the text was
+unusually obscure, close translation has not been adhered to.
+
+The virtues, as well as the shortcomings of this account, are so obvious
+that an extended reference to them here is superfluous. It must always
+be borne in mind that this document partook of the nature of an
+"_apologia pro vita sua_" and that it was directly inspired by Pizarro
+himself with the purpose of restoring himself to the Emperor's favor.
+Its main purpose was to nullify whatever charges Pizarro's enemies may
+have been making to the sovereign. Consequently there are numerous
+violations of the truth, all of which are, for us, easy to recognize.
+
+A word as to the previous editions of Pedro Sancho may not be out of
+place here. The original manuscript is lost. An Italian translation of
+it appears in the "Viaggi" of Giovanni Battista or Giambattista Ramusio,
+published in Venice about 1550. The numerous editions of Ramusio's great
+work do not need to be listed here. Occasionally the translator has
+referred to that of 1563, a copy of which is in his possession. The
+edition which has served as a text for the present translation is that
+issued and edited by Don Joaquin Garcia Icazbalceta, Mexico, 1849. This
+edition, like all of Icazbalceta's work, is painstaking. Professor
+Marshall Saville has been good enough to lend me his copy of this
+edition, which is very rare, in order that I might have it to work with.
+Finally, a small portion of Pedro Sancho's narrative was issued by the
+Hakluyt Society of London. The editor, Sir Clements Markham, included it
+in the same volume with the reports of Xeres, Miguel de Estete, Hernando
+Pizarro. The volume, entitled "Reports on the Discovery of Peru," was
+issued by the Hakluyt Society in 1872.
+
+                                                  PHILIP AINSWORTH MEANS
+ BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS
+    October 9, 1916
+
+
+
+
+RELATION
+
+
+Of the events that took place during the conquest and pacification of
+these provinces of New Castile, and of the quality of the land, and of
+the manner in which the Captain Hernando Pizarro afterward departed to
+bear to His Majesty the account of the victory of Caxamalca[1] and of
+the capture of the Cacique Atabalipa.[2]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+    Concerning the great quantity of silver and gold which was brought
+    from Cuzco, and of the portion thereof which was sent to H. M. the
+    emperor as the royal fifth: How the imprisoned Cacique Atabalipa
+    declared himself free of his promise which he had made to the
+    Spaniards to fill a house with gold for ransom: And of the treason
+    which the said Atabalipa meditated against the Spaniards, for which
+    betrayal they made him die.
+
+
+The Captain Hernando Pizarro had departed with the hundred thousand
+pesos of gold and the five thousand marks of silver which were sent to
+His Majesty as his royal fifth; after that event, some ten or twelve
+days, the two Spaniards who were bringing gold from Cuzco arrived, and
+part of the gold was melted at once because it was in very small pieces;
+it equalled the sum of[3] ... five hundred-odd plates of gold torn from
+some house-walls in Cuzco; and even the smallest plates weighed four or
+five pounds apiece; other, larger ones, weighed ten or twelve pounds,
+and with plates of this sort all the walls of that temple were covered.
+They brought also a seat of very fine gold, worked into the form of a
+foot-stool, which weighed eighteen thousand _pesos_.[4] Likewise, they
+brought a fountain all of gold and very subtilely worked which was very
+fair to see as much for the skill of the work as for the shape which it
+had been given; and there were many other pieces such as vases, jars,
+and plates which they also brought. All this gold gave a quantity which
+came to two millions and a half [_pesos_], which, on being refined to
+pure gold, came to one million, three hundred and twenty-odd thousand
+pesos, from which was subtracted the fifth of His Majesty, or, two
+hundred and seventy-odd thousand pesos. Fifty thousand marks of silver
+were found, of which ten thousand were set aside for H. M. One hundred
+and seventy thousand pesos and five thousand marks were handed over to
+the treasurer of H. M. The remaining hundred thousand pesos and five
+marks were taken, as has been said, by Hernando Pizarro to help meet
+the expenses which His Caesarian Majesty was encountering in the war
+against the Turks, enemies of our Holy Faith, as they say. All that
+remained, beyond the royal fifth, was divided among the soldiers and
+companions of the Governor. He gave to each one what he conscientiously
+thought he justly merited, taking into consideration the trials each man
+had passed through and the quality of his person, all of which he did
+with the greatest diligence and speed possible in order that they might
+set out from that place and go to the city of Xauxa.[5]
+
+And because there were among those soldiers some who were old and more
+fit for rest than for fatigues, and who in that war had fought and
+served much, he gave them leave to return to Spain. He procured their
+good will so that, on returning, these men would give fairer accounts of
+the greatness and wealth of that land so that a sufficient number of
+people would come thither to populate and advance it. For, in truth,
+the land being very large and very full of natives, the Spaniards who
+were in it then were all too few for conquering it, holding it and
+settling it, and, although they had already done great things in
+conquering it, it was owing more to the aid of God who, in every place
+and occasion, gave them the victory, than to any strength and means
+which they had for succeeding, with that further aid they were confident
+He would sustain them in the future.
+
+That melting of the metals completed, the Governor commanded the notary
+to draw up a document in which it said that the cacique Atabalipa was
+free and absolved from the promise and word which he had given to the
+Spaniards, who were to take the house full of gold in ransom for
+himself. This document the Governor caused to be proclaimed publicly and
+to the sound of trumpets in the plaza of that city of Caxamalca, making
+it known, at the same time, to the said Atabalipa by means of an
+interpreter, and also he [the Governor] declared in the same
+proclamation, that, because it suited the service of H. M. and the
+security of the land, he wished to maintain the cacique as a prisoner
+with good guard, until more Spaniards should arrive who should give
+added security; for, the cacique being free, he being so great a lord
+and having so many soldiers who feared and obeyed him, prisoner though
+he was, and three hundred leagues [from his capital], he could not well
+do less in order to free himself from all suspicion; all the more so
+because many times it had been thought almost certain that he had given
+orders for warriors to assemble to attack the Spaniards. This, as a
+matter of fact, had been ordered by him, and the men were all in
+readiness with their captains, and the cacique only delayed the attack
+because of the lack of freedom in his own person and in that of his
+general Chilichuchima,[6] who was also a prisoner. After some days had
+passed, and when the Spaniards were on the point of embarking in order
+to return to Spain, and the Governor was making the rest ready for
+setting out for Xauxa, God Our Lord, who with his infinite goodness was
+guiding affairs toward all that was best for his service, as will be
+[seen], having already in this land Spaniards who were to inhabit it and
+bring to the knowledge of _the true God_ the natives of the said land so
+that Our Lord might always be praised and known by these barbarians and
+so that his Holy Faith might be extolled, permitted the discovery and
+chastisement of the evil plans which this proud tyrant had in mind as a
+return for the many good works and kind treatment which he had always
+received from the governor and from each one of the Spaniards of his
+company; which recompense, according to his intention, was to have been
+of the sort he was wont to give to the caciques and lords of the land,
+ordering [his men] to kill without let or cause whatever. For it chanced
+that our discharged soldiers [were] returning to Spain, he, seeing that
+they were taking with them the gold that had been got from his land,
+and mindful of the fact that but a short while ago he had been so great
+a lord that he held all those provinces with their riches without
+dispute or question, and without considering the just causes for which
+they had despoiled him of them, had given orders that certain troops
+who, by his command, had been assembled in the land of Quito, should
+come, on a certain night at an hour agreed upon, to attack the Spaniards
+who were at Caxamalca, assaulting them from five directions as they were
+in their quarters, and setting fire wherever possible. Thirty or more
+Spanish soldiers were marching outside of Caxamalca, having been to the
+city of San Miguel in order to place the gold for H. M. on board ship,
+and [the Inca] believed that as they were so few he would be able easily
+to kill them before they could join forces with those in Caxamalca[7]
+... of which there was much information from many caciques and from
+their chiefs themselves, that all, without fear of torments or menaces,
+voluntarily confessed this plot: [telling] how fifty thousand men of
+Quito and many Caribes[8] came to the land, and that all the confines
+contained armed men in great numbers; that, not finding supplies for
+them all thus united, he had divided them into three or four divisions,
+and that, though scattered in this fashion, there were still so many
+that not finding enough to sustain themselves, they had cut down the
+still green maize and dried it so that they might not lack for food. All
+this having been learned, and being now a public matter to all, and as
+it was clear that they were saying in his [the Inca's] army that they
+were coming to kill all the Christians, and the governor seeing in how
+much peril the government and all the Spaniards were, in order to
+furnish a remedy, although it grieved him much, nevertheless, after
+seeing the information and process drawn up, assembled the officials of
+H. M. and the captains of his company and a Doctor who was then in this
+army, and the padre Fray Vicente de Valverde, a religious of the order
+of Santo Domingo sent by the Emperor our Lord for the conversion and
+instruction of the people of these realms; after there had been much
+debate and discussion over the harm and the profit that might follow
+upon the continued life or the death of Atabalipa, it was resolved that
+justice should be done upon him. And because the officials of H. M.
+asked for it and the doctor regarded the information as sufficient, he
+was finally taken from the prison in which he was, and, to the sound of
+a trumpet, his treason and perfidy were published, and he was borne to
+the middle of the plaza of the city and tied to a stake, while the
+religious was consoling him and teaching him, by means of an
+interpreter, the things of our christian faith, telling him that God
+wished him to die for the sins which he had committed in the world, and
+that he must repent of them, and that God would pardon him if he did so
+and was baptised at once. He, [the Inca] moved by this discourse, asked
+for baptism. It was at once given to him by that reverend padre who
+aided him so much with his exhortation that although he was sentenced to
+be burned alive, he was given a twist of rope around his neck, by means
+of which he was throttled instead[9] but when he saw that they were
+preparing for his death, he said that he recommended to the governor his
+little sons, so that he might take them with him, and with these last
+words, and while the Spaniards who stood around him said the creed for
+his soul, he was quickly throttled. May God take him to his holy glory,
+for he died repentant of his sins with the true faith of a Christian.
+After he was thus hung, in fulfilment of the sentence, fire was cast
+upon him so that a part of his clothes and flesh was burnt. That night
+[because he had died in the late afternoon] his body remained in the
+plaza in order that all might learn of his death, and on the next day
+the Governor ordered that all the Spaniards should be present at his
+interment, and, with the cross and other religious paraphernalia, he
+was borne to the church and buried with as much solemnity as if he had
+been the chief Spaniard of our camp. Because of this all the principal
+lords and caciques who served him received great pleasure, considering
+as great the honour which was done them, and knowing that, because he
+was a christian, he was not burned alive, and he was interred in church
+as if he were a Spaniard.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+    They choose as lord of the state of Atabalipa his brother
+    Atabalipa[10] in whose coronation they observed ceremonies in
+    accordance with the usage of the caciques of those provinces. Of the
+    vassalage and obedience which Atabalipa and many other caciques
+    offered to the Emperor.
+
+
+This done, the governor commanded the immediate assembling in the chief
+plaza of that city of all the caciques and principal lords who were then
+living there in company with the dead lord; they were many, and from
+distant lands, and his intention was to give them another lord who
+should govern them in the name of H. M., for, as they were accustomed to
+give always their obedience and tribute to a sole lord, great confusion
+would result if it were not thus, for each of them would rise up with
+his own lordship, and it would cost much toil to bring them into
+friendship with the Spaniards and into the service of H. M. For this and
+many other reasons the Governor made them assemble, and finding among
+them a son of Gucunacaba[11] called Atabalipa, a brother of Atabalipa to
+whom by law the realm belonged, he said to all that now that they saw
+how Atabalipa was dead because of the treason he had plotted against him
+[the Governor], and because they were all left without a lord who should
+govern them and whom they should obey, he wished to give them a lord who
+would please them all, and that he [the lord] was Atabalipa who was
+there present, to whom that kingdom legitimately belonged as he was the
+son of that Gucunacaba whom they had loved so much. He [Atabalipa] was a
+young man who would treat them with much love and who had enough
+prudence to govern that land. He [the Governor] urged them,
+nevertheless, to look well to it that they wished him for a lord, for if
+not, they were to name another, and if he were capable, the governor
+would give him to them as lord. They replied that since Atabalipa was
+dead, they would obey Atabalipa or whomever else he should give them,
+and so it was arranged that they should yield obedience another day
+according to the accustomed manner. When the next day had come, once
+more they all assembled before the door of the governor where was placed
+the cacique in his chair and near him all the other lords and chiefs,
+each in his proper position. And due ceremonies having been held, each
+one came to offer him a white plume as a sign of vassalage and tribute,
+which is an ancient custom dating from the time that this land was
+conquered by these Cuzcos.[12] This done, they sang and danced, making a
+great festivity, in which the new king neither arrayed himself in
+clothes of price nor placed the fringe upon the forehead in the manner
+in which the dead lord was wont to wear it. And when the governor asked
+him why he did so, he replied that it was the custom of his ancestors
+when they took possession of the realm to mourn the dead cacique and to
+pass three days in fasting, shut up within their house, after which they
+used to come forth with much pomp and solemnity and hold great
+festivities, for which reason he, too, would like to spend two days in
+fasting. The Governor replied that since it was an ancient custom he
+might keep it, and that soon he would give him many things which the
+Emperor our Lord sent to him, which he would give to him and to all the
+lords of those provinces. And at once the cacique was placed for his
+fast in a place apart from the assembly of the others, which was a house
+that they had built for this purpose since the day that notice was given
+by the Governor; it was near the Governor's lodging; on account of it
+the said Governor and the other Spaniards were greatly astonished,
+seeing how, in so short a time, so large and fine a house had been
+built. In it he was shut up and retired without anyone's seeing him or
+entering that place save the servants who waited on him and brought him
+food, or the Governor when he wished to send him something. When the
+fast was over, he came forth richly clad and accompanied by many troops,
+caciques and chiefs who guarded him, and all the places where he was to
+sit were adorned with costly cushions, and beneath his feet were placed
+fine cloths. Seated near him was Calichuchima, the great general of
+Atabalipa who conquered this land, as was told in the account of the
+affairs at Caxamalca, and near him was also the captain Tice, one of the
+chiefs, and on the other side were certain brothers of the lord, while
+on both hands were other caciques and captains and governors of
+provinces and other lords of great lands, and, in short, no one sat
+there who was not of quality. They all ate together on the ground, for
+they use no other table, and when they had eaten, the cacique said that
+he wished to give his obedience in the name of H. M., as his chiefs had
+given it. The Governor told him to do it in the way that seemed best,
+and soon he [the cacique] offered him [the governor] a white plume
+which had been given to him by his caciques, saying that it was given as
+a token of obedience. The Governor embraced him with much love and
+received it, saying that he wished to tell him the things which he was
+to tell in the name of the Emperor, and it was agreed between the two
+that they should meet again for this purpose the following day. When it
+had arrived, the Governor presented himself in the assembly dressed as
+well as possible in silken clothes and accompanied by the officials of
+H. M. and by some noblemen of his company who assisted well-dressed for
+the greater solemnity of this ceremony of friendship and peace, and by
+his side he stationed the ensign with the royal standard. Then the
+Governor began asking each [cacique] in turn his name and that of the
+land of which he was the lord, and he ordered that it be taken down by
+his secretary and scrivener, and there were as many as fifty caciques
+and chiefs. Then, facing all those people, he told them that D. Carlos
+our lord of whom they were servants and vassals who were in his
+company, had sent him to that land in order to give them understanding
+and to preach to them of how a sole Lord Creator of the sky and of the
+earth, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, three distinct persons in one sole
+true God, had created them and given them life and being, and had
+brought to bear the fruits of the land whereby they were sustained, and
+that to this end he would teach them what they were to do and observe in
+order to be saved. And he told them how, by the command of the
+all-powerful God, and of his vicars upon earth, because he had gone to
+heaven where he now dwells and will be eternally glorified, those lands
+were given to the Emperor in order that he might have charge of them,
+who had sent him [Pizarro] to instruct them in the christian faith and
+place them under his obedience. He added that it was all in writing and
+that they should listen to it and fulfil that which he had read to them,
+by means of an interpreter, word for word. Then he asked them if they
+had understood, and they replied that they had, and that since he had
+given them Atabalipa for a lord, they would do all that he commanded
+them to do in the name of H. M., holding as supreme lord the Emperor,
+then the Governor, then Atabalipa, in order to do as much as he
+commanded in his [H. M.'s] name. Then the Governor took in his hands the
+royal standard which he raised on high three times, and he told them
+that, as vassals of the Caesarian Majesty, they ought to do likewise,
+and the cacique took it, and afterwards the captains and the other
+chiefs, and each one raised it aloft twice; then they went to embrace
+the Governor who received them with great joy through seeing their good
+will, and with how much contentment they had heard the affairs of God
+and of our religion. The Governor wished that all this be drawn up as
+testimony in writing, and when it was over, the caciques and chiefs held
+great festivities, so much so that every day there were rejoicings such
+as games and feasts, usually held in the house of the Governor.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+    While leading a new colony of Spaniards to settle in Xauxa, they
+    receive news of the death of Guaritico,[13] brother of Atahualpa.
+    Afterwards they passed through the land of Guamachucho,[14]
+    Adalmach,[15] Guaiglia,[16] Puerto Nevado, and Capo Tombo,[17] and
+    they hear that in Tarma many Indian warriors are waiting to attack
+    them, on account of which they take Calichuchima prisoner, and then
+    proceed intrepidly on their journey to Cachamarca,[18] where they
+    find much gold.
+
+
+At this time he [the Governor] had just finished distributing the gold
+and silver which were in that house among the Spaniards of his company,
+and Atabalipa gave the gold belonging to the royal fifths to the
+treasurer of H. M. who took charge of it in order to carry it to the
+city of Xauxa where he [the Governor] intended to found a colony of
+Spaniards on account of the reports he had of the good surrounding
+provinces and of the many cities which there were about it. To this
+end, he had the Spaniards arranged in order and provided with arms and
+other things for the journey, and when the time for departure came, he
+gave them Indians to carry their gold and burdens. Before setting out,
+having heard how few soldiers there were in San Miguel[19] for the
+purpose of holding it, he took, from among those Spaniards whom he was
+to take with him, ten cavalrymen and a captain, a person of great
+cautiousness, whom he ordered to go to that city where he was to
+maintain himself until ships should arrive with troops who might guard
+it, after which he was to go to Xauxa where he himself was about to
+found a village of Spaniards and melt the gold which he bore, promising
+that he would give them all the gold that was due them with as much
+punctuality as if they were actually present, because his [the
+captain's] return [to San Miguel] was very necessary, that being the
+first city to be settled and colonized for the Caesarian Majesty as
+well as the chief one because in it they would have to wait there to
+receive the ships which should come from Spain, to that land.[20]
+
+In this manner they set out with the instructions which the Governor
+gave them as to what they were to do in the pacification of the people
+of that region. The Governor set out one Monday morning, and on that day
+travelled three leagues, sleeping by the shore of a river where the news
+reached him that a brother of Atabalipa called Guaritico had been killed
+by some captains of Atabalipa at his command. This Guaritico was a very
+important person and a friend of the Spaniards, and he had been sent by
+the Governor from Caxamalca to repair the bridges and bad spots in the
+road. The cacique pretended to feel great heaviness because of his
+death, and the Governor himself regretted it because he liked him, and
+because he was very useful to the Christians. The next day the Governor
+set out from that place, and, by his marches, arrived in the land of
+Guamachucho, eighteen leagues from Caxamalca. Having rested there two
+days, he set out for Caxamalca[21] nine leagues ahead, and arrived there
+in three days, and rested four in order that his troops might have
+repose and opportunity to collect supplies for the march to Guaiglia,
+twenty leagues from there. Having left this village, he came in three
+days to the Puerto de Nevado, and a morning's march brought him within a
+day's journey of Guaiglia; and the governor commanded a captain of his,
+who was the Marshal D. Diego de Almagro, to go with troops and take a
+bridge two leagues from Guaiglia, which bridge was built in a manner
+that will soon be related. This captain captured the bridge, which is
+near a strong mountain that dominated that land. The Governor did not
+delay in arriving at the bridge with the rest of his men, and having
+crossed it, he went on, in another morning, which was Sunday, to
+Guaiglia. Arrived there, they soon heard mass and afterwards entered
+certain good rooms; having rested there eight days, he set forth with
+the soldiers, and the next day crossed another bridge of osiers,[22]
+which was above the said river which here passes through a very
+delectable valley. They journeyed thirty leagues to the point where
+captain Hernando Pizarro came when he went to Pachacamac,[23] as will be
+seen in the long account which was sent to H. M. of all that was done on
+that journey to Pachacamac, from there to the city of Xauxa and back to
+Caxamalca, on the occasion on which he took with him the captain
+Chilichuchima and other matters which do not concern us here. The
+Governor changed his route, and, by forced marches, arrived at the land
+of Caxatambo.[24] From there he went on without doing more than to ask
+for some Indians who should carry the gold of H. M. and of the soldiers,
+and always using great vigilance in learning of the affairs which took
+place in the land, and always having both a vanguard and a rear-guard as
+had been done up to that time for fear that the captain Chilichuchima
+whom he had with him, would hatch some treasonable plot, all the more so
+on account of the suspicion he felt owing to the fact that neither in
+Caxatambo nor in the eighteen leagues after it had he met with any
+warriors, nor were his fears lessened during a halt in a village five
+leagues beyond because all the people had fled without leaving a living
+soul. When he had arrived there, a Spaniard's Indian servant, who was
+from that land of Pambo[25] distant from here some ten leagues, and
+twenty from Xauxa, came to him saying that he had heard that troops had
+been assembled in Xauxa to kill the Christians who were coming, and that
+they had as captains Incorabaliba, Iguaparro, Mortay[26] and another
+captain, all four being important men who had many troops with them, and
+the servant added that they had placed a part of this force in a village
+called Tarma five leagues from Xauxa in order to guard a bad pass that
+there was in a mountain and to cut and break it up in such a way that
+the Spaniards could not pass by. Informed of this, the governor gave
+orders that Chilichuchima should be made a prisoner, because it was held
+to be certain that that force had been made ready by his advice and
+command, he thinking to flee the Christians and to go to join it. Of
+these matters the cacique Atabalipa was unaware, and on this account,
+these [Spanish] troops did not permit any Indian to pass by in the
+direction of the cacique who might give notice of these affairs. The
+reason why these Indians had rebelled and were seeking war with the
+Christians was that they saw the land being conquered by the Spaniards,
+and they themselves wished to govern it.
+
+The Governor, before setting out from that place, sent a captain with
+troops to take a snowy pass three leagues ahead and then to pass the
+night in some fields near Pombo,[27] all of which the captain did, and
+he passed the pass with much snow, but without encountering any
+obstacle. And the Governor crossed it likewise, without any opposition
+save for the inconvenience caused by the snow falling upon them. They
+all spent the night in that waste without a single hut, and they lacked
+for wood and victuals. Having arrived in the land of Pombo, the Governor
+provided and commanded that the soldiers should be lodged with the best
+order and caution possible, because he had news that the enemy were
+increasing every moment, and it was held to be certain that he would
+come here to assail the Spaniards, and because of this, the Governor
+caused the patrols and sentinels to be increased, always spying upon the
+progress of the enemy. After he had waited there another day for certain
+envoys whom the cacique Atabalipa had sent to learn what was going on in
+Xauxa, one came who told how the warriors were five leagues from Xauxa
+on the road from Cuzco and were coming to burn the town so that the
+Christians should not find shelter, and that they intended afterward to
+return to Cuzco to combine under a captain named Quizquiz who was there
+with many troops who had come from Quito by command of Atabalipa for
+the security of the land. When this was learned by the Governor, he
+caused to be made ready seventy-five light horse, and with twenty peones
+who guarded Chilichuchima, and without the impediment of baggage, he set
+out for Xauxa, leaving behind the treasurer with the other troops who
+were guarding the camp baggage and the gold of H. M., and of the
+company. The day on which he set out from Pombo, he travelled some seven
+leagues, and he halted in a village called Cacamarca,[28] and here they
+found seventy thousand pesos of gold in large pieces, to guard which the
+Governor left two Christians from the cavalry in order that when the
+rear-guard should arrive, it might be conducted well guarded. Then, in
+the morning, he set forth with his men in good array, for he had word
+that three leagues from there were four thousand men. And on the march
+three or four light horsemen went ahead so that, if they should meet a
+spy of the enemy's, they might take him prisoner to prevent his giving
+warning of their coming. At the hour of noon, they arrived at that bad
+pass of Tarma where warriors were said to be waiting to defend it. The
+pass seemed to be so full of difficulties that it would be impossible to
+go up it, because there was a bad road of stone down into the gully
+where all the riders had to dismount, after which it was necessary to go
+up the heights by a slope about a league long, the greater part of which
+was steep and difficult forest, all of which was crossed without any
+Indians who were said to be armed making an appearance. And in the
+afternoon, after the hour of vespers, the Governor and his men arrived
+at that village of Tarma where, because it was a bad site and because he
+had news that Indians were coming to it to surprise the Christians, he
+did not wish to linger longer than was necessary for feeding the horses
+and allaying their own hunger and fatigue so as to enable them to go
+forth prepared from that place which had no other level spot than the
+plaza as it was on a small slope surrounded by mountains for the space
+of a league. As it was already night, he made his camp here, being
+always on the alert and having the horses saddled. And the men were
+without [proper] food and even without any comfort because there was
+neither fire-wood nor water, nor had they brought their tents with them
+to shelter them, because of which they all nearly died of cold on
+account of the fact that it rained much early in the night and then
+snowed so that the arms and clothes were drenched. But each one sought
+the best remedy he could, and so that evil and troublous night passed to
+the dawn when he commanded that all mount their horses so as to arrive
+early at Xauxa which was four leagues from there. When two had been
+crossed over, the Governor divided the seventy-five soldiers between
+three captains, giving fifteen to each, and taking with him the
+remaining twenty and the twenty peones who were guarding Chilichuchima.
+In this order they journeyed to Porsi a league from Xauxa, having given
+each captain orders as to what he was to do, and they all halted in a
+small village which they encountered. Then they all marched on in
+complete accord, and gave a look at the city. They all halted again on a
+slope within a quarter of a league of it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+    They arrive at the city of Xauxa; they leave some soldiers there to
+    guard that place, and others go against the army of the enemy with
+    which they fight. They win a victory, and return to Xauxa.
+
+
+The natives all came out along the road in order to look at the
+Christians, celebrating much their coming because they thought that,
+through it, they would issue forth from the slavery in which that
+foreign army [the Incas] held them. [The Spaniards] wished to await a
+later hour in the day at this place, but, seeing that no warriors
+appeared, they began their journey so as to enter the city. On going
+down that little slope, they saw running toward them at great speed an
+Indian with a lance erect, and when he came up to them it was found that
+he was a servant of the Christians who said that his master had sent
+him to inform them that they must hold themselves in readiness because
+their enemies were in the city, and that two Christians from the cavalry
+had been sent ahead of the rest, and that they had entered the city to
+see the buildings there, and while they were inspecting it, they saw
+some twenty Indians who came out of certain houses with their lances and
+other arms, calling to others to come forth and join with them. The two
+Christians, seeing them thus assemble, without heeding their cries and
+clamour, attacked them, killed several, and put the others to flight;
+the latter soon joined with others who came to their aid, and they
+formed a mass of some two hundred which the Spaniards again attacked, in
+a narrow street, and broke, forcing them to retreat to the bank of a
+great river which passes by that city, and then one of these Spaniards
+sent the Indian as I have said, with raised lance as a sign that there
+were armed enemies in the city. This having been heard, the Spaniards
+set spur to their horses, and, without delay, arrived at the city and
+entered it; and when they joined their companions, the latter told them
+what had occurred with those Indians. The captains, running in the
+direction in which the enemy had retreated, arrived at length at the
+bank of the river, which was then very full, and on the other shore, at
+a distance of a quarter of a league, they descried the squadrons of
+their enemies. Then, having passed the river with no little toil and
+danger, they gave chase to them. The Governor remained guarding the city
+because it was said that there were enemies hidden within it, as well.
+The Indians perceiving that the Christians had crossed the river, they
+began to retreat, drawn up in two squadrons. One of the Spanish
+captains, with his fifteen light horsemen, spurred ahead toward the
+slope of the hill for which they [the Indians] were making so that they
+could not retreat thither and fortify themselves. The other two captains
+kept right up with them, overtaking them in a field of maize near the
+river. There they put them in disorder and routed them, capturing as
+many as possible, so that of six hundred [Indians] not more than twenty
+or thirty, who took to the mountains before the other captain with his
+fifteen men could arrive, saved themselves. Most of the Indians made for
+the water, thinking to save themselves in it, but the light horsemen
+crossed the river almost by swimming after them, and they did not leave
+one alive save some few who had hidden themselves in their flight after
+their army was broken in pieces. Then the Spaniards ran through the
+country as far as a league below without finding a single Indian. Then,
+having returned, they rested themselves and their horses, which were in
+great need of it; both because of the long journey of the day before and
+on account of their having run those two leagues, they were rather
+crippled. When the truth was learned as to what troops those were [with
+whom the Spaniards had fought], it was found that the four captains and
+the main body were encamped six leagues down the river from Xauxa, and
+that, on that very day, they had sent those six hundred men to complete
+the burning of the city of Xauxa, having already burned the other half
+of it seven or eight days before, and that they had then burned a great
+edifice which was in the plaza, as well as many other things before the
+eyes of the people of that city, together with many clothes and much
+maize, so that the Spaniards should not avail themselves of them. The
+citizens were left so hostile to those other Indians that if one of the
+latter hid, they showed him to the Christians so that they would kill
+him, and they themselves aided in killing them, and they would even have
+done so with their own hands if the Christians had permitted it. The
+Spanish captains, having studied the place where these enemies were
+found as well as the road, along a part of which they journeyed, they
+determined not to shut themselves up in Xauxa, but to pass onward and
+attack the main body of the army which was four leagues off before it
+should receive news of their coming. With this intention, they
+commanded the soldiers to make ready, but their proposal did not come to
+pass because they found the horses so weary that they held it to be
+better council to retire, which they did. Arrived in Xauxa, they
+recounted to the Governor all that had happened, with which he was well
+pleased, and he received them cheerfully, thanking them all for having
+borne themselves so valorously. And he told them that by all means he
+intended to attack the camp of the enemy because, although they were
+advised of the victory, it was certain that they would be waiting. At
+once he ordered his master of the camp to lodge the men and let them
+rest during what remained of the day and through the night until
+moon-rise, and that then they should make ready to go and attack their
+enemies. At that hour fifty light horsemen were in readiness, and at the
+sound of the trumpet they presented themselves, armed and with their
+horses, at the lodging of the Governor who despatched them very soon
+upon their road. Fifteen horsemen remained with him in the city
+together with the twenty peones who made the guard all of each night
+with the horses saddled, until the captain of that sally returned, which
+was in five days. He related to the governor all that had happened from
+the time of his departure, telling how, on the night he left Xauxa, he
+journeyed some four leagues before dawn, with much eagerness to attack
+the enemy's camp before they were warned of his coming; and being now
+near [the enemy] at dawn, they saw a great mass of smoke in the place of
+their encampment, which seemed to be two leagues further on. And so he
+spurred on with his men at a great pace, thinking that the enemy, warned
+of his approach, had fled and that the buildings that there were in a
+village were burning. And so it was, because they had fled, after having
+set fire to that wretched hamlet. Arrived at that place, the Spaniards
+followed the footsteps of the warriors through a very broad valley. And
+as they overtook them they collided with the enemy who were going more
+slowly with many women and children in their rear-guard, and the
+Spaniards, leaving these behind them in order to catch up with the men,
+ran more than four leagues, and caught up with some of their squadrons.
+As some of them [the Indians] saw the Castilians from some distance,
+they had time to take shelter on a mountain and save themselves; others,
+who were few, were killed, leaving in the power of the Spaniards (who,
+because their horses were tired, did not wish to go up the mountain)
+many spoils and women and children. And as it was already night, they
+returned to sleep in a village which they had left behind. And the
+following day these Spaniards determined to follow them as they fled
+back to Cuzco so as to take from them certain bridges of net-work and to
+prevent their crossing. But, because of lack of pasturage for their
+horses, they found themselves obliged to fall back, to the
+dissatisfaction of the Governor because they had not at least followed
+and taken those bridges so as to prevent the Indians from returning to
+Cuzco; it was feared that, being strange people, they would do great
+harm to the citizens of those places.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+    They name new officials in the city of Xauxa in order to establish a
+    settlement of Spaniards, and, having had news of the death of
+    Atabalipa, with great prudence and much craftiness in order to keep
+    themselves in the good graces of the Indians, they discuss the
+    appointment of a new lord.
+
+
+And for this reason, as soon as the baggage and the rear-guard, which he
+had left at Pombo, had arrived, he [the Governor] published an edict to
+the effect that whereas he was determined to found a settlement of
+Spaniards in the name of H. M., all those who wished to settle there
+might do so. But there was not one Spaniard who wished to remain, and
+they said that so long as there were warriors all about in that land
+with arms in their hands the natives of that province would not be at
+the service and disposal of the Spaniards and in obedience to H. M. When
+this was observed by the Governor, he determined not to lose time then
+in that matter, but to go against the enemy in the direction of Cuzco in
+order to drive them from that province and rout them from all of it. In
+the meanwhile, in order to put in order the affairs of that city, he
+founded the village in the name of H. M., and created officials of
+justice for it [and for its citizens] who were eighty in number, of whom
+forty were light horsemen whom he left there as a garrison, and,
+[leaving also] the treasurer, who was to guard the gold of H. M. and to
+act in all matters as head and chief in command of the government.[29]
+While these things were being done, the cacique Atabalipa came to die,
+of his illness; because of this, the Governor and all the other
+Spaniards felt great sorrow, because it was certain that he was very
+prudent and had much love for the Spaniards. It was given out publicly
+that the captain Calichuchima had caused his death because he desired
+that the land should remain with the people of Quito and not with either
+those of Cuzco or with the Spaniards, and if that cacique ["Atabalipa"]
+had lived, he [Calichuchima] would not have been able to succeed in what
+he desired to do. At once, the Governor had Calichuchima and Tizas[30]
+and a brother of the cacique and other leading chiefs and caciques who
+had come from Caxamalca summoned to him; to them he said that they must
+know very well that he had given them Atabalipa as a lord and that, now
+that he was dead, they ought to think of whom they would like as lord in
+order that he might give him to them. There was a great difference of
+opinion between them on this subject because Calichuchima wished the son
+of Atabalipa and brother of the dead cacique Aticoc[31] as lord, and
+others, who were not of the land of Quito, wished the lord to be a
+native of Cuzco and proposed a brother of Atabalipa (as lord). The
+Governor said to those who wished as lord the brother of Atabalipa that
+they should send and have him summoned and that after he had come, if he
+found him to be a man of worth, he would appoint him. And with this
+reply that meeting came to an end. And the Governor, having called aside
+the captain Calichuchima, spoke to him in these words: "You already know
+that I loved greatly your lord Atabalipa and that I have always wished
+him to leave a son after he died, and that this son should be lord, and
+that you, who are already a prudent man, should be his captain until he
+had reached the age of governing his dominions, and for this reason I
+greatly desire that he should be called soon, because, for love of his
+father, I love him much, and you likewise. But at the same time, since
+all these caciques who are here are your friends and since you have much
+influence with the soldiers of their nation, it would be well that you
+send them word by messengers to come in peace, because I do not wish to
+be enraged against them and to kill them, as you see I am doing, when I
+wish that the affairs of these provinces should be quiet and peaceful."
+This captain had a great desire, as has been said, that the son of
+Atabalipa should be lord, and knowing this, the Governor slyly spoke
+these words to him and gave him this hope, not because he had any
+intention of carrying it out,[32] but in order that, in the meanwhile,
+that son of Atabalipa might come for this purpose (and) might cause
+those caciques who had taken up arms [also] to come to him in peace. It
+was likewise agreed that he should say to Aticoc and to the other lords
+of the province of Cuzco that he [the Governor] would give them as lord
+him whom they wished, because it was necessary that those things which
+were for the good of all should thus be governed in the state. He tried
+to give to Calichuchima words that [would enable him] to cause the
+people who were in Cuzco with arms to lay them down in order that they
+might do no harm to the people of the country, and those of Cuzco,
+because they were true friends of the Christians, gave them notice of
+all that the enemy were trying to do and of all that was going on in the
+country, and for this reason and others the Governor said this with
+great prudence. Chilichuchima, to whom he told it, showed as much
+pleasure at these words as if he had been made lord of the whole world,
+and he replied that he would do as he was ordered and that it would
+cause him much pleasure if the caciques and soldiers were to come in
+peace[33] and that he would despatch messengers to Quito in order that
+the son of Atabalipa might come. But he feared that two great captains
+who were with him would prevent it, and would not let him come.
+Nevertheless he would send such a person of importance with the embassy
+that he thought that all would conform with his wish. And soon he added,
+"Sir, since you wish me to cause these caciques to come, take off this
+chain [which I wear] for, seeing me with it, no one wishes to obey me."
+The Governor, in order that he should not suspect that he had feigned
+what he had said to him, told him that he was pleased to do so, but on
+the condition that he was to put a guard of Christians over him until
+after he had caused those soldiers who were at war to come in peace and
+until the son of Atabalipa had come.[34] He [Chalcuchima] was satisfied
+with this, and so he was released, and the Governor put him under a good
+guard, because that captain was the key [the possession of which
+ensured] having the land quiet and subjected. This precaution taken, and
+the troops who were to go with the Governor toward Cuzco being made
+ready, the number of whom was one hundred horsemen and thirty peons, he
+[the Governor] ordered a captain to go ahead with seventy horsemen and
+some peons in order to rebuild the bridges which had been burned, and
+the Governor remained behind while he was giving orders for many matters
+touching the welfare of the city and Republic which he was to leave
+already well established, and in order to await the reply of the
+Christians whom he had sent to the coast in order to examine the ports
+and set up crosses in them in case some one should come to reconnoitre
+the land.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+    Description of the bridges which the natives are wont to make in
+    order to cross the rivers; and of the toilsome journey which the
+    Spaniards had, in going to Cuzco, and of the arrival at Panarai and
+    Tarcos.
+
+
+This captain departed with those who were to follow him on Thursday, and
+the Governor with the rest of the troops, and Chilichuchima with his
+guard left the following Monday. In the morning they were all ready with
+their arms and other necessary things; the journey they were to make
+being long, they were to leave all the baggage in Xauxa, it not being
+convenient to carry it with them on that journey. The Governor journeyed
+two days down the valley along the bank of the Xauxa River, which was
+very delectable and peopled in many places, and on the third day he
+arrived at a bridge of net-work which is over the said river and which
+the Indian soldiers had burned after they crossed over, but already the
+captain who had gone ahead had made the natives rebuild it. And in the
+places where they build these bridges of net-work, where the rivers are
+swollen, this inland country far from the sea being densely populated,
+and because almost none of the Indians knows how to swim, because of
+which even though the rivers are small and might be forded, they
+nevertheless throw out these bridges, and after this fashion; If the two
+banks of the river are stony, they raise upon them large walls of stone,
+and then they place four [ropes of] pliable reeds two palms or a little
+less in thickness, and between them, after the fashion of wattle-work,
+they weave green osiers two fingers thick and well intertwined, in such
+a way that some are not left more slack than others, and all are well
+tied. And upon these they place branches crosswise in such a way that
+the water is not seen, and in this way they make the floor of the
+bridge. And in the same manner they weave a balustrade of these same
+osiers along the side of the bridge so that no one may fall into the
+water, of which, in truth, there is no danger, although to one who is
+not used to it, the matter of crossing appears a thing of danger
+because, the span being long, the bridge bends when one goes over it, so
+that one goes continually downward until the middle is reached, and from
+there he keeps going up until he has finished crossing to the other
+bank, and when the bridge is being crossed, it trembles very much, so
+that it goes to the head of him who is not accustomed to it. Ordinarily
+they make two bridges close together, so that, as they say, the lords
+may cross by one and the common people by another. They keep guards over
+them, and the lords of all the land keep them there continuously in
+order that if someone should steal gold or silver or anything else from
+him or from some other lord of the land, he would not be able to cross.
+And those who guard these bridges have their houses nearby, and they
+always have in their hands osiers and wattles and cords in order to mend
+the bridges if they are injured or even to rebuild them if need were.
+The guards who were in charge of this bridge when the Indians who burned
+it passed over, hid the materials which they had for mending it, for
+otherwise the Indians would have burned them also, and for this reason
+they rebuilt it in so short a space of time in order that the Spaniards
+might cross over. The Spanish cavalry and the Governor crossed by one of
+these bridges, although, on account of its being new and not well made,
+they had much trouble because the captain who had gone ahead with
+seventy cavalrymen had made many holes in it so that it was half
+destroyed. Still, the horses got over without endangering themselves,
+although nearly all stumbled because the bridge moved and trembled so,
+but, as I have said, the bridge was made in such a way that even though
+they were thrown upon their knees, they could not fall into the water.
+As soon as all were over, the Governor encamped in some groves near
+which ran some streams of beautiful clear water. Later they proceeded
+on their journey two leagues along the shore of that river through a
+narrow valley on both sides of which were very high mountains, and in
+some places, this valley through which the river passes has so little
+space that there is not more than a stone's throw from the foot of the
+mountain to the river, and in other places, because of the slope of the
+mountain, there is but little more. Two leagues of this valley having
+been travelled, they came to another bridge, a small one over another
+river, over which the troops passed on foot while the horses forded, as
+much on account of the bridge being in bad order as on account of the
+fact that the water was low at that time. Having crossed the river, he
+[the Governor] began to climb a very steep and long mountain all made of
+steps of very small stones.[35] Here the horses toiled so much that,
+when they had finished going up, the greater part of them had lost their
+shoes and worn down the hoofs of all four feet. That mountain, which
+lasted for more than half a league, having been overcome, and having
+journeyed for a bit in the evening along a slope, the Governor with his
+men arrived at a village which the hostile Indians had sacked and
+burned, on account of which neither people nor maize was found in it,
+nor any other food, and the water was very far off because the Indians
+had broken the aqueducts which came to the city, which was a great evil
+and of much inconvenience for the Spaniards who, because they had found
+the road hard, toilsome and long on that day, needed good lodging. The
+next day the Governor set out from there and went to sleep in another
+village which, although it was very large and fine and full of houses,
+had as little food in it as the last one; and this village is called
+Panarai. The Governor wondered greatly with his men at finding here
+neither food nor anything else, because this place belonged to one of
+the lords who had been with Atabalipa and with the dead lord in the
+company of the Christians, and he had come in their company as far as
+Xauxa, [where] he said he wished to go ahead in order to prepare in this
+land his victuals and other things necessary for the Spaniards. And when
+they found here neither him nor his people, it was held to be certain
+that the country-side had revolted. And not having had any letter from
+the captain who had gone ahead with the seventy horsemen, save which let
+them know that he was going right after the hostile Indians, it was
+feared that the foe had taken some step whereby he was prevented from
+sending any messenger. The Spaniards sought so much, that they found
+some maize and ewes, ... and the next day, early, they set out and
+arrived at a village called Tarcos, where they met the cacique of the
+district and some men who told them of the day on which had passed that
+way some Christians who were going to fight with the enemy who had
+established their camp in a neighboring settlement. All received this
+news with great pleasure, and they found a good reception in that
+place, because the cacique had brought to the plaza a large quantity of
+maize, fire-wood, ewes, and other things of which the Spaniards had
+great need.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+    While proceeding on their journey they have news sent by the forty
+    Spanish horsemen of the state of the Indian army with which the
+    latter had fought victoriously.
+
+
+On the next day, which was Saturday, All Saints' day, the friar who was
+with this company said mass in the morning, according to the custom of
+saying it on such a day, and later all set out and journeyed until they
+arrived at a full river three leagues beyond, always descending from the
+mountains by a rough and long slope. This river, likewise, had a
+net-work bridge which, being broken, made it necessary to ford the
+stream, and afterwards a very large mountain was ascended which, looked
+at from below, seemed impossible of ascent by the very birds of the air,
+and still more so by men on horseback toiling over the ground. But the
+climb was made less arduous for them by the fact that the road went up
+in spirals, and not straight. The greater part, however, was made of
+large steps of stone which greatly fatigued the horses and wore down and
+injured their hoofs, even though they were led by the bridle. In this
+manner a long league was surmounted, and another was traversed by a more
+easy road along a declivity, and in the afternoon the Governor with the
+Spaniards arrived at a small village of which a part was burned, and in
+the other part, which had remained whole, the Spaniards settled. And in
+the evening two Indian couriers, sent by the captain who was ahead,
+arrived. They brought news, in letters to the Governor, that the captain
+had arrived with all speed at the land of Parcos[36] which he had left
+behind him, having had news that the [Indian] captains were thereabout
+with all the hostile forces; [but] he did not encounter them, and it was
+held to be certain that they had withdrawn to Bilcas,[37] and through so
+much of the road as he traversed until coming to [a place] within five
+leagues of Bilcas, where he spent the night, he marched secretly in
+order not to be forestalled by certain spies who were placed a league
+from Bilcas. And having news that the enemy were in a town without
+having warning of his coming, the captain was delighted, and, having
+gone down the rather difficult slope where that place was, at dawn he
+entered [the town where some warriors were lodged with few
+precautions].[38] The Spanish cavalry began to attack them in the plazas
+until so many had been killed or had fled that no one remained; because
+there were a few Indian soldiers who had retired to a mountain on one
+side of the road who, as soon as the day became bright and they saw the
+Spaniards, assembled in squadrons, and came against them crying out
+_Ingres_,[39] which name they hold to be very insulting, being that of a
+contemned people who live in the hot lands of the sea-coast, and because
+that province was cold and the Spaniards wore clothes over their flesh,
+[the Indians] called them Ingres and threatened them with slavery as
+they were few, not more than forty, and defying them by saying that they
+would come down to where they were. The captain, although he knew that
+that was a bad place for fighting on horseback, of which position the
+Spaniards could little avail themselves there, nevertheless, in order
+that the enemy should not think that he would not fight from lack of
+spirit, took with him thirty horsemen, leaving the rest to guard the
+town, and went down through a cleft[40] in the mountain by a very
+painful slope. The enemy boldly awaited them and in the shock of battle
+they killed one horse and wounded two others, but finally, all being
+dispersed, some fled in one direction and others in another over the
+mountain [by] a very rough road where the horses could neither follow
+them nor injure them. At this juncture, an [Indian] captain who had fled
+from the village, and who knew that they had killed one horse and
+wounded two, said "Come, let us turn back and fight with these men
+until not one is left alive, for there are but a few of them!" and at
+once all returned with more spirit and greater impetuosity than before,
+and in this way a sharper battle than the first was fought. At the end,
+the Indians fled and the horsemen followed them in all directions as
+long as they could. In these two encounters more than six hundred men
+were left dead, and it is believed also that Maila, one of their
+captains, died, and the Indians affirmed it also, and they, on their
+part, when they killed a horse, cut off his head and put it on a lance
+which they bore before them like a standard. [The Spanish captain]
+likewise informed [his men] that he intended to rest there for three
+days out of consideration for the wounded Christians and horses, and
+that later they would set out to take, first of all, a bridge of
+net-work which was near there, so that the fugitive enemies should not
+cross it and go to join with Quizquiz[41] in Cuzco and with the garrison
+of troops he had there, which was said to be waiting for the Spaniards
+in a bad pass near Cuzco. But, although they found it to be more than
+bad, they hoped in God who, in whatever place that battle might be
+fought, even in a land all rough and stony, would not permit the Indians
+to be able to defend themselves any where, no matter how difficult and
+toilsome it might be, nor to attack the Spaniards in any bad pass. And,
+having set out from here and having crossed the bridge three leagues
+from Cuzco [the captain declared] that he would there await the Governor
+as he had informed him by swift messenger Indians of what had occurred.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+    After having suffered various inconveniences, and having passed the
+    cities of Bilcas and of Andabailla,[42] and before arriving at
+    Airamba,[43] they have letters from the Spaniards in which they ask
+    for the aid of thirty cavaliers.
+
+
+Having received this letter, the Governor and all the Spaniards who were
+with him were filled with infinite content over the victory which the
+captain had obtained, and at once he sent it, together with another, to
+the city of Xauxa, to the treasurer and to the Spaniards who had
+remained there in order that they might share in the gladness over the
+victory of the captain. And likewise he sent despatches to the captain
+and the Spaniards who were with him congratulating them much on the
+victory they had won, and begging them and counseling them to be
+governed in these matters more by prudence than by confidence in their
+own strength, and commanding, at all events, that, having passed the
+last bridge, they should await him [the Governor] there so that they
+might then enter the city of Cuzco all together. This done, the Governor
+set out the following day and went by a rough and tiring road through
+rocky mountains and over ascents and descents of stone steps from which
+all believed they could only bring their horses with difficulty,
+considering the road already traversed and that still to be traversed.
+They slept that night in a village on the other side of the river, which
+here, as elsewhere, had a bridge of net-work. The horses crossed through
+the water and the footsoldiers and the servants of the Spaniards by the
+bridge. On the next day they had a good road beside the river where they
+encountered many wild animals, deer and antelope; and that day they
+arrived at nightfall at some rooms in the vicinity of Bilcas where the
+captain who was going ahead had made halt in order to travel by night
+and so enter Bilcas without being found out, as he did enter it, and
+here was received another letter from him in which he said that he had
+left Bilcas two days before, and had come to a river four leagues ahead
+which he had forded because the bridge had been burned, and here he had
+understood that the captain Narabaliba was fleeing with some twenty
+Indians and that he had met two thousand Indians whom the captain of
+Cuzco had sent to him as aid who, as soon as they knew of the rout at
+Bilcas, turned around and fled with him, endeavouring to join with the
+scattered remnants of those who were fleeing, in order to await them
+[the Spaniards] in a village called Andabailla,[44] and [the Spanish
+captain said] that he was resolved not to stay his course until he
+should encounter them. These announcements being understood by the
+Governor, he first thought of sending aid to the captain, but later he
+did not do so because he considered that if there were to be a battle at
+all it would have occurred already and the aid would not arrive in
+time, and he determined furthermore not to linger a single day until he
+should catch up with him, and in this way he set out for Bilcas which he
+entered very early the following day, and on that day he did not wish to
+go further. This city of Bilcas[45] is placed on a high mountain and is
+a large town and the head of a province. It has a beautiful and fine
+fortress; there are many well built houses of stone, and it is half-way
+by road from Xauxa to Cuzco. And on the next day the Governor encamped
+on the other side of the river, four leagues from Bilcas, and although
+the day's march was short, it was nevertheless toilsome because it was
+entirely a descent almost all composed of stone steps, and the troops
+waded the river with much fatigue because it was very full, and he set
+up his camp on the other bank among some groves. Scarcely had the
+Governor arrived here, when he received a letter from the captain who
+was reconnoitring in which the latter informed him that the enemy had
+gone on five leagues and were in waiting on the slope of a mountain in
+a land called Curamba,[46] and that there were many warriors there, and
+that they had made many preparations and had arranged great quantities
+of stones so that the Spaniards would not be able to go up. The
+Governor, when he understood this, although the captain did not ask him
+for aid, believed that it was necessary now, and he at once ordered the
+Marshal D. Diego de Almagro to get ready with thirty light horsemen,
+well equipped as to arms and horses, and he did not wish him to take a
+single peon with him, because he ordered him [Almagro] not to delay for
+anything until he should come up with the captain who was ahead with the
+others. And when he [Almagro] had set out, the Governor likewise
+started, on the following day, with ten horsemen and the twenty peons
+who were guarding Chilichuchima, and he quickened his pace so much that
+day that of two days' marches he made one. And just as he was about to
+arrive at the village called Andabailla, where he was to sleep, an
+Indian came to him on the run to say that on a certain slope of the
+mountain, which he pointed out with his finger, there had been
+discovered hostile troops of war, on which account, the Governor, armed
+as he was and on horseback, went with the Spaniards he had with him to
+take the summit of that slope, and he examined the whole of it without
+finding the warriors of whom the Indian had spoken, because they were
+troops native to the land who were fleeing from the Indians of Quito
+because the latter did them very great harm. The Governor and company
+having arrived at that village of Andabailla, they supped and spent the
+night there. On the next day, they arrived at the village of Airamba
+from where the captain had written that he was with the armed troops
+waiting for them upon the road.[47]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+    Having arrived at a village, they find much silver in plates
+    twenty-feet long. Proceeding on their journey, they receive letters
+    from the Spaniards relating the brisk and adverse struggle they had
+    had against the army of the Indians.
+
+
+Here were found two dead horses,[48] from which it was suspected that
+some misfortune had befallen the captain. But, having entered the
+village, they learned, from a letter that arrived before they retired
+for the night, that the captain had here encountered some warriors, and
+that, in order to gain the mountain, he had gone up a slope where he had
+found assembled a great quantity of stone, a sign which showed that they
+[the Indians] wished to guard [the pass], and that they were gone in
+search of [other] Indians because they had warning that [the Spaniards]
+were not far off and that the two horses had died of so many changes
+from heat to cold. He [the captain] wrote nothing of the aid which the
+Governor had sent to him, because of which it was thought that it had
+not yet arrived. The next day the Governor set out from there, and slept
+[the next night] by a river whose bridge had been burned by the enemy,
+so that it was necessary to ford it, with great fatigue on account of
+the fact that the current was very swift and the bottom very stony. On
+the next day, they encamped at a town in the houses of which was found
+much silver in large slabs twenty feet long, one broad, and one or two
+fingers thick. And the Indians who were there related that those slabs
+belonged to a great cacique and that one of the lords of Cuzco had won
+them and had carried them off thus in plates, together with those of
+which the conquered cacique had built a house.[49] The next day, the
+Governor set out in order to cross the last bridge, which was almost
+three leagues from there. Before he arrived at that river, a messenger
+came with a letter from the captain in which he informed him that he had
+arrived at the last bridge with great speed in order that the enemy
+should not have opportunity to burn it; but that, at the time of his
+arrival there, they had finished burning it, and as it was already late,
+he did not wish to cross the river that same day, but had gone to camp
+in a village which was nearby. The next day, he [the captain] had passed
+through the water, which came to the breasts of the horses, and had
+proceeded straight along the road to Cuzco which was twelve leagues from
+there; and as, on the way, he was informed that, on a neighbouring
+mountain [where] forts had been built, all the enemies were hoping that
+the next day Quizquiz would come to their aid with reenforcements from
+the troops which he had in Cuzco, for this reason he [the captain] had
+spurred ahead with all speed together with fifty horsemen,[50] for ten
+had been left guarding the baggage and certain gold which had been
+found in the rout of Bilcas. And one Saturday, at noon, they had begun
+to go up on horseback a slope which lasted well over a league, and,
+being wearied by the sharp ascent and by the mid-day heat, which was
+very great, they stopped awhile and gave to the horses some maize which
+they had because the natives of a village nearby had brought it to them.
+Then, proceeding on their journey, the captain, who rode a cross-bow
+shot ahead, saw the enemy on the summit of the mountain, which they
+entirely covered, and [he saw] that three or four thousand were coming
+down in order to pass the point where they [the Spaniards] were. Because
+of this, although he called to the Spaniards to put themselves in
+battle-array, he could not hope to join them, because the Indians were
+already very near and were coming with great rapidity. But with those
+who were in readiness, he advanced to give battle [to the Indians], and
+the Spaniards who kept coming up mounted the slope of the mountain, some
+on one hand, others on the other. They dashed among those of the enemy
+who were foremost without waiting for the beginning of the fight, save
+for defending themselves against the stones which were hurled upon them,
+until they mounted to the summit of the mountain, in which deed they
+thought they saw a certain victory to be accomplished. The horses were
+so tired that they could not get breath in order to attack with
+impetuosity such a multitude of enemies, nor did the latter cease to
+inconvenience and harass them continually with the lances stones and
+arrows which they hurled at them, so they fatigued all to such an extent
+that the riders could hardly keep their horses at the trot or even at
+the pace. The Indians, perceiving the weariness of the horses, began to
+charge with greater fury, and five Christians, whose horses could not go
+up to the summit of the slope, were charged so furiously by so many of
+the throng that to two of them it was impossible to alight, and they
+were killed upon their horses. The others fought on foot very
+valorously, but at length, not being seen by any companions who could
+bring them aid, they remained prisoners, and only one was killed without
+being able to lay hand upon his sword or to defend himself, the cause of
+which was that a good soldier was left dead beside him, the tail of his
+horse having been seized which prevented his going ahead with the rest.
+They [the Indians] opened the heads of all by means of their battle-axes
+and clubs; they wounded eighteen horses and six Christians; but none of
+the wounds were dangerous save those of one horse which died of them. It
+pleased God Our Lord that the Spaniards should gain a plain which was
+near that mountain, and the Indians collected on a hill nearby. The
+captain commanded half of his men to take the bridles off their horses
+and let them drink in a rivulet that ran there, and then to do the same
+for the other half, which was done without being hindered by the
+enemies. Then, the captain said to all: "Gentlemen, let us withdraw from
+here step by step down this declivity in such a way that the enemy may
+think that we are fleeing from them, in order that they may come in
+search of us below, for, if we can attract them to this plain, we will
+attack them all of a sudden in such a manner that I hope not one of them
+will escape from our hands. Our horses are already somewhat tired, and
+if we put the enemy to flight, we shall end by gaining the summit of the
+mountain." And thus it was that some of the Indians, thinking that the
+Spaniards were retreating, came down below, throwing stones at them,
+with their slings, and shooting arrows.[51] When this was seen by the
+Christians, [they knew] that now was their time, [and] they turned their
+horses' heads, and before the Indians could gather together on the
+mountain where they were before, some twenty of them were killed. When
+this was seen by the others, and when they perceived that there was
+little safety in the place where they were, they left that mountain and
+retired to another one which was higher. The captain, with his men,
+finished climbing the mountain, and there, because it was already night,
+he camped with his soldiers. The Indians also camped two cross-bow shots
+away, in such a manner that in either camp could be heard the voices in
+the other. The captain caused the wounds to be cared for and posted
+patrols and sentinels for the night, and he ordered that all the horses
+were to remain saddled and bridled until the following day, on which he
+was to fight with the Indians. And he tried to cheer his men up and
+renew their valor, saying: "that by all means it was necessary to attack
+the enemy the following morning without delaying an instant, because he
+had news that the captain Quizquiz was coming with great reenforcements,
+and by no means should they wait until he joined forces with them." All
+showed as much spirits and confidence as if they already had the victory
+in their hands, and again the captain comforted them, saying: "he held
+the day just passed through to be more perilous than that which awaited
+them on the morrow, and that God Our Lord who had delivered them from
+danger in the past would grant them victory in the future, and that they
+should look to it whether, on the day before, when their horses were so
+weary, they had attacked their enemies with disadvantage and had routed
+them and driven them from their fortresses, even though their own number
+did not exceed fifty, and that of the enemy eight thousand; ought they
+not, then, to hope for victory when they were fresh and rested?" With
+these and other spirited conversations, that night was passed, and the
+Indians were in their own camp, uttering cries and saying: "Wait,
+Christians, until dawn, when you are all to die, and we shall take away
+from you just as many horses as you have!"[52] and they added insulting
+words in their language having determined to enter into combat with the
+Christians as soon as it should dawn, believing them and their horses to
+be weary on account of the toil of the day before and because they saw
+them to be so few in numbers and because they knew that many of the
+horses were wounded. In this manner the same thought prevailed on the
+one side and on the other, but the Indians firmly believed that the
+Christians would not escape from them.[53]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+    News comes of the victory won by the Spaniards, even to their
+    putting the Indian army to flight. They command that a chain be
+    placed about the neck of Chilichuchima, holding him to be a traitor.
+    They cross the Rimac[54] and all reunite once more at
+    Sachisagagna,[55] where they burn Chilichuchima.
+
+
+This news reached the Governor near the last river, as I have said, and
+he, without showing any change in his countenance, communicated it to
+the ten horsemen and twenty peons whom he had with him, consoling them
+all with good words which he spoke to them, although they were greatly
+disturbed in their minds, for they thought that if a small number of
+Indians, relatively to the number anticipated, had maltreated the
+Christians in such a manner in the first action, they would bring upon
+them still greater war on the following day when their horses were
+wounded and when the aid of thirty horsemen, which had been sent to
+them, had not yet arrived among the Spaniards. But all showed that they
+knew how to place their hopes in God, and they arrived at the river
+which they crossed in _balsas_, swimming the horses, because the bridge
+was burned down. And the river being very full, they delayed in crossing
+it the rest of that day and the next one until the hour of siesta when
+the Governor, smiling [determined] to set out without waiting for the
+Indian allies to cross.[56] [Just then] a Christian was seen coming, and
+when all saw him from afar, they judged that the captain with the
+horsemen had been routed and that this man was bringing the news in his
+flight. But when he had arrived in the presence of the Governor, he gave
+great consolation to the minds of all with the news that he brought,
+relating that God Our Lord, who never abandons his faithful servants
+even in the direst extremities, ordained that while the captain with
+the others [of his company] was passing that night cautiously and
+encouraging his men for the combat on the morrow, the Marshal arrived
+with the reenforcements of thirty horsemen which had been sent, and
+these, together with the ten others whom they had left behind, made
+forty altogether, and when all perceived this, the first group felt as
+much pleasure as if they had resuscitated that day [just lived through],
+holding it to be certain that the victory would be theirs on the
+following day. When day had come, which was Sunday, they all mounted at
+dawn, and, disposed in a wing formation in order to present a better
+front, they attacked the rear of the Indians who, during the night, had
+determined to attack the Christians, but who, in the morning, seeing so
+many soldiers, thought that some aid must have come to them during the
+night, on account of which, not having the courage to put on a bold
+front, and seeing that the Spaniards were coming up the slope in pursuit
+of them, turned their backs and retired from mountain to mountain. The
+Spaniards did not follow them because the land was rough, and besides, a
+mist arose which was so thick that they could not see one another, and
+yet withal, on the slope of a hill, they killed many of the enemy. At
+this juncture, a thousand Indians in a squadron commanded by Quizquiz
+arrived in aid of the Indians who, seeing the Christians on horseback
+and so warlike, judged it time to withdraw to the mountain.[57] At the
+same time, the Christians assembled in their [the Indians'] fort, whence
+the captain had sent this messenger to the Governor to tell him that he
+would await him there until he should arrive. When this news was heard
+by the Governor, he rejoiced greatly over the victory which God Our Lord
+had given him when he least expected it, and without delaying an instant
+he ordered that all should go forward with the dunnage and the remaining
+Indians, because, jointly with this news, he had received warning that
+in the retreat of this hostile force of soldiers, four thousand men had
+split off from the rest, and that therefore he should proceed
+cautiously, and should also be very sure that Chilichuchima was
+arranging and commanding all this and was giving advice to the enemy as
+to what they were to do, and that, on this account, he should bear
+himself with caution. When the Governor had finished his day's march, he
+had chains put upon Chilichuchima and said to him: "Well you know how I
+have always borne myself toward you and how I have always tried [to be
+generous with you], making you the captain who should rule all this land
+until the son of Atabalipa should come from Quito in order to be made
+lord [of it], and although I have had many causes for putting you to
+death, I have not wished to do so, believing always that you would mend
+your ways. Likewise, I have asked you many times to urge these hostile
+Indians, with whom you have influence and friendliness, to calm
+themselves and lay down their arms, since, although they had done much
+harm and had killed Guaritico[58] who came from Xauxa at my command, I
+would pardon them all. But in spite of all these admonitions of mine you
+have wished to persist in your evil attitude and intentions, thinking
+that the advice which you gave to the hostile captains was powerful
+enough to make your wicked design succeed. But now you can see how, with
+the aid of our God, we have always routed them, and that it will always
+be so in the future, and you may be very sure that they will not be able
+to escape nor to return to Quito whence they came, nor will you ever
+again see Cuzco[59] because as soon as I have arrived at the place where
+this captain is with my soldiers, I shall cause you to be burned alive
+because you have known how to keep so ill the friendship which, in the
+name of Caesar,[60] my lord, I have agreed upon with you. Have no doubt
+that this will be done unless you urge these Indian friends of yours to
+lay down their arms and come in peace, as I have asked you to do many
+times before." To all these reasonings Chilichuchima listened
+attentively without returning a word. But always firm in his obstinacy,
+he [at length] replied: "that those captains had not done as he had
+ordered them to do because they did not wish to obey him, and, for that
+reason he had not remained to make them understand that they must come
+in peace," and with such words he excused himself from what was
+attributed to him. But the Governor, who already knew of certain of his
+dealings, left him with his evil thoughts and did not return to speak to
+him upon the matter. Then, having crossed the river in the afternoon,
+the Governor went forward with those soldiers and arrived by night in a
+village called Rimac[61] a league from that river. And there the Marshal
+arrived, with four horsemen, to wait for him, and after they had talked
+together, they set out the next day for the camp of the Spaniards where
+they arrived in the afternoon, the captain and many others having come
+out to meet them, and all rejoiced greatly at seeing themselves all
+together again. The Governor gave each one thanks, according to his
+merits, for the valour they had shown, and all set out together in the
+evening and arrived two leagues further on at a village called
+Sachisagagna.[62] The captains informed the Governor all that had
+happened, just as I have related it. When they were all lodged in this
+village, the captain and the Marshal urged the Governor to do justice on
+Chilichuchima, because he ought to know that Chilichuchima advised the
+enemy of all that the Christians did, and that he it was who had made
+the Indians come out of the mountains of Bilcas, exhorting them to come
+and fight with the Christians who were few and who, with their horses,
+could not climb those mountains save step by step and on foot, and
+giving them, at the same time, a thousand other counsels as to where
+they were to wait and what they were to do, like a man who had seen
+those places and who knew the skill of the Christians with whom he had
+lived so long a time. Informed of all these things, the Governor gave
+orders that he was to be burned alive in the middle of the plaza, and
+so it was done, for his chiefs and most familiar friends were those who
+were quickest in setting fire to him.[63] The religious[64] tried to
+persuade him to become a Christian, saying to him that those who were
+baptized and who believed with true faith in our saviour Jesus Christ
+went to glory in paradise and that those who did not believe in him went
+to hell and its tortures. He made him understand this by means of an
+interpreter. But he [Chilichuchima] did not wish to be a Christian,
+saying that he did not know what sort of thing this law was, and he
+began to invoke Paccamaca[65] and captain Quizquiz that they might come
+to his aid. This Paccamaca the Indians have as their God and they offer
+him much gold and silver, and it is a well-known thing that the demon is
+in that idol and speaks with those who come to ask him something.[66]
+And of this matter I have spoken at length in the relation which was
+sent to H. M. from Caxamalca. In this way this captain paid for the
+cruelties which he committed in the conquests of Atabalipa, and for the
+evils which he plotted to the hurt of the Spaniards and in disservice of
+H. M. All the people of the country rejoiced infinitely at his death,
+because he was very much abhorred by all who knew what a cruel man he
+was.[67]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+    A son of the cacique Guainacaba[68] visits them; they agree upon
+    friendship with him, and he tells them of the movements of the army
+    of hostile Indians with which they have some encounters before
+    entering Cuzco, where they establish as lord the son of
+    Guainacaba.[69]
+
+
+Here the Spaniards rested that night, having set good guards, because
+they were given to understand that Quizquiz was close by with all his
+men. And on the following morning, came to visit the Governor a son of
+Guainacaba and a brother of the dead cacique Atabalipa,[70] and the
+greatest and most important lord who was then in that land; and he had
+ever been a fugitive so that those of Quito might not kill him. This man
+said to the Governor that he would aid him to the extent of his power in
+order to drive from that land all those of Quito, who were his enemies
+and who hated him and did not wish to be the subjects of a foreign
+people. This man was the man to whom, by law, came all that province and
+whom all the caciques of it wished for their lord. When he came to see
+the Governor, he came through the mountains, avoiding the roads for fear
+of those of Quito, and the Governor received him with great gladness and
+replied to him: "Much does what you say please me, as does also finding
+you with so good a desire to expel these men of Quito, and you must know
+that I have come from Xauxa for no other purpose than to prevent them
+from doing you harm and free you from slavery to them, and you can
+believe that I have not come for my own benefit because I was in Xauxa,
+sure of having war with them and I had an excuse for not making this
+long and difficult journey. But knowing the injuries they were doing to
+you, I wanted to come to rectify and undo them, as the Emperor my lord
+commanded me to do. And so, you may be sure that I will do in your favor
+all that seems suitable for me to do. And I will do the same to
+liberate from this tyranny the people of Cuzco." The Governor made him
+all these promises in order to please him so that he might continue to
+give news of how affairs were going, and that cacique remained
+marvellously satisfied, as did also those who had come with him. And he
+[Manco] replied: "Henceforth I shall give you exact information
+concerning all that they of Quito do in order that they may not
+inconvenience you." And in this manner he took leave of the Governor,
+saying: "I am going to fish because I know that tomorrow the Christians
+do not eat flesh, and I shall encounter this messenger who tells me that
+Quizquiz is going with his men to burn Cuzco and that he is now near at
+hand, and I have wished to warn you of it in order that you may fix upon
+a remedy." The Governor at once placed all the soldiers upon the alert,
+and, although it was already noon, when he knew the needs of the
+situation, he did not wish to delay even to eat, but journeyed with all
+the Spaniards straight toward Cuzco, which was four leagues from that
+place, with the intention of establishing his camp near the city so as
+to enter it early the next day. And when he had travelled two leagues,
+he saw rise up in the distance a great smoke, and when he asked some
+Indians the cause of it, they told him that a squadron of the men of
+Quizquiz had come down a mountain and set fire [word missing]. Two
+captains went ahead with some forty horsemen to see if they could catch
+up with this squadron, which speedily joined with the men of Quizquiz
+and the other captains who were on a slope a league in front of Cuzco
+waiting for the Christians in a pass close to the road. Seen by the
+captains and Spaniards, they [the Indians] could not avoid an encounter
+with them, although the Governor had them made to understand that they
+[the Spaniards] would wait for the rest to join them, which they would
+have done, were it not for the fact that the Indians incited each other
+with much spirit to encounter them. And before they [the Spaniards]
+could be attacked, they fell upon them on the skirt of a hill, and in a
+short time they routed them, forcing them to flee to the mountain and
+killing two hundred of them. Another squad of cavalry crossed over
+another slope of the mountain where were two or three thousand Indians
+who, not having the pluck to wait for them, threw down their lances in
+order to be able to run the better, and fled headlong. And after those
+first two squads broke and fled, they [the Spaniards] made them flee to
+the heights; and [at the same time] two Spanish light horsemen saw
+certain Indians return down the slope, and they set themselves to
+skirmish with them. They perceived that they were in great danger, but
+they were helped, and the horse of one of them was killed, from which
+the Indians derived so much encouragement that they wounded four or five
+horses and a Christian, and they made them retreat as far as the plain.
+The Indians who, until then, had not seen the Christians retire, thought
+that they were doing it in order to attract them to the plain and there
+attack them as they had done at Bilcas, and they said so among
+themselves and were cautious, not wishing to go down and follow them. By
+this time the Governor had arrived with the [rest of] the Spaniards and,
+as it was already late, they set up their camp on a plain, and the
+Indians maintained themselves an arquebuse-shot away on a slope until
+mid-night, yelling, and the Spaniards spent all that night with their
+horses saddled and bridled. And the next day, at the first ray of dawn,
+the Governor arranged the troops, horse and foot, and he took the road
+to Cuzco, with good understanding and caution, believing that the enemy
+would come to attack him on the road, but none of them appeared. In this
+way the Governor and his troops entered that great city of Cuzco without
+any other resistance or battle on Friday, at the hour of high mass, on
+the fifteenth day of the month of November of the year of the birth of
+our Saviour and Redeemer Jesus Christ MDXXXIII. The Governor caused all
+the Christians to lodge in the dwellings around the plaza of the city,
+and he ordered that all should come forth with their horses to the plaza
+and sleep in their tents, until it could be seen whether the enemy were
+coming to attack them. This order was continued and observed for a
+month. On another day, the Governor created as lord that son of
+Guainacaba, for he was young, prudent and alive and the most important
+of all those who were there at that time, and was the one to whom that
+lordship came by law. And he did it so soon in order that the lords and
+caciques should not go away to their own lands which were divers
+provinces, and some very far away, and so that the natives should not
+join those of Quito, but should have a separate lord of their own whom
+they might reverence and obey and not organize themselves into bands. So
+he commanded all the caciques to obey him [Manco] as their lord and to
+do all that he should order them to do.[71]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+    The new cacique[72] goes with an army to drive Quizquiz from the
+    state of Quito. He has some encounters with the Indians, and,
+    because of the roughness of the roads, they return, and they later
+    go thither again with a company of Spaniards, and before they set
+    out, the cacique pays his obedience to the emperor.
+
+
+As soon as this was done, he [the Governor] gave orders to the new
+cacique to assemble many warriors in order to go and vanquish Quizquiz
+and drive from the land those of Quito, and he [the Governor] said to
+the Inca that it was not regular that, when he was lord, another should
+remain in his land against his will, and [the Governor] said many other
+words to him upon this subject in the presence of all in order that they
+might see the favor which he did him [Manco] and the fondness which he
+showed him, and this not for the sake of advantages that might result
+from it, but for his own [Manco's] sake.[73] The cacique had great
+pleasure in receiving this order, and in the space of four days he
+assembled more than five thousand Indians, all in readiness with their
+arms, and the Governor sent with them a captain of his own and fifty
+cavalrymen; he himself remained guarding the city with the rest of the
+troops. When ten days had gone by, the captain returned and related to
+the Governor what had happened, saying that at nightfall he had arrived
+with his troops at the camp of Quizquiz five leagues from there, because
+he had gone by a roundabout road through which the cacique guided
+him.[74] But, before arriving at enemy's camp, he encountered two
+hundred Indians posted in a hollow, and because the land was rough he
+was not able to take their fort away from them and to overpower them so
+that they could not give notice of his coming, which they did do. But,
+although this company [of Indians] was in a strong place, it was not so
+bold as to wait for his attack and it withdrew to the other side of a
+bridge to cross which was impossible [for the Spaniards] because, from a
+mountain which dominated it, to which the Indians had retired, they
+hurled so many stones that no one was permitted to cross, and, because
+the land was the roughest and most inaccessible that had been seen, they
+[the Spaniards] turned back. [The captain] said that two hundred Indians
+had been killed, and that the cacique was much pleased at what [the
+captain] had done, and, on their return to the city had guided them
+through another and shorter road on which, in many places, the captain
+found great quantities of stones piled up for defense against the
+Christians, and he found, among other passes, one so bad and difficult
+that he, with all his troops, suffered great trials and could not follow
+it further. At that place it became apparent that the cacique had true,
+and not feigned, friendship for the Governor and Christians, for he led
+them out of that road from which not one Spaniard could have escaped
+[alone]. [The captain] said that after he left the city, he did not go
+over as much as a cross-bow shot of flat land, and that all the country
+was mountainous, stony and very difficult to traverse and [he added]
+that if it had not been for the fact that it was the first time that the
+cacique was travelling with him and might impute it to fear, he would
+have turned back. The Governor would have liked him to follow the enemy
+until he drove them from the place where they were, but when he heard
+the nature of the place, he remained content with what had been done.
+The cacique said that he had sent his soldiers after the enemy, and that
+he thought they would do them some damage; and accordingly within four
+days news came that they had killed a thousand Indians. The Governor
+once more charged the cacique to cause more warriors to be assembled,
+and he himself wished to send with them some of his cavalry in order
+that they might not desist until they had driven the enemy from the
+land. When he returned from [the first] trip, the cacique went to fast
+in a house which was on a mountain, a dwelling which his father had
+built in another day; there he stayed three days, after which he came to
+the plaza where the men of that land gave him obedience according to
+their usage, recognizing him as their lord and offering him the white
+plume, just as they had to the cacique Atabalipa in Caxamalcha. When
+this was done, he caused all the caciques and lords who were there to
+assemble, and, having spoken to them concerning the harm that the men of
+Quito were doing in his land and about the good that would result to all
+if a stop were put to it, he commanded them to call and prepare warriors
+who should go against those of Quito and drive them from the place in
+which they had posted themselves. This the captains did at once, and
+they so managed to raise troops that, in the period of eight days, ten
+thousand warriors were in that city, all, picked men, and the Governor
+caused to be prepared fifty light horsemen with a captain in order that
+they might set out on the last day of the feast of the Nativity. The
+Governor, before that journey was made, wishing to re-affirm peace and
+friendship with that cacique and his people, when mass had been said on
+Christmas day by the religious,[75] went out to the plaza with many of
+the soldiers of his company, and into the presence of the cacique and of
+the lords of the land and of the warriors who were seated along with his
+Spaniards, the cacique on a stool and his men on the ground around him.
+The Governor made them an address, as he was wont to do on such
+occasions, and by me, his secretary and the scrivener of the army, was
+read the demand and requirement which H. M. had sent, and its contents
+were declared to them by an interpreter; all understood it and replied
+[in a friendly manner]. It was required of them that they should be and
+should call themselves vassals of H. M., and the Governor received
+[their obedience] with the same ceremony as was used the other time,
+namely, of twice raising the royal standard, and in testimony [of the
+friendship] the Governor embraced them to the sound of trumpets,
+observing other solemnities which I do not write in order to avoid
+prolixity. This done, the cacique stood up and, in a vase of gold, gave
+drink to the Governor and the Spaniards with his own hands, and then all
+went off to eat, it being already evening.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+    They suspect that the cacique wishes to rebel. It turns out to be
+    unfounded. Many Spaniards go with him and twenty thousand Indians
+    against Quizquiz, and of what happens to them they give news in a
+    letter to the Governor.
+
+
+And when the Spanish captain with the Indians and the cacique were about
+to depart within two days in order to go against the enemy ...[76] the
+Governor was informed by some Spaniards, some Indian friends and some
+allied natives of the country that among some of the cacique's chief
+men, it was being talked of that they should join with the warriors of
+Quito, and they [the informers] accused him of other things. Because of
+this, there arose some suspicion, and, in order to make sure as to
+whether the friendship of the cacique for the Christians who loved him
+so was faithful and true, wishing to know truth of the matter, [the
+Governor] caused the cacique and some of his chief men to be called, on
+the next day, to his room. And he told them what was being said about
+them; after investigation had been made and torture had been given to
+some Indians, it came out that the cacique and the chiefs were without
+any blame, and it was certified that, neither by word nor deed, had they
+done anything to the hurt of the Spaniards, but that two chiefs had said
+that because their ancestors had never been subject to anyone neither
+they nor the cacique ought to submit themselves [to the Spaniards]. But
+notwithstanding this, by what was known then and afterwards, it was
+believed that the Indians always loved the Spaniards and that their
+friendship with them was not feigned.[77] The troops did not set out on
+their journey because the rigor of winter [was at its height] and it
+rained a great deal every day, so it was determined to allow the height
+of the rainy season go by, principally because of the fact that many
+bridges had been ill-treated and broken, to mend which was essential.
+When the season in which the rains ceased arrived, the Governor had the
+fifty cavalrymen, the cacique the men he had and make ready. All of
+these, with the captain whom he gave them, put themselves on the march
+for Xauxa by way of the city of Bilcas,[78] where, it was understood,
+the enemy were because the roads were cut up by the many winter rains
+and the rivers were swollen; although there was no bridge over many of
+them, the Spaniards crossed on their horses with great trouble, and one
+of them was drowned. Arrived by [long] marches at the river which is
+four leagues from Bilcas, it was learned that the enemy had gone on to
+Xauxa. And the river being swollen and furious, and the bridge burned,
+it was necessary for them to stop and build it anew, for, without it, it
+would have been impossible to cross the river, either in those boats
+which are called _balsas_ or by swimming or in any other way. Twenty
+days the camp was here in order to mend the bridge, for the officers
+[maestros] had much to do, because the water was high and kept breaking
+down the osier ropes which were put in place. And if the cacique had not
+had so great a number of men to build the bridge and to cross over by it
+and pull over the ropes of osiers, it would not have been possible to
+build it. But having twenty-four thousand warriors, and by crossing [the
+stream] again and again to attempt [to set in place the ropes] making
+use of cords and _balsas_, at last they succeeded in placing the osier
+ropes and when they had been passed across [the river], the bridge was
+built in a very short space of time. [It was] so good and well built
+that another like it is not to be found in that land, for it is three
+hundred and seventy-odd feet long, and broad enough to allow two horses
+to cross at once without any risk. Then, having crossed that bridge and
+having arrived at Bilcas, the Spaniards found quarters in the city, from
+which they sent to the Governor a report on how affairs were
+progressing. Here the camp stopped for some days, resting, in order
+that they might have news of the place in which the enemy were, of which
+they learned no more than that they had set out for Xauxa, and that they
+were thinking of attacking the Spaniards who had remained there as
+garrison. When he learned this, the captain at once set out with the
+Spaniards to aid [the garrison], taking with him a brother of the
+cacique and four thousand warriors. The cacique returned to Cuzco, and
+the captain sent the governor a letter which his lieutenant wrote from
+Xauxa in great haste, and which was of the following tenor: "When your
+excellency drove the enemy from Cuzco, they rallied and came to Xauxa,
+and before they arrived, it was learned by our men that they were coming
+in great force, because, from all the places of the region, they were
+drawing as many men as they could, as much for warriors as to carry the
+supplies and baggage; when this was learned by the treasurer Alfonso [in
+Xauxa], he sent four light horsemen to a bridge which is twelve leagues
+from the city of Xauxa where the enemy were on the other side, in a very
+important province. When they had returned, the treasurer used his best
+efforts, as much in guarding the city and in treating well the caciques
+who were there with him as in informing himself stealthily of all the
+doings of the enemy. And the greatest suspicions which he had were of
+the Indians who were in the town and in the region and who were very
+numerous, because almost all were in agreement with the enemy to come
+and attack the Spaniards on four sides. With this agreement, the Indians
+of Quito crossed [the bridge before mentioned] with the intention that a
+captain with five hundred of their men should come from the direction of
+a [certain] mountain and cross a river which is a quarter of a league
+from the city and place himself on the highest part of the mountain
+[near Xauxa] in order to assault the city on the day agreed upon between
+them. The captain Quizquiz and Incurabaliba,[79] who were their chief
+leaders, were to come by the plains with a greater force of warriors.
+This was speedily learned from an Indian to whom torture was given. The
+captain who was to cross the river and attack the city from the mountain
+travelled rapidly and arrived a day before the rest of the warriors. And
+one morning at dawn news came to the city of how many enemies had
+crossed the bridge, from which was born a great disaffection among the
+natives of Xauxa who [formerly] served the Christians loyally, from
+which it was supposed that the whole land had risen in arms, as has been
+said. First of all, the treasurer arranged that all the gold of H. M.
+and of the men which was in the city should be placed in a large house,
+and he set a guard of the feeblest and sickest Spaniards, ordering that
+the rest should be prepared to fight; and he ordered ten light horsemen
+to go out to see how large a number of the enemy had crossed the river
+in order to take the mountain, and he himself, with the rest of the
+soldiers, waited on the plaza in case the greater number of the enemy
+should come by way of the plain. The Spanish scouts attacked the Indians
+who had crossed the bridge; they retired, and the Spaniards had to cross
+the bridge after them some peon cross-bowmen whom the treasurer had sent
+them, so that the Indians turned and fled with great loss. The great
+blow of the others, who came by the plain, did not take place at the
+time agreed upon with the others for assaulting the city, and in waiting
+for it, they lost time. That night and the [following] day the city was
+vigilant, and the soldiers were always armed and their horses saddled,
+all being together in the plaza, thinking that on the following night
+the Indians would come to attack the city and burn it, as it was said
+that they intended to do. When [the first] two quarters of the night
+were passed, seeing that the enemy did not appear, the treasurer took
+with him a light-armed horseman and went to see in what place the enemy
+had camped and how many of them had approached the city, [for the
+Indians who gave news of all this did not know where they were, and
+likewise because the enemy took roads of which no one could give
+information], with the result that at daybreak the treasurer found
+himself four leagues from the city, and, having seen the place where the
+Indians were and the nature of the site, he returned to the city at
+which he arrived a little after noon. When it was seen by the hostile
+Indians that the Spaniards had discovered them, they were in great fear,
+and got up from that site and went towards the city, and in the night
+they came and took up a position a quarter of a league from the city
+beside a small river which entered the large one. When this was known by
+the Spaniards, they spent that night with the greatest caution, and on
+the following day, after hearing mass, the treasurer took twenty light
+horse and twenty peons with two thousand friendly Indians, leaving as
+many more Spanish cavalry and some foot soldiers in the city with the
+understanding that they were to give a signal whenever the enemy should
+attack them so that the other [Spaniards] might come to aid them. Having
+gone out from the city with the lieutenant, the Spaniards saw that the
+Indians of Quito had crossed the little river with their squadrons in
+which there might be some six thousand of them, and, seeing the
+Spaniards, they turned and crossed to the other bank. Then, the
+treasurer and the Spaniards perceiving that if they did not attack the
+Indians that day, the following night the latter would come to sack and
+set fire to the city, so that there would be greater trouble if night
+was awaited, he [the treasurer] determined to cross the river and fight
+with the enemy. A sharp skirmish was held [on the other side], as much
+with cross-bows and arrows as with stones, and the treasurer, who was
+going in advance of the rest down the stream, received a stone on the
+crown of his head which threw him from his horse into the midst of the
+river, and, stunned, he was borne along quite a distance, so that he
+would have been drowned had not some Spanish cross-bowmen who were
+there helped him and pulled him from the water with much trouble. [The
+Indians] also gave his horse [a blow] in the leg which broke it, and he
+died soon. From this the Spaniards drew great animosity, and they
+hastened to cross the river. Seeing their determination the Indians
+withdrew, fleeing to a mountain where some hundred of them died. The
+horsemen followed them through the mountains more than a league and a
+half, and [finally], because they withdrew to the strongest position of
+the mountain, where the horses could not go up, [the Spaniards] went
+back to the city. And, soon perceiving that the Indians did not venture
+forth from that fortress [the Spaniards] determined to return once more
+against them, and twenty Spaniards with more than three thousand Indian
+friends attacked them on that mountain where they were fortified and
+killed many, driving them from that fortress and pursuing them more than
+three leagues, killing many neighboring caciques who were in their
+favor. With this victory the Indian friends were as much pleased as if
+they alone had won it. The Indians of Quito re-assembled once more in a
+place called Tarma five leagues from Xauxa, whence, likewise, they were
+driven because they did much harm in the neighboring lands."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+    Of the great quantity of gold and silver which they caused to be
+    smelted from the figures of gold which the Indians adored. Of the
+    foundation of the city of Cuzco where a settlement of Spaniards was
+    established, and of the order which was set up there.
+
+
+When this good news was learned by the Governor, he had it published at
+once, and because of it the Spaniards were filled with content and gave
+infinite thanks to God for having shown himself favorable in everything
+to this enterprise. Then the Governor wrote and sent couriers to the
+city of Xauxa, giving to all his congratulations and thanking them for
+the valor they had shown, and especially his lieutenant, asking him to
+give him information of all that took place in the future. And in the
+meanwhile, the Governor hastened matters for setting out thence, leaving
+affairs provided for in the city, founding a colony, and peopling
+plentifully the said city. He caused all the gold which had been
+collected to be melted, which was in small pieces, an operation quickly
+performed by Indians skilled in the process. And when the sum total was
+weighed, it was found to contain five hundred and eighty thousand, two
+hundred-odd pesos of good gold. The fifth for H. M. was taken out, and
+it was one hundred and sixteen thousand, and seventy-odd pesos of good
+gold. And the same smelting was performed for the silver, which was
+found to contain two hundred and fifteen thousand marks, a little more
+or less, and of them one hundred and seventy thousand or so were fine
+silver in vessels and plates, pure and good, and the rest was not so
+because it was in plates and pieces mixed with other metals from which,
+according, the silver was extracted. And from all this, likewise, was
+taken the fifth of H. M. Truly it was a thing worthy to be seen, this
+house where the melting took place, all full of so much gold in plates
+of eight and ten pounds each, and in vessels, and vases and pieces of
+various forms with which the lords of that land were served, and among
+other very sightly things were four sheep[80] in fine gold and very
+large, and ten or twelve figures of women of the size of the women of
+that land, all of fine gold and as beautiful and well-made as if they
+were alive. These they held in as much veneration as if they had been
+the rulers of all the world, and alive [as well], and they dressed them
+in beautiful and very fine clothing, and they adored them as Goddesses,
+and gave them food and talked with them as if they were women of
+flesh.[81] These went to form a part of the fifth of H. M. There were,
+besides, other odd silver objects of like form. The seeing of great
+vases and pieces of burnished silver was certainly a matter for great
+satisfaction. The Governor divided and distributed all this treasure
+among all the Spaniards who were at Cuzco and those who remained in the
+city of Xauxa, giving to each one as much good silver, and as much
+impure, together with as much gold [as he deserved], and to each man who
+had a horse he gave according to the man's merit and that of the horse
+and in accordance with the services he had done; and to the peons he did
+the same according to what was posted up to his credit in the book of
+distributions, which was kept [for this purpose]. All this was completed
+within eight days, and at the end of as many more, the Governor set out
+from here, leaving the city settled in the manner which has been told.
+In the month of March, 1534, the Governor ordered that the greater part
+of the Spaniards he had with him should be assembled in this city, and
+he made an act of foundation and settlement of the town, saying that he
+placed it and founded it in his own authority[82] and he took possession
+of it in the middle of the plaza. And as a sign of the foundation and of
+the commencement of building and founding the colony, he held certain
+ceremonies in accordance with the act which was drawn up, which I, the
+scrivener, read in a loud voice in the presence of all. And the name of
+the city was agreed upon, "the very noble and great city of Cuzco." And,
+continuing the settlement, he appointed the site[83] for the church
+which was to be built, its boundaries, limits, and jurisdiction, and
+immediately afterward he proclaimed that all who might come to settle
+here would be received as citizens, and many came in the next three
+years.[84] From among them all they chose the persons most fitted for
+undertaking the charge of governing public affairs, and he [the
+Governor] appointed his lieutenant, alcaldes and ordinary regidores and
+other public officials, all of whom he chose in the name of H. M. and he
+gave them the powers to exercise their offices. This done, the Governor,
+with the consent and advice of the religious whom he had with him and of
+H. M.'s paymaster who was then with him, with whose assistance he looked
+over and considered the circumstances of the citizens until as many [had
+been chosen] as H. M. had arranged should take part in the
+_repartimiento_ of the natives; in the meanwhile a certain number of
+them [Indians] was assigned to all the Spaniards who were to remain, in
+order that they might instruct them in the things of our holy catholic
+faith. And there set aside and given to the service of H. M. twelve
+thousand-odd married Indians in the province of the Collao in the middle
+thereof, near the mines, in order that they might take out gold for H.
+M. from which, it is understood, there will be great profits,
+considering the great wealth of the mines which are there, of which
+matters lengthy mention is made in the book of the foundation of this
+colony and in the register of the deposit which was made by the
+neighbouring Indians. And the approving, confirming or amending of these
+arrangements was left to the will of H. M. according as should seem best
+to suit his royal service.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+    The Governor sets out with the cacique for Xauxa, and they receive
+    news of the army of Quito, and of certain ships which some Spaniards
+    who went to the city of San Miguel saw on those coasts.
+
+
+When these things were done, the Governor set out for Xauxa, taking the
+cacique with him, and the citizens remained guarding the city
+[according] to orders which the Governor left them so that they might
+govern themselves until he should command something else. Journeying by
+forced marches, on the day of Easter, he found himself on the Bilcas
+river, where he learned from letters and notices from Xauxa, that the
+warriors of Quito, after they were routed and driven from their last
+positions by the captain from Cuzco, had withdrawn and fortified
+themselves forty leagues from Xauxa on the Caxamalcha road in a bad
+pass in the immediate vicinity of the road, and had built their walls to
+prevent the [possibility of] the horses [crossing] the pass. [These
+walls had] some very narrow gates in them, and a street by which to
+mount a high boulder where the captain and the warriors lived and which
+had no other entrance than this one by way of this fort that they had
+built with these very narrow doors; [and the Governor learned] that they
+were planning to await aid here, because it was known that the son of
+Atabalipa was coming with many warriors. This news the Governor
+communicated to the cacique who at once sent off couriers to the city of
+Cuzco in order to cause warriors to come who should not exceed two
+thousand in number, but who were to be the best there were in all that
+province, because the Governor told him that it would be better were
+they few and good than if they were many and unserviceable, because the
+many would destroy the food in the land through which they were to pass
+without necessity or profit. At the same time the Governor wrote to the
+lieutenant and corregidor of Cuzco that he should aid the captains of
+the cacique and see to it that the warriors came soon. On the second day
+after Easter, the Governor set out from this place, and, by forced
+marches, arrived in Xauxa, where he learned the whole of what had passed
+there in his absence, and especially what those of Quito had done, and,
+in particular, they told him that after the enemy was put to flight from
+the environs of Xauxa, they had retired twenty or thirty leagues from
+there into the mountains, and that, according to the captain who went
+out against them with the brother of the cacique and four thousand men,
+they arrived within sight of them [the Indians], and that, after a rest
+of a few days, they went to attack them and routed them and drove them
+from that place with much trouble and great danger. When they [the
+Spanish force] had returned to Xauxa, the Marshal Don Diego de Almagro
+who, when the captain and Spaniards came from Cuzco, had come with them
+by order of the Governor to inspect the Indians round about in order to
+see and know the state of things in that city and among its citizens,
+went out to visit the caciques and lords of the region of Chincha[85]
+and Pachacama, and the others who had their lands and lived on the
+sea-coast.
+
+In this state the Governor found affairs when arrived at Xauxa, and,
+having rested from the long journey without arranging anything in the
+first few days, he waited for the Indians[86] [for whom he had sent] in
+order to go and drive the enemy from the fort which they had made and
+finish with them, when there came to him one of two Spanish messengers
+who had gone to the city of San Miguel to see how things were going
+there, and who spoke to him in this way: "My lord, when I had set out
+from here by order of the Marshal, I set myself to journey with all
+speed along the plains and the shore of the sea, not without trouble,
+because many of the caciques who are along that road were in revolt.
+But some who were friendly provided us with whatever we needed, and they
+informed us that some ships had been seen along the sea-coast, which I
+myself saw one day, and, considering that I was sent to the city of San
+Miguel to find out whether the ships of the Adelantado Alvarado or of
+other people had arrived, I went [rapidly] along the coast for nine days
+and nights, sometimes in sight of them, believing that they would take
+port and that I would thus learn who they were. But even with all this
+speed and trouble I could not do what I wished, on which account I made
+up my mind to continue my journey to the city of San Miguel, and, having
+crossed to the other side of the large river, I was informed by the
+Indians of the country that Christians were coming along that road, and
+I, thinking that without doubt it would prove to be the troops of the
+Adelantado Alvarado, my companion and I went on our guard in order not
+to encounter them _impromptu_.[87] And when they arrived at Motupe, I
+learned that they were near that place [where I was], and I waited for
+the night. At dawn I sent my companion to speak with them, and to see
+what people they were, and I gave him certain tokens by which he could
+inform me, and finally, I learned that they were soldiers who were
+coming to the conquest of these kingdoms. Because of this, I went to
+them and spoke at length, telling them the errand I was on, and they, in
+return, informed me that they had come to the city of San Miguel in
+certain ships from Panama and were two hundred and fifty in number. When
+they had arrived at San Miguel, the captain who was in that city with
+two hundred men, seventy of them cavalry, had gone away to the provinces
+of Quito in order to conquer them, and they, some thirty persons with
+their horses, knowing the conquests which were being made in Cuzco, and
+the lack of men there was there, did not wish to go with the captain to
+those provinces of Quito and so were coming to Xauxa. And we gave them
+news of all that had happened here and of the war which we had had with
+the Indians of Quito. And in order to bring more quickly the news of
+what had happened there I returned from that place without going to the
+city of San Miguel, knowing for certain that the captain would have
+departed with his men and would already be near Cossibamba.[88] Turning
+back on my road, I met, on Easter, the Marshal D. Diego de Almagro near
+Cena[89] which is where the road to Caxamalca branches off, and to him I
+related how things were going and how some suspected that the captain
+who was going to Quito was not going with good intentions. As soon as
+the Marshal heard this, he set off in order to catch up with the captain
+who was taking these soldiers on the march to Quito, in order to detain
+him until together they could arrange the necessary provisions for this
+war. This, then, sir, is what has happened to me on this journey, during
+which I tried to get information about those ships, but could not learn
+anything else about them. Of Alvarado nothing more is known than that he
+has already embarked on these shores or has passed further on, as
+letters inform me."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+    They build a church in the city of Xauxa, and send some three
+    thousand Indians with some Spaniards against the hostile Indians.
+    They have news of the arrival of many Spaniards and horses, on which
+    account they send soldiers to the province of Quito. A Relation of
+    the quality and people of the land from Tumbez to Chincha, and of
+    the province of Collao and Condisuyo.[90]
+
+
+The Governor received this messenger, read the letters which he brought,
+and asked him many other things, and, in order to arrange all that
+seemed suitable in this business, he called all the officials of H. M.
+After they had discussed the journey of that captain to Quito and how
+the Marshal would already have reasoned with him, according to the
+report brought by that messenger, permission was given [to the Governor]
+that he should send one of his lieutenants with sufficient powers for
+the task in hand. And when his letters to the city of San Miguel and to
+the Marshal, in which he told them what was to be done, were written, he
+sent off with them three Christians, in order that the letters might go
+more quickly and safely, ordering the men to hasten with all speed upon
+the road and keep advising him of what they learned. After this had been
+arranged, he [Pizarro] chose the place in which the church was to be
+erected in that city of Xauxa. This task he commanded to be done by the
+caciques of the district, and it was built with its great doors of
+stone.[91] In the meanwhile, there arrived the four thousand Indian
+warriors whom the cacique had called from Cuzco, and the Governor caused
+to be made ready fifty Spanish cavalrymen and thirty peons to go [with
+the Indians] in order to drive the enemy from the pass where they were,
+and they set out with the cacique and his soldiers, who loved the
+Spaniards better every day.[92] The Governor ordered the captain of
+these Spaniards to pursue the enemy as far as Guanaco[93] and as far
+beyond as he believed necessary, and that he should keep him informed
+continually, by letters and messengers of what went on. After this, the
+Governor received news of the ships on the feast of the Holy Ghost, and
+at the same time, he received a letter from San Miguel which two
+Spaniards brought him, and he learned how the ships, because of bad
+weather, had remained seventy leagues from Paccacama[94] without being
+able to go further, and how the Adelantado de Alvarado had gone up to
+Puerto Viejo three months before with four hundred men [on foot] and one
+hundred and fifty cavalry[95] and with them he entered the interior in
+the direction of Quito, believing that he would arrive there at the same
+time that the Marshal Don Diego de Almagro would enter those provinces
+from the other side. As a result of all this information concerning the
+justice and government of the city of S. Miguel and of other places, the
+Governor entered upon the control of it [himself]. And, in order to
+mend matters, with the consent of the officials, he sent his messengers
+in a brigantine by sea, and with them he sent orders to the Marshal
+that, in the name of H. M., he should lend him [Pizarro] aid, and should
+conquer, pacify and settle those provinces of Quito with the troops he
+had with him and with those who were in readiness in the city of San
+Miguel. At the same time, he arranged other matters in this connection,
+so that Alvarado should do no harm in the land, and because H. M. so
+desired that it should be, and likewise he determined that, on the
+arrival of the ships, he would send a report to H. M. of all that had
+taken place on that venture up to that very hour, so that he [H. M.]
+might be informed of all and might provide in every instance what he
+held to be the best for his royal service. This is the state of the
+affairs of war and of other matters in this land: and of the quality of
+it I shall speak briefly because a relation of it was sent from
+Caxamalca. This land, from Tumbez to Chincha has [a width of some] ten
+leagues, in some places more, in others less; it is a broad, flat, sandy
+land in which no grass or herbs grow and where it rains but little; it
+is [in places] fertile in maize and fruits because the people sow and
+irrigate their farms with water from the rivers that come down from the
+mountains. The houses which the laborers use are made of rushes and
+branches, because, when it does not rain, it is very hot, and few of the
+houses have roofs.[96] They are a wretched folk, and many of them are
+blind on account of the great amount of sand that there is. They are
+poor in gold and silver, and what they have is because those who live in
+the sierra exchange it for goods. All the land beside the sea is of this
+description as far as Chincha, and even fifty leagues beyond there. They
+dress in cotton [bambaso] and eat maize both cooked and raw, and
+half-raw meat. At the end of the plains which are called Ingres are some
+very high mountains which extend from the city of San Miguel as far as
+Xauxa, and which may well be one hundred and fifty leagues long, but
+have little breadth. It is a very high and rugged land of mountains and
+many rivers; there are no forests save some trees in places where there
+is always a thick mist. It is very cold because there is a snow-capped
+mountain range which extends from Caxamalca to Xauxa and on which there
+is snow all the year through. The people who live there are much more
+advanced than the others, because they are very polished and warlike and
+of good dispositions. They are very rich in gold and silver because they
+get it from many places in the mountains. None of the lords who have
+governed these provinces have ever been able to make any use of these
+coast-people, as they are such a wretched and poor folk, as I have said,
+that they are fit to be used for nothing else than to carry fish and
+fruits [up into the highlands], for as soon as they come into the
+mountainous regions, their own land being very hot, they sicken for the
+most part; and the same thing happens to those who inhabit the
+mountains if they go down into the hot country. Those who dwell on the
+other side of the land, beyond the summits of the mountains, are like
+savages who have no houses nor any maize save a little; they have very
+great forests and maintain themselves almost entirely on the fruit of
+the trees; they have no domicile, nor fixed settlements that are known;
+there are very great rivers, and the land is so useless that it paid all
+its tribute to the lords in parrot feathers.[97]
+
+The mountainous region being the chief part of the country, and being so
+narrow, as well as being torn by the wars that have been there,
+settlements of Christians cannot be made there, for it is a very remote
+region. From the city of Xauxa along the Cuzco road, the country keeps
+getting more shut in by mountains and the distance from the sea is
+greater. And those who have been lords of Cuzco, their own dwelling
+being in Cuzco, called the rest of the land, in the direction of Quito,
+Cancasuetio, and the land beyond [Cuzco], called Callao, Collasuyo,
+and, in the direction of the sea, Condisuyo, and the interior
+Candasuyo;[98] and in this way they gave names to these four provinces,
+disposed like a cross, which contained their empire. In the Collao they
+know not of the sea, and it is a flat land to judge from what has been
+seen of it, and it is large and cold, and there are in it many rivers
+from which gold is got. The Indians say that in the province is a large
+lake of fresh water which, in its centre, has two islands.[99] In order
+to learn the state of this land and its government, the Governor sent
+two Christians to bring him a long report of it; they set out in the
+beginning of December. The region of Condisuyo, toward the sea from
+Cuzco is a small and delectable land, although it is all of forests and
+stones, and the inland region is so likewise. Through it [the Antisuyu]
+run all the rivers which do not flow into the western sea. It is a land
+of many trees and mountains and is very thinly populated. This sierra
+runs from Tumbes as far as Xauxa, and from Xauxa as far as the city of
+Cuzco. It is stony and rough; if there were not roads made by hand it
+would not be possible to travel on foot, still less on horseback, and
+for the roads there are many houses full of materials for repairing the
+pavement, and in this matter the lords had so much firmness that there
+was nothing to do but keep it in order.[100] All the mountain
+fields[101] are made in the guise of stairways of stone, and the rest of
+the road has no great width because of some mountains that hem it in on
+both sides, and on one side they had made a buttress of stone so that
+one day it should not slide down [the mountain], and there are,
+likewise, other places, in which the road has a breadth of four or five
+human bodies, all made and paved with stone. One of the greatest works
+the conquerors saw in this land was these roads. All or most of the
+people on these slopes of the mountains live on high hills and
+mountains; their houses are of stone and earth; there are many dwellings
+in each village. Along the road each league or two or nearer, are found
+the dwellings built for the purpose of allowing the lords to rest when
+they were out visiting and inspecting their land; and every twenty
+leagues there are important cities, heads of provinces, to which the
+smaller cities brought their tribute of maize, clothes and other things.
+All these large cities have storehouses full of the things which are in
+the land, and, because it is very cold but little maize is harvested
+except in specially assigned places; but [there is plenty of] all the
+many vegetables and roots with which the people sustained themselves,
+and also good grass like that of Spain. There are also wild turnips
+which are bitter. There is a sufficiency of herds of sheep[102] which go
+about in flocks with their shepherds who keep them away from the sown
+fields, and they have a certain part of [each] province set apart for
+them to winter in. The people, as I have said, are very polished and
+intelligent, and go always clad and shod; they eat maize both cooked and
+raw, and drink much chicha, which is a beverage made from maize after
+the fashion of beer. The people are very tractable and very obedient and
+yet warlike. They have many arms of diverse sorts, as has been told in
+the relation of the imprisonment of Atabalipa which was sent from
+Caxamalca, as was said above.[103]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+    Description of the city of Cuzco and of its wonderful fortress, and
+    of the customs of its inhabitants.
+
+
+The city of Cuzco is the principal one of all those where the lords of
+this land have their residence; it is so large and so beautiful that it
+would be worthy of admiration even in Spain; and it is full of the
+palaces of the lords, because no poor people live there, and each lord
+builds there his house, and all the caciques[104] do likewise, although
+the latter do not dwell there continuously. The greater part of these
+houses are of stone, and others have half the facade of stone. There are
+many houses of adobe, and they are all arranged in very good order. The
+streets are laid out at right angles; they are very straight, and are
+paved, and down the middle runs a gutter for water lined with stone. The
+chief defect which the streets have is that of being narrow, so that
+only one horse and rider can go on one side of the gutter and another
+upon the opposite side. This city is located upon the slope of a
+mountain, and there are many houses upon the slope and others below on
+the plain. The plaza is rectangular, and the greater part of it is flat
+and paved with small stones. Around the plaza are four houses of
+noblemen, who are the chief men of the city; [the houses] are of stone,
+painted and carved, and the best of them is the house of
+Guaynacaba,[105] a former chief, and the door of it is of marble
+[colored] white and red and of other colors;[106] and there are other
+very sightly buildings with flat roofs. There are, in the said city,
+many other buildings and grandeurs. Along the two sides [of the city]
+pass two rivers which rise a league above Cuzco, and from there down to
+the city and for two leagues below it they run over stone flags so that
+the water may be pure and clear, and so that, though they may rise, they
+may not overflow. They have bridges for those who enter the city. Upon
+the hill which, toward the city, is rounded and very steep, there is a
+very beautiful fortress of earth and stone. Its large windows which look
+over the city make it appear still more beautiful.[107] Within, there
+are many dwellings, and a chief tower in the centre, built square, and
+having four or five terraces one above another. The rooms inside are
+small and the stones of which it is built are very well worked and so
+well adjusted to one another that it does not appear that they have any
+mortar and they are so smooth that they look like polished slabs with
+the joinings in regular order and alternating with one another after the
+usage in Spain.[108] There are so many rooms and towers that a person
+could not see them all in one day; and many Spaniards who have been in
+Lombardy and in other foreign kingdoms say that they have never seen any
+other fortress like this one nor a stronger castle. Five thousand
+Spaniards might well be within it; nor could it be given a broadside or
+be mined, because it is on a rocky mountain. On the side toward the
+city, which is a very steep slope, there is no more than one wall;[109]
+on the other side, which is less steep, there are three, one above the
+other. The most beautiful thing which can be seen in the edifices of
+that land are these walls, because they are of stones so large that
+anyone who sees them would not say that they had been put in place by
+human hands, for they are as large as chunks of mountains and huge
+rocks, and they have a height of thirty palms and a length of as many
+more, and others have twenty and twenty-five, and others fifteen, but
+there is none so small that three carts could carry it. These are not
+smooth stones, but rather well joined and matched one with another. The
+Spaniards who see them say that neither the bridge of Segovia nor any
+other of the edifices which Hercules or the Romans made is so worthy of
+being seen as this. The city of Tarragona has some works in its walls
+made in this style, but neither so strong nor of such large stones.
+These walls twist in such a way that if they are attacked, it is not
+possible to do so from directly in front, but only obliquely.[110] These
+walls are of the same stone, and between wall and wall there is enough
+earth to permit three carts to go along the top at one time. They are
+made after the fashion of steps, so that one begins where another leaves
+off. The whole fortress was a deposit of arms, clubs, lances, bows,
+axes, shields, doublets thickly padded with cotton and other arms of
+various sorts, and clothes for the soldiers collected here from all
+parts of the land subject to the lords of Cuzco. They had many colors,
+blue, yellow, brown and many others for painting, much tin and lead with
+other metals, and much silver and some gold, many mantles and quilted
+doublets for the warriors. The reason why this fortress contained so
+much workmanship was that, when this city was founded it was done by a
+lord _orejon_[111] who came from Condisuyo, toward the sea, a great
+warrior who conquered this land as far as Bilcas and who, perceiving
+that this was the best place to fix his domicile, founded that city
+with its fortress. And all the other lords who followed after him made
+some improvements in this fortress so that it was ever augmenting in
+size. From this fortress are seen around the city many houses a quarter
+of a league, half a league and a league away, and in the valley, which
+is surrounded by hills, there are more than five thousand houses, many
+of them for the pleasure and recreation of former lords and others for
+the caciques of all the land who dwell continuously in the city. The
+others are storehouses full of mantles, wool, arms, metals, and clothes
+and all the things which are grown or made in this land. There are
+houses where the tribute is kept which the vassals bring to the
+caciques; and there is a house where are kept more than a hundred dried
+birds because they make garments of their feathers, which are of many
+colors, and there are many houses for this [work]. There are bucklers,
+oval shields made of leather, beams for roofing the houses, knives and
+other tools, sandals and breast-plates for the warriors in such great
+quantity that the mind does not cease to wonder how so great a tribute
+of so many kinds of things can have been given. Each dead lord has here
+his house and all that was paid to him as tribute during his life, for
+no lord who succeeds another [and this is the law among them] can, after
+the death of the last one, take possession of his inheritance. Each one
+has his service of gold and of silver, and his things and clothes for
+himself, and he who follows takes nothing from him. The caciques and
+lords maintain their houses of recreation with the corresponding staff
+of servants and women who sow their fields with maize and place a little
+of it in their sepulchres. They adore the sun and have built many
+temples to him, and of all the things which they have, as much of
+clothes as of maize and other things, they offer some to the sun, of
+which the warriors later avail themselves.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+    Of the province of the Collao and of the qualities and customs of
+    its people, and of the rich gold mines that are found there.
+
+
+The two Christians who were sent to see the province of the Collao were
+forty days upon their journey, and, as soon as they had returned to
+Cuzco where the governor was, they gave him news and a report of all
+that they had seen and learned, which is set forth below. The land of
+the Collao is far off and a long way from the sea, so much so that the
+natives who inhabit it, have no knowledge of it. The sierra is very high
+and rather broad, and with all this, it is excessively cold. There are
+in the region no groves or woods, nor is there any wood for burning, and
+what little there is in use there comes from trade, in exchange for
+merchandise, with those who live near the sea and are called Ingres,
+and also with those who live below near the rivers, for these people
+have fire-wood and they exchange it for sheep[112] and other animals and
+vegetables, since, for the most part, the land is sterile, and all the
+people live on roots, herbs, maize and sometimes flesh, not because
+there is not, in that province of the Collao, a good quantity of sheep,
+but because the people are so much the subjects of the lord to whom they
+are bound to give obedience that, without his licence or that of the
+chief or governor who, by his command, is in the country, they do not
+kill one [llama], nor do even the lords and caciques dare to kill any
+without such permission. The land is well populated because wars have
+not destroyed it as they have other provinces. The villages are of
+ordinary size and their houses are small, with walls of stone and adobe
+mixed and covered with roofs of straw. The grass which grows in this
+land is short and sparse. There are some rivers, although of small
+volume. In the middle of the province there is a great lake, in length
+almost one hundred leagues, and the most thickly peopled land is around
+its shore; in the middle of the lake there are two islets, and on one of
+them is a mosque and house of the sun which is held in great veneration,
+and to it they come to make their offerings and sacrifices on a great
+stone on the island which they call Tichicasa[113] which either because
+the devil hides himself there and speaks to them or because of an
+ancient custom, or on account of some other cause that has never been
+made clear, all the people of that province hold in great esteem, and
+they offer there gold, silver and other things. There are more than six
+hundred Indians serving in this place, and more than a thousand women
+who make chicha in order to throw it upon that stone Tichicasa.[114] The
+rich mines of that province of the Collao are beyond this lake [in a
+region] called Chuchiabo.[115] The mines are in the gorge [caja-chiusa]
+of a river, about half-way up the sides. They are made like caves, by
+whose mouths they enter to scrape the earth, and they scrape it with
+the horns of deer and they carry it outside in certain hides sewn into
+the form of sacks or of wine-skins of sheep-hide. The manner in which
+they wash it is that they take from the river a [jet?][116] of water,
+and on the bank they set up certain very smooth flag-stones on which
+they throw the water, after which they draw off by a duct the water of
+the [jet?] which has just fallen down [upon the gold-earth?], and the
+water carries off the earth little by little so that the gold is left
+upon the flag-stones themselves, and in this manner they collect it. The
+mines go far into the earth, one ten brazas, another twenty, and the
+greatest mine, which is called Guarnacabo[117] goes into the earth some
+forty brazas.[118] They have no light, nor are they broader than is
+necessary for one person to enter crouching down, and until the man who
+is in the mine comes out, no other can go in. The people who get out the
+gold here are as many as fifty,[119] counting men and women, and these
+are all of this land, and from one cacique come twenty, from another
+fifty, from another thirty, and from others more or less according to
+the number that they have, and they take out gold for the chief lord,
+and they have taken such precautions in the matter that in nowise can
+any of what is taken out be stolen, because they have placed guards
+around the mines so that none of those who take out the gold can get
+away without being seen. At night, when they return to their houses in
+the village, they enter by a gate where the overseers are who have the
+gold in their charge, and from each person they receive the gold that he
+has got. There are other mines beyond these, and there are still others
+scattered about through the land which are like wells a man's height in
+depth, so that the worker can just throw the earth from below on top of
+the ground. And when they dig them so deep that they cannot throw the
+earth out on top, they leave them and make new wells.[120] But the
+richest mines, and the ones from which the most gold is got, are the
+first, which do not have the inconvenience of washing the earth, and,
+because of the cold, they do not work those mines more than four months
+of the year, [and then only] from the hour of noon to nearly
+sunset.[121] The people are very mild, and so accustomed to serve, that
+all that has to be done in the land they do themselves, and so it is, in
+the roads and in the houses which the chief lord commands them to build,
+and they continually offer themselves for work and for carrying the
+burdens of the warriors when the lord goes to some place [in the
+region]. The Spaniards took from those mines a load of earth and carried
+it to Cuzco without doing anything else. It was washed by the hand of
+the Governor after the Spaniards had sworn that they had not placed the
+gold in it or done anything to it save take it from the mine as the
+Indians did who washed it, and from it three pesos of gold was got. All
+those who understand mines and the getting of gold, being informed of
+the manner in which it is got in this land, say that all the [country
+is full of mines], and that if the Spaniards gave implements and skill
+[in using them] to the Indians so that it might be got out, much gold
+would be taken from the earth, and it is believed that when this time
+has arrived, a year will not go by in which a million of gold is not
+got. The people of this province, as well men as women, are very filthy,
+and they have large hands, and the province is very large.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+    Of the great veneration in which the Indians held Guarnacaba[122]
+    when he lived[123] and of that in which they hold him now, after
+    death. And how, through the disunion of the Indians, the Spaniards
+    entered Cuzco, and of the fidelity of the new cacique
+    Guarnacaba[124] to the Christians.
+
+
+The city of Cuzco is the head and principal province of all the others,
+and from here to the beach of San Mateo and, in the other direction, to
+beyond the province of Collao, which is entirely a land of arrow-using
+savages, all is subject to one single lord who was Atabalipa, and,
+before him, to the other by-gone lords, and at present the lord of all
+is this son of Guarnacaba. This Guarnacaba, who was so renowned and
+feared, and is so even to this day, although he is dead, was very much
+beloved by his vassals, and subjected great provinces, and made them
+his tributaries. He was well obeyed and almost worshipped, and his body
+is in the city of Cuzco, quite whole, enveloped in rich cloths and
+lacking only the tip of the nose. There are other images of plaster of
+clay which have only the hair and nails which were cut off in life and
+the clothes that were worn, and these images are as much venerated by
+those people as if they were their gods. Frequently they take the [body]
+out into the plaza with music and dancing, and they always stay close to
+it, day and night, driving away the flies. When some important lords
+come to see the cacique, they go first to salute these figures, and they
+then go to the cacique and hold, with him, so many ceremonies that it
+would be a great prolixity to describe them. So many people assemble at
+these feasts, which are held in that plaza, that their number exceeds
+one hundred thousand souls. It turned out to be fortunate that they [the
+Spaniards] had made that son of Guarnacaba lord, because all the
+caciques and lords of the land and of remote provinces came to serve
+him and, out of respect for him, to yield obedience to the Emperor. The
+conquerors passed through great trials, because all the land is the most
+mountainous and roughest that can be traversed on horseback, and it may
+be believed that, had it not been for the discord which existed between
+the people of Quito and those of Cuzco and its neighbourhood, the
+Spaniards would never have entered Cuzco, nor would there have been
+enough of them to get beyond Xauxa, and in order to enter they would
+have had to go in a force of five hundred, and, to maintain themselves,
+they would have needed many more, because the land is so large and so
+rough that there are mountains and passes that ten men could defend
+against ten thousand. And the Governor never thought of being able to go
+with less than five hundred Christians to conquer, pacify, and make a
+tributary of it. But as he learned of the great disunion that existed
+between the people of that land [Cuzco] and those of Quito, it was
+proposed that he should go with the few Christians that he had to
+deliver them from subjection and servitude, and to put a stop to the
+mischief and wrongs that those of Quito were doing in that land, and Our
+Lord saw fit to favor him [in it]. Nor would the Governor ever have
+ventured to make so long and toilsome a journey in this great
+undertaking had it not been for the great confidence which he had in all
+the Spaniards of his company through having tried them out and having
+learned that they were dextrous and skilled in so many conquests and
+accustomed to these lands and to the toils of war. All of this they
+showed themselves to be in this journey through rains and snows, in
+swimming across many rivers, in crossing great mountain chains and in
+sleeping many nights in the open air without water to drink and without
+anything on which to feed, and always, day and night, having to be armed
+and on guard, in going, at the end of the war, to reduce many caciques
+and lands which had rebelled, and in going from Xauxa to Cuzco, on which
+journey they suffered, with their governor, so many trials and on which
+they so often placed their lives in peril in rivers and mountains where
+many horses were killed by falling headlong. This son of Guarnacaba has
+much friendship and concord with the Christians, and for this reason, in
+order to preserve him in the lordship, the Spaniards put themselves to
+infinite pains and likewise bore themselves in all these undertakings so
+valorously, and suffered so much, just as other Spaniards have been able
+to do in the service of the Emperor, that, as a result, the very
+Spaniards who have found themselves in this undertaking, marvel at what
+they have done when once more they set themselves to think upon it, and
+they do not know how they come to be alive as they have been able to
+suffer so many trials and such prolonged hunger. But they hold that all
+[their troubles] were put to a good use, and they would again offer
+themselves, were it necessary, to enter upon the greatest wearinesses
+for the conversion of those people and the exaltation of our holy
+catholic faith. Of the greatness and situation of the aforesaid land, I
+omit to speak, and it only remains to give thanks and praises to Our
+Lord because, so obviously, he has wished to guide with his hand the
+affairs of H. M. and of these kingdoms which, by his divine providence,
+have been illumined and directed upon the true road of salvation. May he
+bend his infinite goodness so that henceforth the [kingdoms] may go from
+good to better by the intercession of his blessed Mother, the advocate
+of all our steps who directs them to a good end.
+
+This relation was finished in the city of Xauxa on the 15th day of the
+month of July, 1534. And I, Pero Sancho, Scrivener general of these
+kingdoms of New Castile and secretary of the governor Francisco Pizarro,
+by his order and that of the officials of H. M. wrote it just as things
+happened, and when it was finished I read it in the presence of the
+governor and of the officials of H. M., and, as it was all true, they
+said governor and officials of H. M. sign it with their hand.
+
+                   FRANCISCO PIZARRO
+          ALVARO RIQUELME.   ANTONIO NAVARRO.
+                   GARCIA DE SALCEDO
+
+ _By order of the Governor and Officials._      SANCHO
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] The modern Cajamarca; called by the Indians Casamarca.
+
+[2] Properly Atahualpa.
+
+[3] Thus the original. Something is lacking to complete the sense.--Note
+by Icazbalceta.
+
+[4] The _peso_ is about an ounce.
+
+[5] Jauja.
+
+[6] Properly Challcuchima or Calicuchima. This remarkable Indian general
+was a son of Epiclachima, younger brother of Cacha, last Caran Scyri of
+Quito. Cacha was conquered by Huayna Capac about 1487, and Calicuchima
+entered the service of Atahualpa who was his kinsman through Paccha his
+cousin, Huayna Capac's wife. (Velasco.)
+
+[7] Something lacking in the text.
+
+[8] _Caribes_, in Spanish, sometimes means the Carib people; here,
+simply savages.
+
+[9] In the text of Ramusio, _Se gli diede una storta col mangano al
+collo_.
+
+[10] This name is, of course, an error.
+
+[11] Gucunacaba is Huayna Capac. He left three legitimate sons beside
+Huascar, viz., Manco, Paullu, and Titu Atauchi. I do not know which of
+them was Sancho's "Atabalipa" number two. See Sarmiento, 1907, p. xvii.
+
+[12] Cuzcos = Incas.
+
+[13] Probably Huascar.
+
+[14] Huamachuco.
+
+[15] Andamarca.
+
+[16] Huaylas.
+
+[17] Cajatambo.
+
+[18] Icazbalceta suggests that this place is Cajamarquilla. I do not
+agree with this opinion, because Cajamarquilla had long been in ruins
+when the Spaniards arrived. (Cf. Hodge, 1897, pp. 304 ff.) It was
+probably Chacamarca, (see below).
+
+[19] San Miguel de Piura.
+
+[20] San Miguel was founded first at another site which, on being found
+to be unhealthy, was deserted; San Miguel was soon refounded at Piura.
+(Cf. Prescott, Bk. III, Cap. III, Moses, 1914, vol. I, p. 99.) It is
+possible that the "captain" mentioned here was no other than Sebastian
+de Belalcazar or Benalcazar who later conquered Quito. (Cf. Moses, 1914,
+I, p. 106.)
+
+[21] This is obviously a mistake.
+
+[22] Descriptions of Inca bridges will be found at:
+
+    Garcilasso, 1859, I, pp. 253 ff., 260.
+    Cieza de Leon, 1864, pp. 314-315.
+    Joyce, 1912, pp. 142-143.
+    Beuchat, 1912, pp. 608, 650.
+    Pinkerton, 1808-1814, XIV, p. 530. (Picture.)
+
+[23] Pachacamac has often been described. See especially Uhle, 1903; and
+Estete, 1872; and Markham, 1912, pp. 232 ff.
+
+[24] Cajatambo.
+
+[25] Pambo = Pombo = Pumpu.
+
+[26] It is impossible to tell what the correct names of these personages
+may have been.
+
+[27] Pombo = Pambo = Pumpu.
+
+[28] Chacamarca. See Raimondi's map, 1875.
+
+[29] The Spanish here is very prolix. I have given an approximate and
+shorter phraseology.
+
+[30] This may be the "Tice" mentioned in Section II, under another name.
+But all Sancho's proper names are in great confusion.
+
+[31] It is barely possible that "Aticoc" may be an attempt at Titu
+Atauchi.
+
+[32] The candor or barefacedness with which the secretary, Sancho,
+confesses and even applauds the bad faith of Pizarro in various places
+in this narrative, which he wrote by order of Pizarro, is worthy of
+admiration.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[33] The original: _che haurebbe dato rame che i Capitani etc., soldati
+fossero venuti alla pase_. The significance of the word _rame_ is
+obscure; as at times it means _money_, whence comes the vulgar phrase
+_questo sa di rame_, in order to indicate that a thing is dear, it
+appeared to me that I might adopt the interpretation which I give,
+although I am not satisfied with it.--Note by Icazbalceta. The present
+translator has translated the Spanish as given by Icazbalceta.
+
+[34] The original; _veduto_ appears to me an error for
+_venuto_.--Icazbalceta.
+
+[35] Inca "roads" were designed for foot traffic, and steps were the
+means used for going up slopes.
+
+[36] Parcostambo.
+
+[37] Vilcas.
+
+[38] All within the parentheses is a reconstruction of the evident sense
+rather than a translation.
+
+[39] Cf. Bandelier, 1910, p. 61.
+
+[40] _Serrata_ means either _espesura_ [thicket] or _angostura_ [cleft].
+
+[41] Quizquiz, like Chalicuchima, had been a general of Atahualpa before
+the coming of the Spaniards. He fought long against the invaders, but at
+length his unavailing efforts caused him to be murdered by his own
+followers. See Garcilasso, II, p. 509; Sarmiento, 171-173; Cieza de
+Leon, Chr., Pt. II, pp. 164 and 227; Markham, 1912, pp. 247-251.
+
+[42] Andahuaylas.
+
+[43] Curamba.
+
+[44] Andahuaylas.
+
+[45] Vilcas.
+
+[46] Curamba is the correct form for Airamba (given above).
+
+[47] Vilcas, sometimes called Vilcashuaman, was a part of the territory
+controlled by the Chanca before they were made subjects to Cuzco. The
+conquest of the Chanca may have begun in the time of Rocca, but it had
+its culmination in that of Viracocha. Tupac Yupanqui built numerous
+temples and palaces there, and the region round about Vilcas was
+traversed by important roads or trails. It is a place that is mentioned
+by nearly all the early writers. Cf. Garcilasso, I, pp. 324-326, II, p.
+58; Cieza de Leon, I, 312-315, II, 150-154; Joyce, 1912, p. 107;
+Markham, 1912, p. 178.
+
+[48] Sancho is vague in his use of the words _caballo_ and _ligero
+caballo_. The latter means "light horse" or "light-armed cavalry." But
+he uses the word _caballo_ when he means _caballero_. In the present
+instance he really means _caballo_.
+
+[49] The veracity of this story is certainly open to question.
+
+[50] Here the text says _caballos_, although it is plain that
+_caballeros_ is the word intended.
+
+[51] See Squier, 1877, p. 177; Cieza, Tr. p. 355; Velasco, 1840, p. 22;
+Joyce, 1912, pp. 210-212.
+
+[52] This speech can hardly be regarded as verbatim, of course.
+
+[53] Sancho's imagination was drawn upon throughout this section.
+
+[54] Limatambo (correctly, Rimactampu).
+
+[55] Xaquixaguana or Sacsahuana.
+
+[56] The text has: "_y que riendo el Gobernador partirse sin aguardar a
+que pasaran los indios amigos, ..._"
+
+[57] _tuvieron tiempo de retraerse al monte_ really means, "they had
+time to withdraw to the mountain," but the obvious sense is better
+preserved in the translation I have given.
+
+[58] Possibly this means Huascar, whom Atahualpa had caused to be put to
+death.
+
+[59] In Spanish they always say "el Cuzco." I believe that the reason
+for this is that "Cuzco" comes from a Quichua word meaning "navel." If
+this is so, "el Cuzco" has the significance of "the Navel" (of the
+World). In English, of course, we use the word simply as a place-name.
+
+[60] The official designation of the Emperor was: S. C. C. M., or
+Sagrada Cesarea Catolica Majestad.
+
+[61] The modern village of Limatambo. When I was there the fine walls so
+often spoken of were in a bad condition from neglect on the part of the
+natives. Yet, in spite of the refuse piled around them and the throngs
+of pigs all about, one could see that the masonry was of the finest
+Cyclopean type. Cf. Squier, 1877, p. 535; Markham, 1912, pp. 286 and
+319; Cieza, Tr., p. 320; Sarmiento, pp. 119 and 209. Garcilasso tells us
+that it was founded by Manco Capac and that it was the place where
+Viracocha waited for the Chanca. Garcilasso, I, p. 80, and II, p. 52.
+
+[62] Now called Zurite. It was the site of a palace of Viracocha, who
+added it to his realm once more by a victory (won by Pachacutec) over
+the Chanca. Cf. Sarmiento, p. 85; Garcilasso, I, p. 53; Cieza, Chr., p.
+128; The "Finca de los Andenes" is doubtless the site of the palace.
+
+[63] The truth of this statement is very questionable.
+
+[64] Valverde.
+
+[65] Pachacamac.
+
+[66] In the days before the Incas the Creator-God (under the names of
+Pachacamac, Viracocha, Irma, etc.) was worshipped without idols. He was
+conceived as being superior to all other gods and as being invisible.
+To judge from all accounts, his cult, at this stage, was an advanced
+type of religion. Later, however, the custom of having idols sprang up.
+As their attributes were the same, there can be but little doubt that
+Pachacamac and Viracocha were the same deity. Pachacamac's chief shrine
+was on the coast, at Pachacamac. Inca Pachacutec conquered Cuismancu,
+lord of Pachacamac, about 1410, and built a Sun Temple there. The chief
+temple to Viracocha was at Cacha south of Cuzco, and it was probably
+erected by the Inca Viracocha to celebrate his defeat of the Chanca
+confederacy. Both these temples (under Inca influence) had idols. Cf.
+Blas Valera, 1879, pp. 137-140; Sarmiento, pp. 28-29; Garcilasso, II,
+pp. 69, 185-193, 428, 460; Cieza, Tr., pp. 161-163, 251-254; Cobo, 1892,
+III, pp. 320-323; Uhle, 1903; Markham, 1912, pp. 41, 97, 181, 233-234;
+Joyce, 1912, pp. 150-152; Beuchat, 1912, pp. 615-616.
+
+[67] Another obvious fabrication.
+
+[68] Huayna Capac, ruled ca. 1500-1525.
+
+[69] This was Manco Inca, a son of Huayna Capac by his third wife. Manco
+died in 1544, leaving a grand-daughter, Coya Beatriz, who married Don
+Martin Garcia Loyola. Their daughter, Lorenza, became Marquesa de
+Oropesa.--Note by Sir C. R. M. Cf. Garcilasso, II, pp. 352 and 526.
+
+[70] A half-brother only.
+
+[71] The story of Manco Inca is one of the most pathetic in South
+American history. Although our author describes some of the events in
+the young Inca's life, I will give a brief resume of it here.
+
+Manco was "crowned" with the _borla_ or fringe on March 24, 1534, at
+Cuzco. To please him, Almagro the elder killed his two brothers (who
+might have become his rivals) in order to get Manco on his side in the
+quarrel which he had with the Pizarros as to which ought to control
+Cuzco. After Almagro went to Chile, the _Villac Umu_ (High Priest) urged
+his brother Manco to rise in revolt against the Spaniards, who were
+divided among themselves. On April 18, 1536, Manco revolted at Yucay. He
+laid siege to Cuzco with a very large force and attacked the small
+Spanish garrison mercilessly, setting fire to the roofs of houses by
+means of arrows tipped with blazing tow and otherwise harassing them.
+The Inca and his forces were, for a time, successful. They captured the
+great fortress of Sacsahuaman, which was, however, retaken by Juan
+Pizarro and Gonzalo Pizarro. Disheartened by this, the Inca retired to
+the fortress of Ollantaytampu, where he successfully combatted the
+attempts of Hernando Pizarro to capture him. Later, Manco was forced by
+Orgonez to withdraw to the mountainous region of Vilcapampa. The last
+Inca capital was set up at Viticos, and there Manco held his court for
+several years. He often raided the Spanish travellers between Cuzco and
+Lima. His court became a place of refuge for all Spaniards who fell out
+with their fellows. One of these refugees, Gomez Perez, either killed
+Manco himself in a brawl over a game of quoits or helped to kill him as
+the result of a plot. The Inca, at all events, was murdered by Spaniards
+whom he had befriended. That was in 1544. In 1911 Professor Hiram
+Bingham visited Vitcos the situation of which is clearly shown on the
+map, dated 1907, that accompanies Sir Clements Markham's translation of
+Sarmiento and Ocampo (Hakluyt, 2d Series, no. XXII, p. 203). Professor
+Bingham's description of the site is adequate, and, I think, unique.
+
+At about the same time as the siege of Cuzco, another Inca force, led by
+Titu Yupanqui, marched on the newly founded Spanish capital (the Ciudad
+de los Reyes or Lima). It was driven off by the Marques Francisco
+Pizarro.
+
+A brother of Manco, Paullu, was christened under the name of Don
+Cristoval Paullu. He lived in the Colcampata palace (which had been the
+great Pachacutec's), and the small church of San Cristoval was built
+near at hand for his use. He died about 1550, being survived by Sayri
+Tupac, Cusi Titu Yupanqui, and two other children of Manco (who all
+lived on at Viticos) and by his own sons Carlos and Felipe. It was on
+the occasion of a particular request made by the Viceroy, Don Andres
+Hurtado de Mendoza, Marques de Canete, that Sayri Tupac's aunt, Princess
+Beatriz, successfully urged him to come and live in Cuzco. Sayri Tupac
+died in 1560. Cf. Cieza, Tr., pp. 304-307; Garcilasso, II, pp. 104-105,
+526; Titu Cusi Yupanqui, apud Cieza's "War of Quito," pp. 164-166;
+Montesinos, 1906, I, pp. 88-93; Cobo, 1892, III, pp. 203-210; Markham,
+1892, pp. 93-96; Markham, 1912, pp. 254-259; Appleton's Cyclopaedia,
+1888, IV, pp. 186 and 682; Cabildos de Lima, I, pp. 1 ff.; Bingham,
+1912, entire.
+
+[72] Manco Inca.
+
+[73] Contrast this version with that given by Prescott in Book III,
+Chapter 10. It is hardly necessary to say that Prescott's is the correct
+one.
+
+[74] Here, it is not difficult to read between the lines and see what
+sort of treatment Manco got.
+
+[75] Vicente de Valverde.
+
+[76] An involved and unimportant clause here.
+
+[77] This is all for the benefit of the Emperor, whose policy it was to
+deal fairly by his new subjects.
+
+[78] Vilcas.
+
+[79] I do not know who is meant by this name.
+
+[80] Llamas.
+
+[81] Possibly these figures were the embalmed bodies of the coyacuna or
+"queens" which, according to Garcilasso, were placed in Curicancha--the
+Sun Temple.
+
+[82] _en su mismo ser_.
+
+[83] _Casa_ really means house.
+
+[84] "Che vi corcorsero assai in tre anni," says the original, which can
+only be translated as I have done it above. But when the secretary wrote
+his relation, no such three years had gone by since the foundation of
+Cuzco, but only four months, so it is necessary to suppose that the
+Italian translator did not understand his original well, _or_ that it is
+an interpolation made later on.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[85] The civilized inhabitants of the Chilca region came originally from
+the interior, probably from the Yauyos region. This event occurred,
+presumably, somewhere about 800-900 of our era, for, by the time the
+Incas were founding Cuzco (ca. 1100), they found themselves strong
+enough to make raids into the interior. Joyce points out that these
+raids may have occurred even earlier, at a time when the Tiahuanacu
+empire still flourished. At any rate, there was an important contact
+with the interior cultures at an early date. The Chincha also were
+constantly at war with the Chimu, Chuquimancu and Cuismancu who each
+ruled large and civilized coast states. The Chincha were conquered by
+the Inca either in the reign of Pachacutec or in that of Tupac Yupanqui
+(more probably the former) somewhere about 1450. According to Estete,
+their ruler (under Inca tutelage) in the time of the Conquest was
+Tamviambea. The cultural development of the Chincha was, artistically
+speaking, not so high as that of the Chimu. It was, however, in pre-Inca
+times, relatively complex. They practised trephining successfully (an
+art derived from their Yauyu ancestors), and they also frequently
+indulged in the anterio-posterior type of cranial deformation. Their
+general physical condition was good. They numbered about 25,000. Cf.
+Cieza, Tr., p. 228; Garcilasso, II, pp. 146-149; Joyce, 1912, pp. 95,
+187; Markham, 1912, pp. 237-239; Tello, 1912; Hrdlicka, 1914, pp. 22-24;
+Lafone-Quevedo, 1912, p. 115.
+
+[86] This may have been the chief Taurichumbi mentioned by Estete. Cf.
+Markham, 1912, p. 239.
+
+[87] This was before Alvarado and Pizarro met and came to an agreement.
+
+[88] Possibly Riobamba, Tumebamba, or some other place in the "Kingdom"
+of Quito.
+
+[89] Probably Sana.
+
+[90] Properly Colla-suyu and Cunti-suyu, i.e. the Southern province and
+the Western province of Ttahuan-tin-suyu.
+
+[91] Jauja (or Xauxa) was the predecessor of la Ciudad de los Reyes. A
+letter to Charles V, dated July 20, 1534, describes it thus: "Esta
+Cibdad es la mexor y mayor quen la Tierra se ha vista, e aun en
+_Indias_; e decimos a Vuestra Magestad ques tan hermosa e de tan buenos
+edyficios quen _Espana_ seria muy de ver; tiene las calles por mucho
+concierto empedradas de guixas pequenas; todas las mas de las casas son
+de senores prencipales fechas de canteria; esta en una ladera de un
+cerro, en el qual sobrel pueblo esta una fortaleza muy bien obrada de
+canteria tan de ver, que por espanoles que an andado Reinos extranos,
+dizen no aber visto otro edyficio igual al della; ..." Cf. Cabildos,
+III, pp. 4-5.
+
+[92] The Italian is: "_Il quale tuttavia piu veniua ponendo amore a gli
+Spagnuoli._"--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[93] Huanuco.
+
+[94] Pachacamac.
+
+[95] Prescott places the total at 500 of which 230 were cavalry. Cf.
+Prescott, Bk. III, Cap. 9.
+
+[96] It seems to me that, even in the days of the Chimu and the Inca,
+the poorer people must have lived in this sort of hut-like houses, and
+that only the great dwelt in the "palaces" whose ruins are so
+remarkable. Such a state of things would explain the apparent
+impossibility of a large population existing in the dwellings we now
+see. Cf. Hodge, 1897.
+
+[97] This montana is to-day the richest and most valuable part of Peru.
+
+[98] According to Garcilasso, Lib. II, Cap. 11, the Peruvian empire was
+divided into four parts, Cuzco being considered the centre. They called
+the northern part Chinchasuya, the southern Coyasuya, the western
+Cuntisuya, and the eastern Antisuyu.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[99] Lake Titicaca contains several islands, notably Titicaca and Coati.
+
+[100] An obscure passage translated merely in most general terms.
+
+[101] _Agras_ I take to mean fields from its similarity to the Latin
+word, _ager_.
+
+[102] Llamas.
+
+[103] At this point Ramusio gives a fanciful view of the city of Cuzco,
+which has no real interest whatever.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[104] _Cacique_ is really a West Indies word. The early Spanish writers
+are wont to apply it to any sort of native official. Here, no doubt, the
+correct term would be the Quichua word _Curaca_. Officials thus
+designated under the Inca dominion were the hereditary chiefs of
+formerly independent tribes and territories--roughly analogous to the
+mediatized princes of Europe. Though made vassals of the Inca, the
+_curacas_ were often continued in the command of their former subjects
+and were intrusted with the governorship of provinces over which they
+were formerly sovereigns. The _curacas_ ranked immediately below the
+Inca caste, and ruled what was known as a _hunu_. Sometimes a _curaca_
+was made an Inca-by-privilege as a reward of services.
+
+[105] Huayna Capac.
+
+[106] The marble was really granite. No marble was used by the Incas.
+
+[107] This reference to windows is important. At the outset we must
+remind ourselves that Sancho may have confused _windows_ and _niches_.
+It is entirely possible, however, that windows may formerly have been
+present in those walls of Sacsahuaman. As is well known, windows and
+niches were distinguishing features of Inca architecture during the
+later period of that dynasty. Sites like Pissac, Limatambo, Yucay,
+Quente, Vilcabamba (alias Machu Pichu, a post-conquest site in part),
+and Huaman-marca in the Amaybamba Valley all present one or both of
+these features, and all present unmistakable signs of recent
+construction, say from the reign of Viracocha (circa 1425-50) onward.
+The importance of this mention of windows (or niches) lies in this: It
+gives strong evidence in support of my belief that the walls of
+Sacsahuaman which are toward Cuzco were of Inca construction. Garcilasso
+(II, pp. 305 ff.) attempts to give the credit for the whole of
+Sacsahuaman to Inca Yupanqui, and ignores the fact that the cyclopean
+walls on the north side of the hill undoubtedly date, as do "the seats
+of the Inca" close at hand, from the days of Tiahuanaco. When we see the
+statement made that the fortress of Sacsahuaman was of Inca construction
+we must remember that really only the southern walls and a few buildings
+behind them were built under the Incas.
+
+[108] That is, the joints do not come above one another, but are
+alternated, as in brick-work.
+
+[109] There are really six walls on the south and three on the north.
+Cf. Garcilasso, II, 305.
+
+[110] This is a poor attempt to describe the entrant and re-entrant
+angles that make the cyclopean walls so remarkable from a military point
+of view. See the plan by Squier and Davis, Garcilasso, II, p. 305.
+
+[111] Orejon, lit. "large-ear"; i.e. a member of the Inca clan
+privileged to distend his ears by means of ear-plugs. This myth of the
+founding of Cuzco by a man from the sea is not found elsewhere.
+
+[112] Llamas.
+
+[113] Titicaca.
+
+[114] Cobo describes the Temple of the Sun on Titicaca and that of the
+Moon on Coati as being, together, the third most important sanctuary in
+the Inca dominion. The other two, of course, were the temples in Cuzco
+and Pachacamac. For a detailed description of the temples in Lake
+Titicaca see Cobo, IV, pp. 54-63 and Bandelier, 1910. The structures at
+that point are all of late-Inca construction and seem to have been built
+after the Inca conceived the idea of making himself out to be the "Son
+of the Sun." They were perhaps built with a view to lending colour to
+the myth.
+
+[115] Correctly, Chuqui-apu.
+
+[116] The original _una seriola_ is a word whose meaning I have not been
+able to find. It is found again a little below. The method the Indians
+had for washing the earth and getting the gold can be seen in Oviedo,
+Historia General de las Indias, Parte I, lib. 6, Cap. 8.--Note by
+Icazbalceta.
+
+[117] Huayna Capac.
+
+[118] A braza is six feet.
+
+[119] It says this in the original, but it is an error, for it will be
+seen that the number must have been much greater.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[120] As the text of this passage is obscure I give it here: _...
+profundos como de la altura de un hombre, en cuanto pueda el de abajo
+dar la tierra al de arriba; y cuando los cavan tanto que ya el de arriba
+no puede alcanzarla, lo dejan asi, y se van a hacer otros pozos ..._
+
+[121] Here is another rather obscure passage: "_... pero e pui ricche
+... sono le prime che non hanno caricho da lauar la terra & per rispetto
+del freddo & delle mine que vi e non lo cauano. &c._" Oviedo (Hist.
+General, Parte I, lib. 6, Cap. 8); Acosta (Hist. nat. y mor. de las
+Ind., lib. 4, Cap. 4); y Garcilasso (Com. Real., Parte I, lib. 8, Cap.
+24) distinguish three sorts of gold mines. In the first class are
+counted those which produce pure gold in rather large grains, so that
+they can be collected without further operations. These are, perhaps,
+the sort that the secretary Sancho says are the richest, although he has
+not spoken of them before. In the second class are included those which
+produce gold in dust or in very small grains mixed with earth which it
+is necessary to remove by means of washing, and these are those which
+Sancho mentions. The third class of mines, which this man does not
+mention, are those which yield gold mingled with stones and other
+metals, just as silver is commonly found. These mines, although at times
+very rich, failed to be worked because of the expenses which labour
+caused.--Note by Icazbalceta.
+
+[122] Huayna Capac.
+
+[123] The text says _vino_--"came." I think, however, that it must be a
+misprint for _vivo_--"lived."
+
+[124] This means, of course, Manco Inca.
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHY
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS CONSULTED IN THE COURSE OF THIS TRANSLATION OF
+PEDRO SANCHO
+
+
+ ACOSTA, JOSEPH DE:
+ 1880.  The Natural and Moral History of the Indies.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ APPLETON'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF AMERICAN BIOGRAPHY:
+ 1888.  Edited by James Grant Wilson and John Fiske. New York. 6 vols.
+
+ BANDELIER, AD. F.:
+ 1910.  Titicaca and Koati. New York.
+
+ BEUCHAT, HENRI:
+ 1912.  Manuel d'archeologie americaine. Paris.
+
+ BINGHAM, HIRAM:
+ 1912.  Vitcos, the last Inca Capital.
+        American Antiquarian Society. Worcester.
+
+ BLAS VALERA:
+ 1879.  Relacion ...
+        _Apud_, Jimenez de la Espada.
+
+ CABILDOS DE LIMA:
+ 1900.  Paris. 3 vols.
+
+ CIEZA DE LEON, PEDRO DE:
+ 1864.  Travels.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ CIEZA DE LEON, PEDRO DE:
+ 1883.  Second Part of the Chronicle of Peru.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ CIEZA DE LEON, PEDRO DE:
+ 1913.  The War of Quito.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ COBO, BERNABE:
+ 1892-93.  Historia del Nuevo Mundo.
+           Edited by Marcos Jimenez de la Espada. Seville. 4 vols.
+
+ ESTETE, MIGUEL DE:
+ 1872.  Report ...
+        In "Reports on the Discovery of Peru."
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ GARCILASSO DE LA VEGA EL YNCA:
+ 1869-71.  Royal Commentaries of the Yncas.
+           Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ HODGE, F. W.:
+ 1897.  Bandelier's researches in Peru and Bolivia.
+        Am. Anth. X, 1897, pp. 303-316.
+
+ HRDLICKA, ALES:
+ 1914.  Anthropological Work in Peru in 1913.
+        Smith. Misc. Pub. LXI, #18. Washington.
+
+ ICAZBALCETA, JOAQUIN GARCIA:
+ 1849.  Edition of Relacion of Pedro Sancho.
+        Mexico.
+
+ JIMENEZ DE LA ESPADA, MARCOS:
+ 1879.  Tres relaciones de antiguedades Peruanas.
+        Madrid.
+
+ JOYCE, T. A.:
+ 1912.  South American Archaeology.
+        New York.
+
+ LAFONE-QUEVEDO, SAMUEL A.:
+ 1912.  Pronominal Classification of Certain South American Linguistic
+            Stocks.
+        Int. Cong. Am., XVIIIth Sess., pp. 111-125.
+
+ MARKHAM, SIR CLEMENTS:
+ 1892.  History of Peru.
+        Chicago.
+
+ MARKHAM, SIR CLEMENTS:
+ 1912.  The Incas of Peru.
+        London (2d Ed.)
+
+ MONTESINOS, FERNANDO:
+ 1906.  Anales del Peru.
+        Edited by Victor M. Maurtua. Madrid. 2 vols.
+
+ MOSES, BERNARD:
+ 1914.  The Spanish Dependencies in South America.
+        New York. 2 vols.
+
+ OVIEDO Y VALDES, GONZOLO FERNANDEZ DE:
+ 1526.  Historia General de las Indias.
+
+ PINKERTON, JOHN:
+ 1808-14.  A ... Collection ... of ... Voyages.
+           London. 17 vols.
+
+ PRESCOTT, WILLIAM HICKLING:
+ 1847.  The Conquest of Peru.
+        New York. 2 vols.
+
+ RAIMONDI, A.:
+ 1864-1913.  El Peru.
+             Lima. 6 vols.
+
+ RAMUSIO, GIAMBATTISTA:
+ 1563.  Viaggi.
+        Venice. 3 vols.
+
+ SANCHO, PEDRO:
+ 1849.  (See Icazbalceta.)
+
+ SARMIENTO DE GAMBOA, PEDRO:
+ 1907.  The History of the Incas.
+        Edited by Sir Clements Markham for the Hakluyt Society. London.
+
+ SQUIER, E. GEORGE:
+ 1877.  Incidents of Travel and Exploration in the Land of the Incas.
+        New York.
+
+ TELLO, JULIO C.:
+ 1912.  Prehistoric Trephining among the Yauyos of Peru.
+        Int. Cong. Am., XVIIIth Sess., pp. 75-83.
+
+ TRUEBA Y COSIO, TELESFORO.:
+ 1846.  History of the Conquest of Peru.
+        Philadelphia.
+
+ UHLE, MAX:
+ 1903.  Pachacamac.
+        University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, 1903.
+
+ VELASCO, JUAN DE:
+ 1840.  Histoire du Royaume de Quito.
+        Paris.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note:
+
+    Variant spellings of proper names in the main body of the text, as
+    noted in the Preface, have been retained. Minor typographical errors
+    have been corrected without note, whilst significant amendments have
+    been listed below:
+
+      p. 7, 'Miguel de Astete' amended to _Miguel de Estete_;
+      p. 170, 'as it they were' amended to _as if they were_;
+      p. 179, 'Quitu' amended to _Quito_;
+      p. 179, 'His three left three' amended to _He left three_;
+      p. 180, 'Cajarmaquilla' amended to _Cajamarquilla_;
+      p. 183, 'Atalhualpa' amended to _Atahualpa_;
+      p. 190, 'Cabildo' amended to _Cabildos_;
+      p. 192, 'The curacus ranked' amended to _The curacas ranked_.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's An Account of the Conquest of Peru, by Pedro Sancho
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN ACCOUNT OF THE CONQUEST OF PERU ***
+
+***** This file should be named 26602.txt or 26602.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/6/0/26602/
+
+Produced by Stephen Blundell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/Canadian Libraries)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/26602.zip b/26602.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c78bf11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26602.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ad480f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #26602 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/26602)